LI 

£529 

N  33 


1913 


IRLF 


GIFT  OF 


OCT  2? 


STATE  PROPERTY 


THIS  BOOK 

To  be  delivered  to  Successor 
in  Office  or  School 


STATE  OF  NEVADA 


THE  SCHOOL 
CODE=19I3 

AS  AMENDED 


Compiled  and  issued  by 

Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 

June,  1913 


Printed  at  the 
State  Printing  Office,  Carson  City 

Joe  Farnsworth,  Superintendent 

1913 


STATE  SCHOOL  OFFICERS,  1913 

SUPERINTENDENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 

John  Edwards  Bray Carson  City 

STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION 

His  Excellency  Tasker  L.  Oddie,  President Carson  City 

Dr.  J.  E.  Stubbs,  President  of  the  University  of  Nevada Reno 

John  Edwards  Bray,  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  Secretary.. ..Carson  City 

REGENTS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  NEVADA 

The  Hon.  Arthur  A.  Codd  (1913-1916),  Chairman Reno 

The  Hon.  Walter  E.  Pratt  (1913-1916) Goldfield 

The  Hon.  Charles  B.  Henderson  (1911-1914) Elko 

The  Hon.  Hosea  E.  Reid  (1911-1914) Reno 

The  Hon.  James  W.  O'Brien  (1913-1914) Sparks 

Mr.  George  H.  Taylor,  Secretary Reno 

Mr.  Charles  H.  Gorman,  Comptroller Reno 

PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  NEVADA 

J.  E.  Stubbs,  M.A.,  LL.D.,D.D Reno 

ACTING  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  NEVADA 

Robert  Lewers Reno 

DEPUTY  SUPERINTENDENTS  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 

First  Supervision  District — Elko  County 
George  E.  Anderson Elko 

Second  Supervision  District — Eureka,  Lander  and  White  Pine  Counties 

A.  B.  Lightfoot Ely 

Third  Supervision  District — Churchill  and  Humboldt  Counties 
James  F.  Abel Winnemucca 

Fourth  Supervision  District — Douglas,  Lyon,  Mineral,  Ormsby,  Storey 

and  Washoe  Counties 
E.  E.  Winfrey. ....Reno 

Fifth  Supervision  District — Clark,  Esmeralda,  Lincoln  and  Nye  Counties 

B.  G.  Bleasdale Las  Vegas 


J 


INTRODUCTORY 


This  compendium  of  the  school  laws  is  made  in  compliance  with  the 
statute  which  provides  that  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
"shall  prepare  pamphlet  copies  of  the  school  laws  and  all  amendments 
thereto,  and  shall  transmit  a  copy  thereof  to  each  school  trustee,  school 
census  marshal,  and  school  teacher  in  the  State." 

The  great  body  of  existing  school  laws  was  compiled  and  prepared 
under  the  direction  of  the  Nevada  Code  Commission,  presented  to  the 
Legislature  of  1911,  and  enacted  into  law  in  one  bill  under  the  title 
"An  act  concerning  public  schools,  and  repealing  certain  acts  relating 
thereto  T  approved  March  20,  1911.  This  is  set  out  in  chapters  from  1 
to  20,  inclusive,  containing  221  sections.  These  sections,  with  amend- 
ments thereof  made  by  the  Legislature  of  1913,  are  fully  set  forth  in  this 
compilation,  each  amended  section  being  properly  noted. 

Following  this  are  the  laws  not  included  in  the  general  bill  by  the 
Code  Commission,  enacted  at  various  times  and  not  repealed.  They  are 
given  as  separate  acts,  reference  being  made  to  date  and  page  of  statutes. 
Some  of  these,  as  will  be  seen,  were  enacted  by  the  Legislatures  of  1911 
and  1913. 

While  the  changes  made  in  the  school  laws  by  the  Legislature  of  1913 
are  rather  perfective  than  radical  in  character,  they  help  to  make  the 
School  Code,  as  a  whole,  a  body  of  laws  needing  and  meriting  careful 
study  on  the  part  of  every  school  officer  and  teacher. 

An  effort  has  been  made  to  have  this  a  complete  edition  of  the  laws 
affecting  the  public  schools  and  school  officials  of  Nevada,  and  to  have  it 
so  indexed  as  to  render  every  subject  easily  found. 


Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 


CONSTITUTIONAL  PROVISIONS 


ARTICLE  XI 

EDUCATION 

Superintendent,  When  Elected— Term  of  Office. 

SECTION  1.  The  legislature  shall  encourage,  by  all  suitable  means, 
the  promotion  of  intellectual,  literary,  scientific,  mining,  mechanical, 
agricultural,  and  moral  improvements;  and  also  provide  for  the  election 
by  the  people,  at  the  general  election,  of  a  superintendent  of  public 
instruction,  whose  term  of  office  shall  be  two  years  from  the  first  Monday 
of  January,  A.  D.  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty-five,  and  until  the  election 
and  qualification  of  his  successor,  and  whose  duties  shall  be  prescribed 
by  law. 

[Elected  for  four  years  in  1866  and  thereafter.  Stats.  1864-5,  413;  Stats.  1911, 
184.] 

System  To  Be  Uniform. 

SEC.  2.  The  legislature  shall  provide  for  a  uniform  system  of  com- 
mon schools,  by  which  a  school  shall  be  established  and  maintained  in 
each  school  district  for  at  least  six  months  in  every  year;  and  any  school 
district  neglecting  to  establish  and  maintain  such  a  school,  or  which 
shall  allow  instruction  of  a  sectarian  character  therein,  may  be  deprived 
of  its  proportion  of  the  interest  of  the  public  school  fund  during  such 
neglect  or  infraction;  and  the  legislature  may  pass  such  laws  as  will 
tend  to  secure  a  general  attendance  of  the  children  in  each  school  dis- 
trict upon  such  public  schools. 

Lands  and  Funds  Fledged  to  Educational  Purposes— Escheated  Estates  and 
Fines  Pledged  to  Educational  Purposes— Interest  Only  To  Be  Used— May 
Be  Appropriated  for  State  University. 

SEC.  3.  All  lands,  including  the  sixteenth  and  thirty-sixth  sections 
in  any  township  donated  for  the  benefit  of  public  schools  in  the  Act  of 
the  Thirty-eighth  Congress,  to  enable  the  people  of  Nevada  Territory  to 
form  a  state  government,  the  thirty  thousand  acres  of  public  lands 
granted  by  an  act  of  Congress,  approved  July  second,  A.  D.  eighteen 
hundred  and  sixty-two,  for  each  senator  and  representative  in  Congress, 
•and  all  proceeds  of  lands  that  have  been  or  may  hereafter  be  granted  or 
appropriated  by  the  United  States  to  this  state,  and  also  the  five  hundred 
thousand  acres  of  land  granted  to  the  new  states  under  the  act  of  Con- 
gress distributing  the  proceeds  of  the  public  lands  among  the  several 
states  of  the  Union,  approved  A.  D.  eighteen  hundred  and  forty-one; 
jyrovided,  that  Congress  make  provision  for  or  authorize  such  diversion  to 
be  made  for  the  purpose  herein  contained ;  all  estates  that  may  escheat 
to  the  state;  all  of  such  per  centum  as  may  be  granted  by  Congress  on 
the  sale  of  lands;  all  fines  collected  under  the  penal  laws  of  the  state; 
all  property  given  or  bequeathed  to  the  state  for  educational  purposes, 
and  all  proceeds  derived  from  any  or  all  of  said  sources,  shall  be,  and 
the  same  hereby  are,  solemnly  pledged  for  educational  purposes,  and 
shall  not  be  transferred  to  any  other  funds  for  other  uses;  and  the 


6  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

interest  thereon  shall,  from  tirr-e  to  time,  be  apportioned  among  the  sev- 
eral counties  as  the  legislature  may  provide  by  law ;  and  the  legislature 
shall  provide  for  the  sale  of  floating  land  warrants  to  cover  the  aforesaid 
lands,  and  for  the  investment  of  all  proceeds  derived  from  the  above- 
mentioned  sources  in  United  Seates  bonds  or  the  bonds  of  the  state,  or 
the  bonds  of  other  states  of  the  Union,  or  the  bonds  of  any  county  in  the 
State  of  Nevada;  provided,  that  the  interest  only  of  the  aforesaid  pro- 
ceeds shall  be  used  for  educational  purposes,  and  any  surplus  interest 
shall  be  added  to  the  principal  sum ;  and  provided  further,  that  such  por- 
tion of  said  interest  as  may  be  necessary  may  be  appropriated  for  the 
support  of  the  state  university.  As  amended,  1912. 

University. 

SEC.  4.  The  legislature  shall  provide  for  the  establishment  of  a  state 
university,  which  shall  embrace  departments  for  agriculture,  mechanic 
arts,  and  mining,  to  be  controlled  by  a  board  of  regents,  whose  duties 
shall  be  prescribed  by  law. 

Normal  Schools. 

Sec.  5.  The  legislature  shall  have  power  to  establish  normal  schools, 
and  such  different  grades  of  schools,  from  the  primary  department  to  the 
university,  as  in  their  discretion  they  may  deem  necessary,  and  all  pro- 
fessors in  said  university,  or  teachers  in  said  schools,  of  whatever  grade, 
shall  be  required  to  take  and  subscribe  to  the  oath  as  prescribed  in  article 
XV  of  this  constitution.  No  professor  or  teacher  who  fails  to  comply 
with  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  any  portion 
of  the  public  moneys  set  apart  for  school  purposes. 

Special  Tax  Provided  for  Educational  Purposes. 

SEC.  6.  The  legislature  shall  provide  a  special  tax,  which  shall  not 
exceed  two  mills  on  the  dollar  of  all  taxable  property  in  the  state,  in 
addition  to  the  other  means  provided  for  the  support  and  maintenance 
of  said  university  and  common  schools.  As  amended — Sixth  Amendment. 

Board  of  Regents. 

SEC.  7.  The  governor,  secretary  of  state,  and  superintendent  of  public 
instruction  shall,  for  the  first  four  years,  and  until  their  successors  are 
elected  and  qualified,  constitute  a  board  of  regents,  to  control  and  man- 
age the  affairs  of  the  university  and  the  funds  of  the  same,  under  such 
regulations  as  may  be  provided  by  law.  But  the  legislature  shall,  at  its 
regular  session  next  preceding  the  expiration  of  the  term  of  office  of  said 
board  of  regents,  provide  for  the  election  of  a  new  board  of  regents,  and 
define  their  duties. 

Duties  of  Regents. 

SEC.  8.  The  board  of  regents  shall,  from  the  interest  accruing  from 
the  first  funds  which  come  under  their  control,  immediately  organize  and 
maintain  the  said  mining  department  in  such  manner  as  to  make  it  the 
most  effective  and  useful;  pro vided,  that  all  the  proceeds  of  the  public 
lands  donated  by  act  of  Congress,  approved  July  second,  A.  D.  eighteen 
hundred  and  sixty-two,  for  a  college  for  the  benefit  of  agriculture,  the 
mechanic  arts,  and  including  military  tactics,  shall  be  invested  by  the 
said  board  of  regents  in  a  separate  fund,  to  be  appropriated  exclusively 
for  the  benefit  of  the  first-named  departments  of  the  university,  as  set 
forth  in  section  four  above;  and  the  legislature  shall  provide  that,  if 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  7 

through  neglect  or  any  other  contingency,  any  portion  of  the  fund  so  set 
apart  shall  be  lost  or  misappropriated,  the  State  of  Nevada  shall  replace 
said  amount  so  lost  or  misappropriated  in  said  fund,  so  that  the  principal 
of  said  fund  shall  remain  forever  undiminished. 

Sectarianism  Prohibited. 

SEC.  9.  No  sectarian  instruction  shall  be  imparted  or  tolerated  in  any 
school  or  university  that  may  be  established  under  this  constitution. 

No  Funds  for  Sectarian  Purposes. 

SEC.  10.  No  public  funds  of  any  kind  or  character  whatever,  state, 
county,  or  municipal,  shall  be  used  for  sectarian  purposes.  Added  by 
Second  Amendment. 

ARTICLE  XIII 

PUBLIC  INSTITUTIONS 

Benevolent  Institutions  Fostered. 

SECTION  1.  Institutions  for  the  benefit  of  the  insane,  blind  and  deaf 
and  dumb,  and  such  other  benevolent  institutions  as  the  public  good 
may  require,  shall  be  fostered  and  supported  by  the  state,  subject  to  such 
regulations  as  may  be  prescribed  by  law. 

State  Prison— House  of  Refuge  for  Juvenile  Offenders. 

SEC.  2.  A  state  prison  shall  be  established  and  maintained  in  such  a 
manner  as  may  be  prescribed  by  law;  and  provision  may  be  made  by 
law  for  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  a  house  of  refuge  for 
juvenile  offenders. 

Care  of  the  Aged,  Infirm,  and  Unfortunate. 

SEC.  3.  The  respective  counties  of  the  state  shall  provide,  as  may  be 
prescribed  by  law,  for  those  inhabitants  who,  by  reason  of  age  and 
infirmity,  or  misfortunes,  may  have  claim  upon  the  sympathy  and  the 
aid  of  society. 

ARTICLE  XV 

ELIGIBILITY  TO  OFFICE 

SECTION  3.  No  person  shall  be  eligible  to  any  office  who  is  not  a  quali- 
fied elector  under  this  constitution.  No  person  who,  while  a  citizen  of 
this  state,  has,  since  the  adoption  of  this  constitution,  fought  a  duel  with 
a  deadly  weapon,  sent  or  accepted  a  challenge  to  fight  a  duel  with  a 
deadly  weapon,  either  within  or  beyond  the  boundaries  of  this  state,  or 
who  has  acted  as  second,  or  knowingly  conveyed  a  challenge,  or  aided  or 
assisted  in  any  manner  in  fighting  a  duel,  shall  be  allowed  to  hold  any 
office  of  honor,  profit,  or  trust;  or  enjoy  the  right  of  suffrage  under  this 
constitution.  The  legislature  shall  provide  by  law  for  giving  force  and 
effect  to  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this  section;  provided,  that  females 
over  the  age  of  twenty-one  years,  who  have  resided  in  this  state  one  year, 
and  in  the  county  or  district  six  months  next  preceding  any  election 
to  fill  either  of  said  offices,  or  the  making  of  such  appointment,  shall  be 
eligible  to  the  office  of  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  deputy 
superintendent  of  public  instruction,  school  trustee  and  notary  public. 
As  amended,  1912. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 


An  Act  concerning  public  schools,  and  repealing  certain  acts  relating  thereto. 

Approved  March  20,  1911 

CHAPTER  1 

STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION 
Of  Whom  to  Consist. 

SECTION  1.  The  state  board  of  education  shall  consist  of  the  governor, 
the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  and  the  president  of  the 
university. 

Officers  of  Board. 

SEC.  2.  The  governor  shall  be  the  president,  and  the  superintendent 
of  public  instruction  the  secretary  of  the  board. 

Time  of  Meeting-. 

SEC.  3.  The  board  shall  meet  at  the  call  of  the  secretary,  but  shall 
hold  at  least  two  meetings  a  year. 

Powers  and  Duties  of  Board. 

SEC.  4.     The  powers  and  duties  of  the  board  shall  be  as  follows: 

1.  To  prescribe  and  cause  to  be  enforced  the  courses  of  study  for  the 
public  schools,  such  courses  to  contain  in  the  seventh  and  eighth  grades, 
among  other  things,  business  forms  and  elementary  bookkeeping  or  some 
features  of  industrial  work;  and  in  the  high-school  grades,  provision  for 
full  commercial  work  and  industrial  work  suitable  for  boys  and  girls; 
provided,  that  schools  of  the  first  class  may  have  modified  courses  of 
study,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  state  board  of  education. 

2.  To  adopt  lists  of  books  for  district  libraries;  provided,  that  boards  of 
trustees  in  districts  of  the  first  class  may  make  additional  adoptions; 
and  provided  further ,  that  such  books  shall  not  contain  or  include  stories 
in  prose  or  poetry  whose  tendency  would  be  to  influence  the  minds  of 
children   in  the  formation  of  ideals   not  in  harmony  with  truth  and 
morality. 

3.  To  revoke  or  suspend  for  immoral  or  unprofessional  conduct,  evi- 
dent unfitness  for  teaching,  or  persistent  defiance  of  and  refusal  to  obey 
the  laws  of  the  state,  or  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  state  board,  or 
of  the  state  superintendent  defining  and  governing  the  duties  of  teachers, 
any  state  diploma  or  any  state  certificate. 

4.  To  have  done  by  the  state  printer  any  printing  required   by  the 
state  board,  such  as  state  courses  of  study,  the  proceedings  of  the  teachers' 
institutes,  blank  forms,  and  such  other  matter  as  the  state  board  may 
require;  provided,  that  text-books  are  not  included  in  such  courses  of 
study. 

5.  To  adopt  and  use  in  authentication  of  its  acts  an  official  seal. 

6.  To  keep   a  record  of   its   proceedings,  which   shall    be  published 
biennially  in  the  report  of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction. 

7.  To  designate  some  monthly  school  journal  as  the  official  organ  of 
the  department  of  education.     The  publishers  of  such  journal  shall  mail 


10  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

one  copy  of  every  number  of  such  journal  to  the  clerk  of  every  school 
district  in  the  state  and  shall  file  an  affidavit  with  the  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  showing  that  such  copies  have  been  so  mailed.  The 
county  treasurer  of  every  county,  before  notifying  the  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  of  the  county  fund  to  be  apportioned  in  the  July 
apportionment,  shall  set  aside  an  amount  equal  to  one  dollar  for  each 
and  every  school  district  of  the  county,  and  this  fund  shall  be  known  as 
the  school  journal  fund.  The  amount  certified  to  the  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  for  apportionment  shall  not  include  the  school  journal 
fund  so  set  aside.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  draw 
his  orders  annually  in  favor  of  the  publishers  of  such  school  journal  for 
an  amount  equal  to  one  dollar  for  each  and  every  school  district  in  each 
county  to  which  the  school  journal  has  been  sent  in  accordance  with  this 
section,  to  be  paid  out  of  the  school  journal  fund,  and  the  county  auditor 
shall  immediately  draw  his  warrant  in  favor  of  the  publishers  of  such 
journal  for  an  amount  equal  to  that  named  in  aforesaid  order,  to  be  paid 
out  of  the  school  journal  fund.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913, 103,  104- 

CHAPTER  2 

SUPERINTENDENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 
Election. 

SEC.  5.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  be  elected 
quadrennially  by  the  qualified  electors  of  the  state  at  the  same  time  and 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  governor  is  elected,  and  shall  hold  office  for 
the  term  of  four  years  from  the  first  Monday  in  January  next  after  the 
election,  and  until  his  successor  is  elected  and  qualified. 

Duties  of  Said  Officer— Visit  Schools— Apportion  School  Funds— Report 
Biennially— Rules— Teachers'  Institutes— County  Institutes— Meetings  of 
State  Board  of  Education— Nominate  Deputies— Other  Duties— Printing- 
Reports  of  Deputies— Forms,  etc.— Deliver  State  Property. 

SEC.  6.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  have  power 
and  it  shall  be  his  duty : 

1.  To  visit  each  county  in  the  state  at  least  once  each  year  for  the 
purpose  of  conducting  institutes,  visiting  schools,  consulting  with  school 
officers,  and  addressing  public  assemblies  on  subjects  pertaining  to  the 
schools;  and  the  necessary  traveling  expenses  incurred  by  the  superin- 
tendent in  performance  of  such  duties,  such  traveling  expenses  to  include 
the  cost  of  transportation  and  board  while  absent  from  his  place  of  resi- 
dence, shall  be  allowed,  audited  and  paid  out  of  the  general  fund,  in  the 
same  manner  as  claims  upon  said  fund  are  now  allowed,  audited  and 
paid ;  provided,  that  the  sum  so  expended  in  any  one  year  shall  not  exceed 
one  thousand  dollars; 

2.  To  apportion  the  state  distributive  school  fund; 

3.  To  apportion  the  county  school  fund  of  each   county  among  its 
various  districts; 

4.  To  report  to  the  governor  biennially,  on  or  before  the  first  day  of 
December  of  the  years  preceding  the  regular  session  of  the  legislature. 
The  governor  shall  transmit  said  report  to  the  legislature;  and  whenever 
it  is  ordered  published  the  state  printer  shall  deliver  a  sufficient  number 
of  copies  to  the  superintendent,  who  shall  distribute  the  same  among  school 
officers  of  the  state  and  of  the  United  States.     Said  report  shall  contain 
a  full  statement  of  the  condition  of  public  instruction  in  the  state;   a 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  11 

statement  of  the  condition  and  amount  of  all  funds  and  property  appro- 
priated to  the  purpose  of  education;  the  number  and  grade  of  schools  in 
each  county;  the  number  of  children  in  each  county  between  the  ages  of 
six  and  eighteen  years  of  age;  the  number  of  such  attending  public 
schools;  the  number  attending  private  schools;  the  number  attending  no 
schools;  the  number  under  six  years  of  age;  the  number  between  eighteen 
and  twenty-one  years  of  age;  the  amount  of  public  school  moneys  appor- 
tioned to  each  county;  the  amount  of  money  raised  by  county  taxation, 
district  tax,  subscription  or  otherwise,  by  any  city,  town,  district,  or 
county,  for  the  support  of  schools  therein;  the  amount  of  money  raised 
for  building  schoolhouses;  a  statement  of  plans  for  the  management  and 
improvement  of  public  schools;  and  such  other  information  relative  to 
the  educational  interests  of  the  state  as  he  may  think  of  importance; 

5.  To  prescribe  suitable  rules  and  regulations  for  making  all  reports 
and  conducting  all  necessary  proceedings  under  this  act  and  to  furnish 
suitable  blank  forms  for  the  same;  to  cause  the  same,  with  such  instruc- 
tions as  he  shall  deem  necessary  and  proper  for  the  organization  and 
government  of  schools,  to  be  transmitted  to  the  local  school  officers,  who 
shall  be  governed  in  accordance  therewith.     He  shall    prepare  a  con- 
venient form   of    school  register  for  the  purpose  of  securing  accurate 
returns  from  the  teachers  of  public  schools,  and  shall  furnish  each  school 
district  in  the  state   with  such  registers.     He  shall   prepare  pamphlet 
copies  of  the  school  law  and  all  amendments  thereto,  and  shall  trans- 
mit a  copy  thereof  to  each  school  trustee,  school  census   marshal  and 
school  teacher  in  the  state; 

6.  To  convene    a  state    teachers'    institute    biennially  in   the    even- 
numbered  years  in  such  place  and  at  such  time  as  he  may  deem  advisable. 
It  shall  be  his  further  duty  to  convene  five  district  teachers'  institutes  in 
the  various  sections  of  the  state  biennially  in  the  odd-numbered  years  in 
such  places  and  at  such  times  as  he  may  deem  advisable.     He   shall 
engage  such  institute  lecturers  and  teachers  as  he  shall  deem  advisable, 
and  shall  preside  over  and  regulate  the  exercises  of  all  state  and  district 
institutes.     No  institute  shall  continue  less  than  four  nor  more  than  ten 
days.     The  expenses  incurred  in  holding  such  institute  shall  be  paid  out 
of  the  state  general  fund  ;  provided,  that  the  amount  for  the  state  institute 
shall  not  exceed  five  hundred  dollars  nor  the  amount  of  any  one  district 
institute  two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars,  and  the  state  controller  is  hereby 
authorized  and  directed  to  draw  his  warrants  for  the  same  upon  the  order 
of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction.  All  teachers  shall  be  required 
to  attend  the  district  institutes  held  in  the  supervision  districts  in  which 
thay  may  be  teaching  respectively,  unless  they  shall  be  excused  for  good 
cause  by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  and  without  loss  of 
salary  for  the  time  thus  employed; 

7.  To  call,  with  the  approval  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners, 
a  county  teachers'  institute  in  any  county  at  such  time  and  place  as  in 
his  judgment  will  best  subserve  the  educational  interests  of  the  county, 
and  to  preside  over  and  regulate  the  exercises  of  the  same.     The  expenses 
of  such  institute  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  county  general  fund  of  the 
county  in  which  such  institute  is  held  ;  provided,  that  the  board  of  county 
commissioners  shall  authorize  such  institute  upon  the  application  of  the 
superintendent  of  public  instruction;  and  provided,  th&t  such  expenses 
shall  not  exceed  the  sum  of  one  hundred  dollars.     All  teachers  shall  be 
required  to  attend  any  county  institute  held  in  the  counties  in  which 


12  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

they  shall  be  teaching  respectively,  unless  excused  for  good  cause  by  the 
superintendent  of  public  instruction,  and  without  loss  of  salary  for  the 
time  thus  employed; 

8.  To  call  meetings  of  the  state  board  of  education  in  January  and 
June  of  each  year,  and  at  such  other  times  as  he  shall  deem  proper,  or 
when  two  members  of  said  board  shall  request  a  meeting. 

9.  To    nominate   deputy  superintendents   of   public   instruction   for 
appointment  by  the  state  board  of  education  ; 

10.  To  perform  such  other  duties  relative  to  the  public  schools  as  may 
be  prescribed  by  law; 

11.  To  have  done  at  the  state  printing  office  any  printing  required 
in  the  performance  of  his  duties  ; 

12.  To  require  a  written  report  from  each  deputy  superintendent  on 
the  first  day  of  October,  the  first  day  of  January,  the  first  day  of  April, 
and  the  first  day  of  July  of  each  school  year.     Such  reports  shall  contain 
any  information  or  facts  that  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
may  require; 

13.  To  arrange  blank  forms,  including  school  registers,  for  teachers' 
contracts,  and  supply  the  same  to  school  trustees  and  teachers; 

14.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall,  at  the  expiration 
of  his  term  of  office,  deliver  to  his  successor  all   property  and   effects 
belonging  to  his  office  and  take  a  receipt  for  the  same. 

CHAPTER  3 

DEPUTY  SUPERINTENDENTS  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 
Office  of  County  Superintendent  Abolished. 

SEC.  7.  The  office  of  county  superintendent  of  public  schools  either 
as  a  separate  office  or  as  an  ex  officio  office  shall  be,  and  hereby  is,  abol- 
ished for  all  counties  in  this  state  on  and  after  the  thirty-first  day  of 
August,  1907;  provided,  that  the  ex  officio  county  superintendent  shall 
make  the  reports  for  the  school  year  ending  on  the  thirty-first  day  of 
August,  1907.  Stats.  1907,  381. 

Educational  Districts  Established. 

SEC.  8.  Five  educational  supervision  districts  are  hereby  established 
as  follows:  District  No.  1,  comprising  Elko  County;  District  No.  2,  com- 
prising White  Pine,  Lander,  Eureka  Counties;  District  No.  3,  comprising 
Humboldt  and  Churchill  Counties;  District  No.  4,  comprising  Washoe, 
Storey,  Ormsby,  Douglas,  Lyon,  and  Mineral  Counties;  District  No.  5, 
comprising  Lincoln,  Nye,  Clark,  and  Esmeralda  Counties. 

Supervision  Districts. 

SEC.  9.  Upon  the  nomination  of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion the  state  board  of  education  shall,  on  or  before  the  first  Monday  in 
May,  1911,  and  each  fourth  year  thereafter,  appoint  one  deputy  superin- 
tendent of  public  instruction  for  each  supervision  district  as  herein  pro- 
vided for,  and  such  appointee  shall,  at  the  time  of  his  appointment  and 
during  his  term  of  office,  be  a  bona  fide  resident  of  the  district  for  which 
he  is  appointed.  Such  appointee  shall  take  office  on  the  first  Monday  in 
September* and  shall  serve  for  a  period  of  four  years,  or  until  his  suc- 
cessor shall  have  been  appointed  and  shall  have  qualified;  provided,  that 
in  case  any  nominee  of  the  state  superintendent  is  unsatisfactory  to  the 
board  another  nomination  or  nominations  shall  be  made  to  the  satisfac- 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  13 

tion  of  the  board.  In  case  a  vacancy  shall  occur  in  the  office  of  deputy 
superintendent  of  public  instruction,  the  state  board  of  education  shall 
in  like  manner  make  an  appointment  for  the  unexpired  term.  The 
deputy  superintendents  of  public  instruction  shall  devote  their  entire 
time  to  school  supervision  and  shall  not  engage  in  other  work  while  hold- 
ing this  office. 

Qualifications  of  Deputies. 

SEC.  10.  Any  person  holding  a  teacher's  certificate  of  high-school 
grade  and  who  shall  have  had  not  less  than  forty-five  months'  successful 
experience  in  teaching,  at  least  twenty  months  of  which  shall  have  been 
in  the  State  of  Nevada,  shall  be  eligible  to  appointment  as  deputy  super- 
intendent of  public  instruction,  and  no  others  shall  be  eligible  to  such 
appointment. 

Duties  of  Deputies. 

SEC.  11.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  deputy  superintendent  to  visit 
each  school  in  his  district  at  least  twice  a  year,  to  examine  the  records 
and  observe  the  work  of  each  school  carefully,  to  advise  with  teachers  as 
to  organization,  management  and  teaching,  to  inspect  school  buildings, 
libraries  and  apparatus,  to  confer  with  trustees  and  county  officers  as  to 
the  condition  and  needs  of  their  schools,  to  hold  teachers'  meetings,  to 
assist  at  state,  district  and  county  institutes,  and  otherwise  advance  the 
educational  interests  of  his  district.  The  deputy  superintendent  of  public 
instruction  shall  act  as  deputy  examiner  at  teachers'  examinations,  as 
member  of  the  board  of  educational  examiners,  and  shall  assist  the  state 
board  of  education  in  preparing  courses  of  study.  He  shall  attend  the 
meetings  of  the  state  board  of  education  to  furnish  information  pertain- 
ing to  the  schools  of  his  district  when  said  board  shall  so  order. 

Powers  and  Duties  of  Deputies. 

SEC.  12.  Within  his  supervision  district  each  deputy  superintendent 
shall  have  power,  and  it  shall  be  his  duty: 

1.  To  file  with  the  county  auditor  of  each  county  a  directory  of  all 
teachers  who  shall  be  entitled  to  draw  salary  from  the  state  or  the  county 
funds,  and  to  advise  the  county  auditor  from  time  to  time  of  any  changes 
or  additions  to  such   directory,  and  to  file  with  the  county  auditor  a 
directory  of  all  qualified  school  trustees  of  each  county.     The  county 
auditor  shall  not  draw  any  warrant  in  favor  of  any  teacher  until  he  shall 
be  officially  informed  by  the  deputy  superintendent  that  such  teacher  is 
legally  entitled  to  receive  salary  from  the  state  or  county  school  funds; 

2.  To  investigate  any  claim  against  any  school  fund  whenever  a  writ- 
ten protest  against  the  drawing  of  a  warrant  in  payment  of  said  claim 
against  any  school  fund  shall  be  filed  with  the  county  auditor.    If,  upon 
investigation,  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  find 
that  any  claim  against  any  school  fund  is  illegal  or  unreasonably  excessive, 
he  shall  notify  the  county  auditor  and  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  trustees 
who  drew  the  order  for  such  illegal  claim,  stating  the  reasons  in  writing 
why  such  order  is  illegal  or  excessive,  and  the  county  auditor,  if  so  noti- 
fied, shall  not  draw  his  warrant  in  payment  of  such  claim.     If  the  deputy 
superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  find  that  any  protested  claim 
is  legal  and  actually  due  the  claimant,  he  shall   authorize  the  county 
auditor  to  draw  his  warrant  for  such  claim,  and  the  county  auditor  shall 
immediately  draw  his  warrant  in  payment  of  the  claim ; 


14  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

3.  To  suspend  the  certificate  of  any  teacher  for  a  time  not  to  exceed 
one    year,  who  fails  to   attend   any  district  or    county  institute    unless 
excused  for  nonattendance  by  the  deputy  superintendent; 

4.  To  suspend  the  certificate  of  any  teacher  for  any  of  the  causes  for 
which  a  certificate  may  be  revoked  by  the  state  board  of  education  ; 

5.  To  inspect  the  record  books  and  accounts  of  boards  of  trustees,  and 
to  authorize  and  enforce  an  efficient  method   of  keeping  the  financial 
records  and  accounts  of  the  school  district; 

6.  To  inspect  the  school  fund  accounts  of  the  county  auditors  of  the 
several  counties,  and  report  the  condition  of  the  funds  of  any  school  dis- 
trict to  the  trustees  thereof; 

7.  To  grade  the  schools  in  his  supervision  district,  in  the  month  of 
July  of  each  year,  designating  which  schools  are  high  schools,  and  which 
are  elementary  schools,  and  to  keep  record  of  such  gradation  in  his  office; 

8.  To  appoint  school  trustees  in  all  districts  in  which  the  qualified 
voters  failed  to  elect. 

Compensation  of  Deputies. 

SEC.  13.  The  compensation  of  each  deputy  superintendent  of  public 
instruction  is  hereby  fixed  at  two  thousand  dollars  per  annum,  and  shall 
be  paid  out  of  the  general  fund  of  the  state  as  the  salaries  of  other  state 
officers  are  paid.  All  claims  for  the  traveling  expenses,  including  the 
cost  of  transportation  and  cost  of  living,  of  each  deputy  superintendent 
of  public  instruction,  while  absent  from  their  places  of  residence,  together 
with  necessary  office  expenses,  shall  be  paid  from  the  general  fund  of 
the  state,  whenever  such  claims  shall  be  allowed  by  the  state  board  of 
examiners;  provided,  that  not  more  than  eight  hundred  dollars  shall  be 
paid  from  the  general  fund  of  the  state  in  settlement  of  claims  for  such 
traveling  expenses  of  any  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
-during  any  one  year,  and  not  more  than  $350  shall  be  paid  from  the  gen- 
eral fund  of  the  state  in  settlement  of  claims  for  such  office  expenses  of 
any  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  for  any  one  year. 

Powers  of  Deputies. 

SEC.  14.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  confer  upon 
the  deputy  superintendents  such  power  and  authority  to  act  in  his  name 
as  he  shall  deem  proper;  provided,  such  power  and  authority  shall  be  in 
accordance  with  the  laws  of  this  state. 

Rules  for  Deputies. 

SEC.  15.  The  state  board  of  education  shall  adopt  such  rules  and  reg- 
ulations further  defining  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  deputy  superin- 
tendents of  public  instruction  as  shall,  in  its  judgment,  be  needful  to 
secure  efficiency  and  coordination;  provided,  that  such  rules  and  regula- 
tions shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  this  state. 

Removal  of  Deputies. 

SEC.  16.  The  state  board  of  education  shall,  upon  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  have  power  to  remove 
deputy  superintendents  of  public  instruction  from  office  for  evident  unfit- 
ness  or  for  conspicuous  failure  to  perform  the  duties  of  said  office. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  15 

CHAPTER  4 

TEACHERS'  CERTIFICATES 
Certification  of  Teachers. 

SECTION  17.  All  teachers'  certificates  and  life  diplomas  shall  be  granted 
by  the  state  board  of  education,  and  said  board  shall  grant  only  those 
classes  and  grades  described  in  this  act;  provided,  that  deputy  superin- 
tendents of  public  instruction  may  issue  temporary  certificates  in  accord- 
ance with  the  regulations  of  the  board  and  on  conditions  hereinafter 
named;  and  provided  further,  that  all  teachers'  certificates  previously 
issued  by  legally  constituted  authorities  shall  remain  valid  for  the  time 
and  under  the  conditions  of  the  original  issue  unless  revoked  in  accord- 
ance with  law.  In  case  of  the  renewal  of  any  grammar-grade  certificate 
now  in  force,  an  elementary  certificate  of  the  first  grade  shall  be  issued 
instead  of  said  grammar-grade  certificate.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  156. 

Examinations,  When  Held. 

SEC.  18.  Examinations  for  teachers'  certificates  shall  be  held  in  the 
several  counties  in  this  state  semiannually,  during  the  months  of  June 
and  December  of  each  year;  provided,  that  the  interest  of  the  schools 
shall  require  such  examinations.  The  state  board  of  education  shall 
give  at  least  sixty  days'  notice  of  the  time  and  places  of  holding  the 
examinations;  provided,  that  the  dates  of  holding  the  regular  semiannual 
examinations  shall  be  uniform  throughout  the  state  and  no  examination 
shall  continue  for  more  than  four  days.  The  state  board  of  education 
shall  make  provision  for  such  other  examinations  at  such  times  and 
places  as  in  its  judgment  the  public  interest  may  require. 

Deputy  Examiners— Compensation. 

SEC.  19.  All  examinations  for  teachers'  certificates  shall  be  conducted 
by  deputy  examiners,  who  shall  act  under  the  authority  of  the  state  board 
of  education.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  deputy  examiners  to  send  all 
examination  papers  to  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  without 
grading  them.  The  deputy  superintendents  of  public  instruction  shall 
act  as  deputy  examiners  in  such  counties  in  their  respective  districts  as 
shall  be  designated  by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  and  the 
deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  appoint  in  addition  a 
sufficient  number  of  deputy  examiners  to  provide  for  all  the  counties  of 
the  state;  p)'ovided,  that  there  shall  not  be  more  than  two  such  deputy 
examiners  in  any  one  county.  Deputy  examiners  other  than  the  deputy 
superintendents  of  public  instruction  shall  receive  a  compensation  of  five 
dollars  a  day,  to  be  paid  as  other  claims  out  of  the  state  general  fund. 
The  state  board  of  education  shall  prescribe  such  rules  and  regulations 
governing  examinations  as  may  be  needful  to  secure  uniformity  and  justice. 

Regulations  Regarding  Questions. 

SEC.  20.  The  questions  used  for  written  work  in  teachers'  examina- 
tions shall  be  prepared  by  the  state  board  of  education,  and  shall  be  uni- 
form throughout  the  state.  Such  examination  questions  shall  be  for- 
warded to  the  various  deputy  examiners  throughout  the  state  by  the 
superintendent  of  public  instruction,  so  as  to  reach  their  destination 
immediately  before  the  date  set  for  the  examination.  Such  questions 
shall  be  sent  under  the  seal  of  the  state  board  of  education,  the  questions 


16  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

on  each  subject  being  under  separate  seal,  and  no  questions  shall  be 
opened  by  any  deputy  examiner  or  other  person  until  the  day  and  the 
hour  set  for  the  use  of  such  questions,  and  this  time  shall  be  plainly 
specified  under  each  seal. 

Unlawful  Use  of  Questions. 

SEC.  21.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  sell  or  offer  for  sale, 
or  buy  or  offer  to  buy,  or  to  distribute,  or  to  have  in  his  or  her  posses- 
sion, except  as  authorized  by  this  act,  any  printed  or  written  examina- 
tion questions  prepared  for  any  examination  to  be  held  for  the  purpose 
of  testing  the  qualifications  of  persons  desiring  to  be  admitted  to  the 
practice  of  any  of  the  professions  in  this  state  in  which  it  is  required 
that  such  persons  be  examined  as  to  their  qualifications,  or  any  printed 
or  written  examination  questions  prepared  for  teachers'  examinations 
for  certification  of  teachers  in  this  state,  or  for  any  printed  or  written 
examination  questions  prepared  of  the  final  examination  of  students  in 
any  of  the  schools  of  this  state  prior  to  the  time  for  holding  such  exam- 
ination . 

Penalty  for  Unlawful  Use  of  Questions. 

SEC.  22.  Any  person  selling  or  offering  to  sell,  buying  or  offering  to 
buy,  distributing  or  having  in  his  or  her  possession  any  such  examina- 
tion questions  contrary  to  section  21  of  this  act,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of 
a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  fined  in  the  sum 
of  not  less  than  $25  nor  more  than  $100,  or  imprisonment  in  the  county 
jail  for  not  less  than  ten  days  nor  more  than  six  months;  provided,  that 
the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  not  be  construed  to  prevent  the  proper 
officials  or  instructors  whose  duty  it  is  to  conduct  the  said  examination 
referred  to  in  section  21  of  this  act  from  having  in  their  possession 
printed  or  written  copies  of  such  examination  questions;  provided,  further, 
that  the  state  printer  shall  have  the  care  and  custody  of  such  examina- 
tion questions  while  they  are  in  process  of  being  printed. 

Grades  of  Certificates. 

SEC.  23.     Teachers'  certificates  in  this  state  shall  be: 

High  school,  authorizing  the  holder  thereof  to  teach  in  any  high  school 
or  elementary  school  in  the  state; 

Elementary,  authorizing  the  holder  thereof  to  teach  in  any  elementary 
school  in  the  state; 

Special,  authorizing  the  holder  to  teach  such  special  branch  or  branches 
of  learning,  and  in  such  grades  as  are  named  in  the  certificate; 

Temporary,  authorizing  the  holder  to  teach  such  branches  of  learning 
and  in  such  grades  and  school  districts  as  are  named  in  the  certificate; 

High-School  Certificates  on  Examination. 

SEC.  24.  The  high-school  certificate  shall  be  valid  for  four  years  from 
the  date  of  issuance  and  shall  be  issued  on  examination  in  the  following 
subjects:  (a)  English  grammar,  spelling,  arithmetic,  geography,  English 
literature,  general  history,  history  of  the  United  States,  civil  govern- 
ment, current  events,  algebra,  plane  geometry,  physics,  and  history  and 
methods  of  teaching;  (b)  Any  one  of  the  following  foreign  languages: 
Latin,  French,  German,  Spanish;  (c)  and  any  three  of  the  following 
additional  subjects:  Rhetoric,  English  history,  solid  geometry,  physical 
geography,  chemistry,  botany,  and  zoology;  provided,  that  no  high-school 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  17 

certificate  on  examination  shall  be  issued  to  any  person  whose  general 
average  is  less  than  ninety  per  cent ;  and  provided  further,  that  such  cer- 
tificate shall  not  be  issued  to  any  person  under  twenty  years  of  age. 
Credit  may  be  allowed  to  applicants  for  any  subject  in  the  above  list  sat- 
isfactorily completed  in  a  standard  college,  or  to  applicants  holding  a 
Nevada  elementary  certificate  of  first  grade  for  a  standing  of  ninety  or 
more  made  in  any  of  the  above  subjects  as  shown  on  such  elementary 
certificate  and  record  thereof  on  file  in  the  state  superintendent's  office. 
The  high-school  certificate  may  be  renewed  by  the  state  board  of  educa- 
tion according  to  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  board  may  pre- 
scribe. As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  156,  157 . 

Elementary  Certificate,  First  Grade,  on  Examination. 

SEC.  25.  The  elementary  school  certificate,  first  grade,  shall  be 
valid  for  three  years  from  the  date  of  issuance,  and  shall  be  issued  upon 
examination  in  the  following  subjects:  Spelling,  reading,  writing,  English 
grammar,  mental  arithmetic,  written  arithmetic,  physiology  and  hygiene, 
history  of  the  United  States,  geography,  general  history,  drawing,  music, 
business  forms,  civics,  current  events,  and  theory  and  methods  of  teach- 
ing; provided,  that  such  certificate  shall  not  be  issued  on  examination  to 
any  person  whose  general  average  is  less  than  eighty-five  per  cent  or 
whose  grade  is  less  than  sixty-five  per  cent  in  any  one  subject.  The 
elementary  certificate,  first  grade,  shall  not  be  issued  to  any  person  under 
twenty  years  of  age  nor  to  any  person  who  has  had  less  than  sixteen 
months  of  successful  experience  in  teaching.  Such  certificate  may  be 
renewed  by  the  state  board  of  education  according  to  such  rules  and  reg- 
ulations as  the  board  may  prescribe. 

Any  person  who  shall  at  any  regular  examination  make  a  grade  of 
eighty-five  per  cent  or  more  in  any  subject  or  subjects  shall  receive  credit 
for  such  subject  or  subjects  toward  a  first-grade  elementary  certificate; 
and  the  state  board  of  education  may  allow  credits  for  satisfactory  work 
done  by  applicants  for  certificates  on  examination,  in  a  standard  sum- 
mer school,  in  determining  their  per  cent  standing  in  any  subject  or 
subjects.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  157 . 

Elementary  Certificate,  Second  Grade,  on  Examination. 

SEC.  26.  The  elementary  certificate,  second  grade,  shall  be  valid 
for  two  years  from  the  date  of  issuance,  and  shall  be  issued  upon  exam- 
ination in  all  subjects  required  for  the  first-grade  elementary  certificate; 
provided,  that  a  second-grade  elementary  certificate  shall  not  be  issued  to 
any  person  whose  general  average  is  less  than  seventy-five  per  cent  or 
whose  grade  is  less  than  sixty  per  cent  in  anyone  subject;  and,  provided 
further,  that  county  normal  elementary  certificates  of  the  second  grade 
shall  be  issued  to  graduates  of  the  county  normal  training  school  without 
examination  therefor.  In  no  case  shall  an  elementary  certificate  of  the 
second  grade  be  renewed.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913, 157,  158. 

Elementary  Certificate,  Third  Grade. 

SEC.  27.  The  state  board  of  education  shall  have  power,  after  the 
regular  teachers'  examination  in  December,  and  before  the  next  regular 
examination  is  held,  to  grant  third-grade  elementary  certificates  to  appli- 
cants who  took  the  December  examination,  and  who  are  actively  engaged 
in  teaching  in  Nevada;  provided,  that  a  third-grade  elementary  certificate 
shall  entitle  the  holder  to  teach  in  the  school  in  which  she  was  engaged 


18  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

as  a  teacher  at  the  time  of  the  December  examination,  and  in  no  other 
school,  for  a  period  not  longer  than  until  the  next  regular  examination 
of  teachers;  provided  further ,  that  but  one  third-grade  elementary  certifi- 
cate shall  be  granted  to  the  same  person. 

Life  Diplomas. 

SEC.  28.  The  state  board  of  education  may  grant  a  life  diploma  to  any 
resident  of  the  State  of  Nevada  who  shall  present  evidence  of  having 
taught  successfully  and  continuously  for  a  period  of  seventy-two  months, 
thirty-six  of  which  shall  have  been  in  the  State  of  Nevada.  A  life  diploma 
granted  under  this  section  shall  be  of  the  same  grade  as  the  certificate 
held  by  the  applicant  at  the  time  of  the  application  for  the  diploma  and 
shall  entitle  the  holder  thereof  to  teach  in  any  school  in  the  State  of 
Nevada  of  a  grade  corresponding  to  the  grade  of  the  certificate  upon 
which  the  life  diploma  was  granted;  provided,  that  no  life  diploma  shall 
be  granted  upon  a  nonrenewable  certificate. 

Different  Certificates  to  Certain  Graduates  of  Nevada  State  Normal  College. 

SEC.  29.  High-school  certificates,  good  for  five  years,  shall  be  issued 
to  graduates  of  the  Nevada  State  Normal  School,  advanced  course.  First- 
grade  elementary  certificates,  good  for  five  years,  shall  be  issued  to  grad- 
uates of  the  Nevada  State  Normal  School,  elementary  course.  To  the 
graduates  of  the  Nevada  State  Normal  School  who  hold  high-school  cer- 
tificates, the  state  board  of  education  shall  grant  a  life  diploma  of  high- 
school  grade  when  said  graduates  shall  have  completed  at  least  forty-five 
months  of  successful  teaching  in  public  schools.  To  all  graduates  of  the 
Nevada  State  Normal  School  who  hold  a  grammar-school  certificate,  the 
state  board  of  education  shall  grant  a  life  diploma  of  the  grammar  grade 
when  said  graduates  shall  have  completed  at  least  forty-five  months  of 
successful  instruction  in  public  schools. 

Graduates  of  Other  Institutions  May  Be  Certificated. 

SEC.  30.  Graduates  of  universities,  colleges,  and  normal  schools  sup- 
ported by  state  appropriations,  approved  by  the  state  board  of  education, 
shall  be  permitted  to  submit  their  credentials  from  such  institutions,  and 
to  the  extent  that  these  credentials  give  evidence  of  scholarship  and  pro- 
fessional preparation  they  shall  be  accepted  in  lieu  of  examination;  pro- 
vided, that  no  certificate  of  the  elementary  grade  shall  be  granted  upon 
any  credentials  not  equivalent  to  a  diploma  of  graduation  from  the  Nevada 
State  Normal  School;  and  provided  further,  that  no  high-school  certificate 
shall  be  granted  upon  any  credential  not  equivalent  to  a  diploma  of  grad- 
uation from  a  science  course  or  the  liberal  arts  course  of  the  University 
of  Nevada,  together  with  the  required  training  in  educational  subjects. 

Life  Certificates  of  Other  States. 

SEC.  31.  Any  teacher  holding  a  life  certificate  from  another  state 
shall  be  permitted  to  submit  such  certificate  as  evidence  of  his  or  her 
fitness  for  teaching,  and  if  the  state  board  of  education  shall  be  satisfied 
that  the  state  which  issued  such  certificate  maintains  a  high  professional 
standard,  said  board  may  issue  a  certificate  for  teaching  in  this  state  of 
such  grade  as  it  shall  deem  proper.  Such  credentials  should  be  for- 
warded to  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  Carson  City,  Nevada. 

All  Papers  Graded  by  Board  of  Educational  Examiners. 

SEC.  32.     All  examination  papers  for  teachers'   certificates  shall  be 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  19 

examined  and  graded  under  the  authority  of  the  state  board  of  education 
by  the  board  of  educational  examiners,  which  shall  consist  of  at  least  one 
member  of  the  state  board  of  education,  the  deputy  superintendents  of 
public  instruction,  and  such  other  persons,  not  to  exceed  three  in  num- 
ber, as  may  be  appointed  by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction. 
The  board  of  educational  examiners  shall  certify  the  grade  of  each  appli- 
cant in  each  subject  to  the  state  board  of  education.  Persons  appointed 
by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  as  members  of  the  board  of 
educational  examiners  shall  receive  compensation  at  the  rate  of  five  dol- 
lars a  day  for  the  time  actually  employed  in  such  service,  to  be  paid  out 
of  the  state  general  fund  in  the  usual  manner. 

Special  Certificates. 

SEC.  33.  The  state  board  of  education  shall  grant  special  certificates 
valid  for  teaching  music,  drawing,  manual  training,  penmanship,  com- 
mercial subjects,  kindergarten  work,  or  any  specified  foreign  language, 
provided  that  it  shall  be  satisfied  that  the  applicant  is  qualified  to  teach 
such  special  subject.  The  board  shall  determine  as  to  the  fitness  of  the 
applicant  by  whatever  method  shall  appear  to  be  most  appropriate.  Such 
certificate  shall  be  valid  for  two  years.  A  special  certificate  shall  entitle 
the  holder  to  teach  only  the  subject  or  subjects  mentioned  in  the  certifi- 
cate. 

Temporary  Certificates— Restriction, 

SEC.  34.  The  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  may,  at  his 
discretion,  issue  temporary  certificates  without  examination;  provided, 
that  such  certificate  shall  be  issued  upon  request  of  the  board  of  school 
trustees  of  a  school  district  in  this  state,  and  that  such  certificate  shall 
be  valid  only  in  the  district  from  which  the  request  is  made,  and  such 
certificate  shall  be  valid  only  until  the  next  teachers'  examination  held 
in  the  county  in  which  such  person  shall  be  teaching.  If  any  member 
of  the  board  of  school  trustees  making  the  above-mentioned  request  is  a 
member  of  the  family  or  a  near  relative  of  the  applicant,  the  certificate 
shall  not  be  granted.  Not  more  than  one  temporary  certificate  shall  be 
granted  to  any  one  person. 

Age  Limit, 

SEC.  35.  No  certificate  authorized  by  this  act  shall  be  issued  to  any 
person  under  eighteen  years  of  age. 

CHAPTER  5 

POWERS   AND   DUTIES   OF   TEACHERS 

Teacher  Must  Be  Legally  Employed. 

SEC.  36.  No  teacher  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  any  portion  of  the 
public  school  moneys  as  compensation  for  services  rendered,  unless  such 
teacher  shall  have  been  legally  employed  by  the  board  of  trustees,  nor 
unless  such  teacher  shall  have  a  certificate  issued  in  accordance  with 
law,  in  full  force  and  effect  at  the  time  such  service  is  rendered,  nor 
unless  such  teacher  shall  have  made  a  full  and  correct  report,  in  the 
form  and  manner  prescribed  by  law,  to  the  superintendent  of  public 
instruction  and  to  the  board  of  school  trustees. 

School  Officer  May  Administer  Oath, 

SEC.  37.     The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  and  the  deputy 


20  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

superintendents  of  public  instruction  are  hereby  authorized  to  adminis- 
ter the  oath  (or  affirmation)  to  teachers  and  all  other  oaths  (or  affirma- 
tions) relating  to  public  schools. 

Teachers  to  Take  Official  Oath— Form  of  Oath. 

SEC.  38.  Each  and  every  teacher  employed  in  this  state,  whose  com- 
pensation is  payable  out  of  the  public  funds,  shall  take  and  subscribe  to 
the  oath  as  prescribed  by  the  fifteenth  article  of  the  state  constitution 
before  entering  upon  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  such  teacher.  Such 
oath,  when  so  taken  and  subscribed  to,  shall,  if  that  of  a  teacher  in  the 
state  university,  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  board  of  regents;  if  of  any 
other  class  of  teachers,  the  same  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  super- 
intendent of  public  instruction. 

The  oath  is  as  follows: 

I, ,do  solemnly  swear  (or  affirm)  that  I  will  support, 

protect  and  defend  the  constitution  and  government  of  the  United  States, 
and  the  constitution  and  government  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  against  all 
enemies,  whether  domestic  or  foreign,  and  that  I  will  bear  true  faith, 
allegiance,  and  loyalty  to  the  same,  any  ordinance,  resolution  or  law  of 
any  state  convention  or  legislature  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding.  And 
further  that  I  will  well  and  faithfully  perform  all  the  duties  of  teacher 
on  which  I  am  about  to  enter  (if  an  oath);  "so  help  me  God";  (if  an 
affirmation)  "under  the  pains  and  penalties  of  perjury." 

Sworn  and  subscribed  to  before  me  a of  the  county 

of and  State  of  Nevada,  this day  of , 

Anno  Domini  191 

Duties  of  Teachers  Enumerated. 

SEC.  39.     Every  teacher  in  the  public  schools  shall: 

1.  Upon  opening  school  in  any  school  district  file  with  the  deputy 
superintendent  of  public  instruction,  a  Nevada  teachers'  certificate  enti- 
tling the  holder  to  teach  the  school  in  the  district  in  which  he  shall  be 
hired,  together  with  the  oath  of  office,  and  any  other  report  that  the 
superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  require.     The  deputy  superin- 
tendent shall  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  each  teachers'  certificate  and 
shall  make  proper  record  of  the  same  in  his  office.     The  teacher's  cer- 
tificate shall   remain  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  deputy  superintendent 
until  the  teacher's  final  report  shall  be  received  in  his  office; 

2.  One  week  before  closing  the  school,  make  a  final  report  in  the  man- 
ner and  on  the  blank  forms  prescribed  by  the  superintendent  of  public 
instruction.     The  final  report  shall   include  all   required  statistics  and 
information  for  the  entire  school  year,  notwithstanding  any  previous 
report  for  a  part  of  the  year.     The  teacher  shall  make  estimates  of  the 
statistics  and  information  of  the  last  week  in  order  to  close  the  final 
report.     Upon  receipt  of  the  teacher's  final  report,  the  deputy  superin- 
tendent shall,  if  he  approve  such   report,  notify  the  clerk  of  the  school 
district  from  which  the  report  comes  that  the  teacher's  final  report  has 
been  received,  and  the  clerk  of  the  board  shall  then  draw  the  trustees' 
order  in  payment  for  the  teacher's  last  month's  salary.     Any  trustees' 
orders  drawn  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  illegal ; 

3.  Keep  record  of  all  scholars  attending  school  in  accordance  with  the 
registers   prescribed   by  the  superintendent  of   public  instruction,  and 
teachers  shall  make  reports  of  such  records  at  such  times  and  to  such 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  21 

persons  as  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  designate.  All 
school  registers  shall  be  delivered  to  the  board  of  trustees  at  the  close  of 
every  school  term  ; 

4.  Enforce  the  state  course  of  study,  or  the  city  course  of  study  (as  the 
case  may  be) ,  the  use  of  the  legally  authorized  text-books,  and  the  rules 
and  regulations  prescribed  for  teachers  and  schools; 

5.  Hold  pupils  to  a  strict  account  for  their  conduct  on  the  way  to  and 
from  school,  on  the  playground  and  during  any  intermission;  provided, 
however,  that  no  school  teacher  or  principal,  or  board  of  trustees,  shall 
expel  or  suspend  any  pupil  under  the  age  of  fourteen  years  for  any  cause 
without  first  securing  the  consent  of  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public 
instruction. 

CHAPTER  6 
SCHOOL  TRUSTEES 
Board  of  Trustees  a  Body  Corporate. 

SEC.  40.  The  trustees  of  a  school  district  shall  constitute  a  board  for 
such  district,  and  such  board  is  hereby  created  a  body  corporate. 

Property  Held  by  Trustees  as  Corporation, 

SEC.  41.  All  property  which  is  now  vested  in,  or  shall  hereafter  be 
transferred  to  the  trustees  of  a  district,  for  the  use  of  schools  in  the  dis- 
trict, shall  be  held  by  them  as  a  corporation. 

Number  of  Trustees. 

SEC.  42.  School  districts  having  fifteen  hundred  or  more  school  chil- 
dren as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  school  census,  shall  have  five 
trustees;  other  districts  shall  have  three  trustees. 

Election  of  Trustees. 

SEC.  43.  An  election  of  school  trustees  shall  be  held  in  each  school 
district  of  the  state  on  the  first  Saturday  in  April,  nineteen  hundred  and 
ten,  and  on  the  same  day  every  two  years  thereafter.  At  such  elections 
three  trustees  shall  be  elected  in  any  district  having  fifteen  hundred  or 
more  school  census  children,  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  census,  two 
for  four  years  and  one  for  two  years ;  and  two  trustees  shall  be  elected  in 
every  other  district,  one  for  four  years  and  one  for  two  years. 

Number  of  Trustees,  How  Determined. 

SEC.  44.  In  any  school  district  having  for  the  first  time  fifteen  hun- 
dred school  census  children,  as  determined  after  the  election  of  trustees 
in  any  year,  there  shall  be  elected  at  the  next  ensuing  school  trustee  elec- 
tion two  trustees  for  four  years  and  two  trustees  for  two  years,  to  bring 
such  district  to  the  five-trustee  basis;  and  in  any  district  falling  below 
such  number,  as  determined  after  a  school  trustee  election,  there  shall  be 
elected  at  the  next  ensuing  trustee  election  one  trustee  for  four  years,  to 
bring  such  district  to  the  three-trustee  basis. 

Election  Officers,  How  Appointed. 

SEC.  45.  Three  inspectors  of  election  and  such  other  officers  as  may 
be  necessary,  shall  be  appointed  by  the  school  trustees  in  each  district; 
provided,  that  respecting  all  questions  that  come  before  said  election 
boards,  the  inspectors  only  shall  determine  the  same.  If  the  trustees 
fail  to  appoint  the  election  officers,  or  if  they  are  not  present  at  the 
time  of  opening  the  polls,  the  electors  present  may  appoint  them.  All 


22  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

such  officers  shall  serve  without  compensation ;  provided,  that  in  districts 
of  the  first  class,  the  inspectors  and  a  clerk  of  election  may  be  allowed 
compensation  not  to  exceed  four  dollars  each  for  services  at  such  election, 
said  compensation  to  be  paid  from  the  district  school  funds. 

If  two  or  more  polling  places  are  kept  open  in  districts  of  the  first  class, 
three  inspectors  and  one  clerk  shall  be  appointed  for  each  polling  place, 
and  each  such  officer  shall  be  allowed  compensation  not  to  exceed  four 
dollars. 

Notice  of  Election  To  Be  Posted— Hours  of  Election. 

SEC.  46.  Not  less  than  ten  days  before  the  election  held  under  the 
provisions  of  this  act,  the  trustees  in  each  district  shall  post  notices  in 
three  public  places  in  the  district,  which  notices  shall  specify  that  there 
will  be  an  election  held  at  the  schoolhouse  in  such  district  and  the  hours 
between  which  the  polls  will  be  kept  open.  In  districts  of  the  first  class 
the  polls  shall  be  kept  open  between  the  hours  specified  by  the  board  of 
trustees  and  in  districts  of  the  second  class  the  polls  shall  be  kept  open 
between  the  hours  of  1  o'clock  p.  m.  and  5  o'clock  p.  m.  If  the  trustees 
shall  have  failed  to  post  notices  as  required  by  this  section,  then  any 
three  electors  of  the  district  may,  within  five  days  of  the  day  of  election, 
give  notice  of  such  election,  which  notices  shall  be  sufficient  for  the  elec- 
tion required  by  this  act,  and  in  such  case  no  registration  shall  be  neces- 
sary, but  all  the  other  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  enforced;  provided, 
that  in  districts  of  the  first  class  as  many  different  polling  places  may  be 
kept  open  as  there  are  schoolhouses  in  the  district,  and  the  trustees  may 
decide  in  what  buildings  the  election  shall  be  held;  but  in  such  cases, 
the  trustees  must  specify,  in  the  election  notice,  the  particular  buildings 
in  which  polling  places  will  be  held. 

Qualification  for  Voting. 

SEC.  47.  No  person  shall  be  allowed  to  vote  at  any  school  election 
unless  he  is  a  resident  of  the  district  and  his  name  appears  upon  the 
official  registry  list  of  the  voting  precinct  or  precincts  including  the  dis- 
trict for  the  last  preceding  general  election;  provided,  that  any  citizen  of 
the  United  States  who  shall  have  resided  in  this  state  six  months,  and 
in  the  school  district  thirty  days  next  preceding  the  day  of  election,  and 
whose  name  is  not  upon  the  said  official  registry  list,  may  apply  to  the 
clerk  of  the  board  of  school  trustees,  or  to  a  person  authorized  by  the  trus- 
tees of  the  district  to  act  as  registry  agent,  not  more  than  eight  nor  less 
than  five  days  prior  to  the  day  of  election,  to  have  his  name  registered. 

Registration  Regulations— Form  of  Oath. 

SEC.  48.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  school  trus- 
tees, or  the  person  appointed  by  the  board  of  school  trustees,  as  the  case 
may  be,  to  register  any  qualified  voter  of  the  school  district  who  may 
apply  to  be  registered  under  the  provisions  of  the  preceding  section ;  pro- 
vided, that  if  the  person  applying  to  be  registered  be  unknown  to  the  reg- 
istry agent,  or  his  qualifications  for  voting  be  unknown,  he  shall,  before 
having  his  name  registered,  be  required  to  subscribe  to  the  following  oath : 
"You  do  solemnly  swear  that  you  are  a  citizen  of  the  United  States;  that 
you  are  twenty-one  years  of  age;  that  you  will  have  resided  in  the  state 
six  months  and  in  this  school  district  thirty  days  next  preceding  the  day 
of  the  school  election."  False  swearing  under  the  provisions  of  this  sec- 
tion shall  be  deemed  perjury  and  punished  as  now  provided  by  law. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  23 

List  of  Voters, 

SEC.  49.  No  person  shall  be  entitled  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of 
this  act  except  he  be  registered  as  herein  provided.  The  board  of  school 
trustees  shall  prepare,  or  cause  to  be  prepared,  or  obtain  a  list,  certified 
or  sworn  to  as  being  correct,  of  the  names  of  all  persons  entitled  to  vote 
at  the  school  election  as  herein  provided,  which  said  list  shall  be  com- 
pleted at  least  three  days  prior  to  the  day  of  election,  and  shall  be  under 
the  charge  of  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  school  trustees  and  subject  to  the 
inspection  of  any  qualified  voter  in  the  district. 

Preparation  of  List  of  Voters — Compensation. 

SEC.  50.  The  board  of  school  trustees  in  all  districts  having  a  voting 
population  of  fifty  or  more,  are  authorized  to  employ  a  competent  person 
to  prepare  said  list  of  qualified  voters  and  to  pay  for  the  work  out  of  the 
school  fund  of  the  district,  in  a  manner  as  other  claims  against  the  dis- 
trict are  allowed  and  paid,  a  reasonable  sum,  not  exceeding  five  cents  a 
name  for  each  qualified  voter,  providing  that  the  total  amount  to  be 
allowed  shall  not  exceed  fifty  dollars.  The  list  so  prepared  shall  be 
sworn  to  by  the  person  making  the  same  as  correct  according  to  his  best 
knowledge,  information  and  belief. 

List  Delivered  to  Inspectors. 

SEC.  51.  The  list  of  qualified  voters,  as  hereinbefore  described,  shall 
be  delivered  to  the  inspectors  of  election  prior  to  the  time  of  opening  the 
polls  on  the  day  of  election,  and  no  person  shall  be  entitled  to  vote  at 
the  election  whose  name  is  not  on  said  list;  provided,  that  any  person 
whose  name  is  left  off  said  list  by  mistake,  design,  accident,  or  otherwise, 
may  have  his  name  placed  thereon  by  the  inspectors  of  election  upon 
satisfactory  proofs  being  presented  of  his  having  previously  been  regis- 
tered in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

Voting  Shall  Be  by  Ballot. 

SEC.  52.  The  voting  shall  be  by  ballot,  either  written  or  printed,  and 
when  two  or  more  trustees  are  to  be  elected  for  different  terms,  the  ballot 
shall  designate  such  term  as  "long  term"  and  "short term"  respectively. 

Ballots,  Number  of— What  to  Contain. 

SEC.  53.  In  all  school  districts  having  a  voting  population  of  one 
hundred  or  over,  the  board  of  school  trustees  shall  have  printed  ballots 
of  uniform  size  containing  the  names  in  alphabetical  order  of  all  persons 
candidates  for  the  office  of  school  trustee.  There  shall  be  twice  as  many 
ballots  printed  as  there  are  voters  in  the  district,  and  no  ballots  other 
than  those  furnished  by  the  board  of  school  trustees  shall  be  voted. 

How  to  Vote. 

SEC.  54.  A  person  desiring  to  vote  shall,  if  his  name  be  upon  the  reg- 
istry list  as  herein  provided,  receive  from  the  board  of  election  or  some 
member  thereof,  and  from  no  other  person,  a  ballot  upon  which  he  shall 
designate  his  choice  for  trustee  or  trustees  to  be  elected  in  the  district,  by 
placing  a  cross  thus:  X,  opposite  and  to  the  right  of  the  name  of  the 
person  for  whom  he  intends  to  vote. 

Instructions  as  to  Voting. 

SEC.  55.  There  shall  be  placed  on  the  ballots,  in  addition  to  the  names 
of  the  candidates,  such  information  as  the  board  of  trustees  may  deem 


24  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

necessary  to  inform  the  voter  how  to  mark  his  ballot,  such  as:  "Place  a 
cross  thus:  X,  opposite  and  to  the  right  of  the  name  of  the  candidate  for 
whom  you  wish  to  vote,"  "vote  for  one"  "vote  for  two"  etc. 

Not  Allowed  at  Polls— Misdemeanor. 

SEC.  56.  No  person,  other  than  the  board  of  election  or  a  police  officer 
in  the  discharge  of  his  duty,  shall  be  allowed  within  one  hundred  feet  of 
the  polls,  except  when  actually  engaged  in  voting  or  in  going  to  or  from 
the  polls  for  the  purpose  of  voting  or  of  challenging  the  vote  of  another, 
and  excepting  all  persons  in  attendance  upon  any  school  which  may  be 
in  session  in  the  building.  No  person  shall  show  his  ballot  to  another 
while  marking  it  or  after  marking  it  so  as  to  disclose  for  whom  he  has 
voted,  but  he  shall,  as  soon  as  possible  after  marking  it,  fold  it  so  that 
the  marking  will  be  on  the  inside  and  return  it  to  the  board  of  election 
to  be  counted.  Wilful  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  section 
shall  constitute  a  misdemeanor,  punishable  by  a  fine  not  exceeding  fifty 
dollars,  or  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  exceeding  twenty-five 
days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

Assistance  in  Marking  Ballots,  When  Allowed. 

SEC.  57.  No  person  shall  receive  assistance  in  marking  his  ballot  unless 
physically  unable  to  mark  it  and  then  only  by  permission  of  the  board 
of  election.  A  voter  spoiling  his  ballot  may  procure  another  by  deliver- 
ing the  spoiled  ballot  to  the  board  of  election. 

Challenge— Illegal  Voting  Punished. 

SEC.  58.  Any  registered  person  offering  to  vote  may  be  challenged 
by  any  elector  of  the  district,  and  the  judges  of  election  must  thereupon 
administer  to  the  person  challenged  an  oath  in  substance  as  follows: 
You  do  swear  that  you  are  a  citizen  of  the  United  States;  that  you  are 
twenty-one  years  of  age;  that  you  have  resided  in  this  state  six  months, 
and  in  this  school  district  thirty  days  next  preceding  this  election,  and 
that  you  have  not  voted  before  this  day.  If  he  takes  the  oath  pre- 
scribed in  this  section  his  vote  shall  be  received,  otherwise  his  vote  must 
be  rejected.  Illegally  voting  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be 
punished  the  same  as  the  law  now  provides  for  punishing  offenses  of 
this  character. 

Candidates  to  File  Names  with  County  Clerk. 

SEC.  59.  In  school  districts  having  a  voting  population  of  one  hun- 
dred (100)  or  over,  candidates  for  the  office  of  school  trustee  shall,  not 
later  than  five  days  before  the  day  of  election,  have  their  names  filed 
with  the  county  clerk  of  said  county,  with  designation  of  the  term  of 
office  for  which  they  are  candidates,  and  no  names  shall  be  placed  upon 
the  ballots  unless  filed  within  the  time  herein  provided. 

Duty  of  Election  Board  on  Completion  of  Count. 

SEC.  60.  The  board  of  election  in  districts  of  the  first  class  shall  keep 
a  poll  list  and  tally  sheet,  which,  together  with  the  registry  list  and  all 
ballots  cast,  shall  be  delivered  to  the  county  clerk  upon  the  count  being 
completed,  and  such  returns  shall  be  kept  as  the  law  now  provides  for 
keeping  returns  of  general  elections;  but  in  districts  of  the  second  class, 
said  poll  list,  tally  sheet,  registry  list  and  all  ballots  cast,  upon  the 
count  being  completed,  shall  be  delivered  to  the  deputy  superintendent 
of  public  instruction  and  kept  on  file  in  his  office.  After  the  completion 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  25 

of  the  count  at  each  polling  place  in  districts  of  the  first  class  using 
more  than  one  polling  place,  the  election  board  of  each  polling  place 
shall  meet  at  a  place  designated  by  the  board  of  trustees  and  there  sum- 
marize all  votes  cast  in  the  district  and  make  out  the  election  certificates. 

Certificates  of  Election, 

SEC.  61.  The  election  board  shall  issue  certificates  of  election  to  those 
receiving  the  greatest  number  of  votes  cast  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  act,  specifying  the  number  of  years  for  which  each  is 
elected;  and  the  election  board  shall  immediately  send  by  mail  a  copy 
of  each  election  certificate  to  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public 
instruction. 

Terms  of  Office. 

SEC.  62.  Trustees  elected  under  this  act  shall  take  office  on  the  first 
Monday  in  May  following  their  election. 

Vacancies,  How  Filled. 

SEC.  63.  On  the  fourth  Saturday  after  the  occurrence  of  any  vacancy 
or  vacancies  in  any  board  of  school  trustees,  an  election  may  be  held  to 
elect  a  trustee  or  trustees  for  the  remainder  of  the  unexpired  term  or 
terms.  Such  elections  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  law 
now  in  effect  for  the  election  of  public  school  trustees;  provided,  that  the 
remaining  members  or  member  of  the  board  may  serve  as  a  full  board 
for  the  purpose  of  making  all  required  preliminary  arrangements  for  con- 
ducting said  elections  to  fill  said  vacancies. 

Deputy  to  Fill  Vacancies. 

SEC.  64.  In  case  the  voters  fail  to  elect,  or  in  case  no  election  is  held, 
as  provided  in  the  preceding  section,  the  deputy  superintendent  shall  fill 
all  vacancies  occurring  in  said  board  of  trustees. 

Meetings  of  Trustees— Duties  of  Clerk— Compensation. 

SEC.  65.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  trustees,  a  majority  of 
whom  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business,  to  meet 
on  the  first  Monday  in  May  following  their  election,  or  as  soon  as  prac- 
ticable thereafter,  after  taking  the  oath  of  office,  at  such  place  as  may  be 
most  convenient  in  the  district,  and  to  organize  by  electing  one  of  their 
number  president  of  the  board  and  another  as  clerk.  It  shall  be  the 
duty  of  the  president  to  preside  at  the  meetings  of  the  board.  It  shall 
be  the  duty  of  the  clerk  to  record  the  proceedings  of  the  board  in  a  book 
to  be  provided  for  the  purpose ;  and  all  such  proceedings,  when  so  recorded, 
shall  be  signed  by  said  clerk.  Said  book  shall  at  all  times  be  subject  to 
the  inspection  of  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  and  of 
any  taxpayer  in  the  district.  In  districts  having  a  school  census  popu- 
lation of  three  hundred  or  more  and  not  exceeding  one  thousand  the 
clerk  of  the  board  of  trustees  may  receive  such  salary  as  said  board  may 
allow;  provided,  that  such  salary  shall  not  exceed  ten  dollars  per  month; 
provided,  that  in  districts  having  a  school  census  population  of  one  thou- 
sand or  more  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  trustees  shall  receive  not  to  exceed 
fifty  dollars. 

Majority  Vote  to  Legalize  Action. 

SEC.  66.  No  action  of  the  board  of  school  trustees  in  any  school  dis- 
trict shall  be  valid  unless  such  action  shall  receive  the  approval  of  a 


26  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

majority  of  the  members  of  such  board  at  a  regularly  called  meeting. 
The  clerk  of  the  board  shall  give  notice  of  each  meeting  to  each  member 
of  the  board  of  school  trustees,  specifying  the  time,  place  and  purpose  of 
each  meeting;  provided,  that  if  all  members  of  such  board  are  present  at 
such  meeting  the  lack  of  such  notification  shall  not  invalidate  its  pro- 
ceedings. 

In  all  school  districts  in  which  there  are  not  less  than  three  hundred 
school  census  children,  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  school  census 
report,  the  board  of  school  trustees  shall  hold  a  regular  meeting  at  least 
once  each  month,  at  such  time  and  place  as  it  shall  determine,  and  pub- 
lic notice  of  such  meeting  shall  be  given  in  one  or  more  newspapers 
published  in  such  district;  provided,  that  such  notices  can  be  published 
without  cost  to  the  district. 

Powers  and  Duties  of  School  Trustees. 

SEC.  67.  School  trustees  shall  have  the  power  and  it  shall  be  their 
duty: 

1.  To  buy  or  sell  any  schoolhouse  or  schoolhouse  site  directed  to  be 
bought  or  sold  by  a  vote  of  the  heads  of  families  of  the  district;  provided, 
that  in  districts  in  which  there  shall  be  fewer  than  ten  such  heads  of 
families,  no  schoolhouse  or  schoolhouse  site  shall   be  sold  without  the 
approval  of  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction; 

2.  To  build,  purchase,  or  rent  schoolhouses  when  directed  to  do  so  by 
a  vote  of  the  heads  of  families,  and  to  equip  and  supply  the  same  with 
all  things  necessary  for  the  successful  operation  of  the  schools  of  the  dis- 
trict.    The  trustees,  without  such  vote,  shall  make  necessary  repairs  on 
any  school  buildings  when  the  expense  of  such  repairs  will  not  exceed 
five  hundred  dollars;  provided,  that  in  districts  of  the  first  class  the  trus- 
tees may  make  all  necessary  repairs  without  a  vote  of  the  electors.     No 
public  schoolhouse  shall  be  erected  in  any  school  district  until  the  plan 
of  the  same  has  been  submitted  to  and  approved  by  the  deputy  superin- 
tendent of  public  instruction.     The  county  auditor  shall  draw  no  war- 
rant in  payment  of  any  bill  for  the  erection  of  such  new  schoolhouse 
until  notified  by  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  that 
the  plans  for  the  said  new  schoolhouse  have  received  his  approval; 

[See  section  194,  as  amended,  Stats.  1913,  298.] 

3.  To  change  the  location  of  schools  or  schoolhouse  sites;  provided, 
that  in  districts  in  which  there  shall  be  fewer  than  ten  heads  of  families, 
no  school  or  schoolhouse  site  shall  be  changed  without  the  approval  of 
the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction ; 

4.  To  call  meetings  of  the  heads  of  families  of  the  school  district  in 
order  to  secure  by  vote  the  authority  to  procure  or  sell  schoolhouse  sites, 
or  to  erect,  purchase,  sell,  hire,  or  rent  schoolhouses  for  the  use  of  the 
district.     Whenever   the   trustees   shall   decide   to  hold  such  meeting, 
they  shall  give  at  least  ten  days'  notice  by  posting  at  least  three  notices 
of  such  meeting  in  three  conspicuous  places  within  the  district.     One  of 
such  notices  shall  be  posted  on  the  school  grounds.     The  notices  shall 
contain  the  time,  place,  and  purpose  of  the  meeting.     The  president  of 
the  board  shall  call  such  meeting  to  order  and  shall  preside  over  the 
deliberations  of  the  same.     The  clerk  of  the  board  shall  keep  a  record 
of  the  proceedings  of  such  meeting  in  a  book  kept  especially  for  that 
purpose.     In  case  of  the  absence  of  either  the  president  or  the  clerk  of 
the  board  at  such  meeting,  the  heads  of  families  assembled  shall  proceed 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  27 

to  elect  a  president  pro  tern  and  a  temporary  clerk.  All  questions  placed 
before  the  meeting  shall  be  determined  by  ballot  or  by  taking  the  "  ayes" 
and  "noes"  as  the  meeting  shall  decide; 

[See  section  194,  as  amended,  Stats.  1913,  298.] 

5.  To  manage  and  control  the  school  property  within  their  districts, 
and  pay  all  moneys  collected  by  them,  from  any  source  whatever,  for 
school  purposes,  into  the  county  treasury,  to  be  placed  to  the  credit  of 
the  county  fund  of  their  district; 

6.  To  cause  to  be  erected  at  least  two  suitable  and  convenient  privies 
for  each  of  the  schools  under  their  charge,  which  shall  be  entirely  sepa- 
rate   each    from    the    other,    and    have  separate   means  of   access  and 
approaches  thereto.     In  case  of  failure  or  neglect  on  the  part  of  the 
trustees  to  provide  privies  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  sec- 
tion, the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  have  power 
and  it  shall  be  his  duty  to  cause  such  privies  to  be  built,  and  to  pay  for 
the  same  by  drawing  his  order  on  the  county  auditor  on  the  funds  of  the 
district,  and  the  auditor  shall  draw  his  warrant  upon  the  county  treas- 
urer in  payment  of  the  same; 

7.  To  prescribe  and  enforce  rules,  not  inconsistent  with  law  or  those 
prescribed  by  the  state  board  of  education,  for  their  own  government 
and  government  of  schools,   and  to  transact  their  business  at  regular 
or  special  meetings,  called  for  such  purpose,  notice  of  which  shall   be 
given  each  member; 

8.  To  keep  the  public  school  buildings  in  their  charge  in  such  repair 
as  is  necessary  for  the  comfort  and  health  of  pupils  and  teachers,  and  in 
case  of  neglect  to  do  so,  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
shall  have  power,  and  it  shall  be  his  duty,  to  cause  such  needed  repairs 
to    be  made,  and  to  pay  for  the  same  by  drawing  his  order  upon  the 
county  auditor  on  the  funds  of  the  district,  and  the  auditor  shall  draw  a 
warrant  upon  the  county  treasurer  in  payment  of  the  same;  provided, 
that  the  cost  of  such  repairs  shall  not  exceed  fifty  dollars; 

9.  To  have  the  custody  and  safe  keeping  of  the  district  schoolhouses, 
their  sites  and  appurtenances; 

10.  To  insure  the  schoolhouses,  furniture  and  school  apparatus  in  some 
company  authorized  by  law  to  transact  business  in  the  State  of  Nevada, 
and  to  comply  with  the  conditions  of  the  policy; 

11.  To  employ  legally  qualified  teachers,  to  determine  the  salary  to  be 
paid  and  the  length  of  the  term  of  school  for  which  teachers  shall  be 
employed,  embodying  these  conditions  in  a  written  contract  to  be  signed 
by  the  president  and  the  clerk  of  the  board  or  by  a  majority  of  the 
trustees  and  the  teacher,  and  a  copy  of  the  said  contract  properly  written 
shall  be  delivered  to  each  teacher  at  the  opening  of  the  term  of  school ; 
provided,  that  the  trustees  shall  not  have  the  right  to  employ  teachers  for 
any  term  of  service  commencing  after  the  time  for  which  any  member  of 
the  board  of  trustees  was  elected.     The  salaries  of  teachers  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  the  character  of  the  service  required,  and  in  no  district  shall 
there   be  any  discrimination  in  the  matter  of  salary  as  against  female 
teachers ;  provided,  that  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  the  board  of  trustees  of 
any  school  district  to  employ  any  teacher  not  legally  qualified  to  teach 
all  the  grades  of  the  school  for  which  such  teacher  is  engaged  to  teach; 

12.  To  pay  toward  the  salaries  of  legally  qualified  teachers  the  public 
moneys  apportioned  to  districts  for  such  purpose,  by  giving  them  orders 
therefor  on  the  county  auditor; 


28  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

13.  To    provide  at  least   six  months  of   free   school   in  the   district 
under  their  charge.     If  at  any  time  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public 
instruction  shall  find  that  the  state  and  county  moneys  to  which  any  dis- 
trict is  entitled  are  not  sufficient  for  the  completion  of  a  term  of  school 
of  at  least  six  months  during  the  current  school  year,  he  shall  immedi- 
ately certify  that  fact  and  information  to  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  the 
said  district.    Upon  the  receipt  of  such  information,  the  clerk  shall  imme- 
diately notify  the  other  members  of  the  board,  and  they  shall,  as  soon 
as  possible  thereafter,  meet  and  levy  a  district  tax  upon  the  taxable  prop- 
erty of  such  district  sufficient  to  raise  an  amount  of  money  which  will 
insure  the  completion  of  at  least  six  months  of  school  in  that  school  year. 
Immediately  after  the  trustees  shall  have  made  the  levy  provided  herein, 
the  clerk  of  the  board  shall  notify  the  county  commissioners  and  the 
deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  of  its  action.    The  said  notice 
shall  contain  the  statement  of  the  amount  of  money  to  be  raised  by  such 
district  tax.     The  county  commissioners  shall  ascertain  the  necessary 
percentage  on  the  property  of  said  district  as  shown  by  the  last  assess- 
ment made  thereof  after  equalization,  to  raise  the  amount  of  money  voted 
and  they  shall  add  it  to  the  next  county  tax  to  be  collected  on  the  prop- 
erty aforesaid,  and  the  same  shall  be  paid  into  the  county  treasury  and 
shall  be  added  to  and  become  a  part  of  the  county  fund  of  that  district, 
and  shall  be  drawn  in  the  same  manner  as  other  school  moneys. 

The  tax  provided  herein  shall  be  assessed,  equalized,  and  collected  in 
the  same  manner  prescribed  for  assessing,  equalizing  and  collecting  the 
taxes  voted  for  furnishing  additional  school  facilities  in  section  141  of 
this  act. 

If  for  any  reason  the  trustees  shall  fail  to  provide  the  necessary  funds 
to  insure  the  completion  of  at  least  six  months  of  school  in  any  school 
year,  when  notified  by  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
that  such  action  is  necessary  on  their  part,  as  provided  in  this  act,  then 
the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  himself  notify  the 
county  commissioners  and  the  county  auditor  of  the  deficiency  in  funds 
for  the  district  in  question,  and  he  shall  make  an  estimate  of  the  amount 
of  money  necessary  to  be  raised,  and  the  commissioners  shall  proceed  to 
assess,  equalize,  and  collect  this  amount  as  though  the  trustees  them- 
selves had  made  the  levy  as  provided  in  this  act. 

14.  To  maintain  at  least  eight  months  of  school  in  the  school  district 
during  each  and  every  school  year;  provided,  there  is  sufficient  money  to 
the  credit  of  the  district  to  pay  the  expense  of  maintaining  the  said 
eight  months  of  school. 

Whenever  there  shall  be  sufficient  money  to  the  credit  of  any  school 
district  to  pay  the  expenses  of  maintaining  a  school  for  eight  months  in 
any  school  year,  and  the  trustees  shall  for  any  reason  neglect  to  provide 
for  the  said  eight  months  of  school,  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public 
instruction  shall  take  such  steps  as  may  be  necessary  to  prolong  and 
maintain  the  said  school  for  at  least  eight  months.  He  shall  draw  his 
order  on  the  county  auditor  and  the  county  auditor  shall  draw  his  war- 
rant on  the  county  treasurer  in  payment  of  all  expenses  incurred  in  pro- 
longing school  as  provided  in  this  section. 

15.  To  administer  all  oaths  pertaining  to  teachers,  census  marshals, 
and  school  trustees,  whether  of  the  same  school  district  or  of  any  other 
school  district  in  the  State  of  Nevada;  provided,  that  in  districts  of  the 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  29 

first  class  the  city  superintendent  may  administer  the  oath  of  office  to 
teachers  in  their  respective  districts; 

16.  To  provide  books  for  the  indigent  children,  desk  text-books  for 
the  teachers,  and  record- books  for  the  district,  and  to  pay  for  the  same 
out  of  the  county  school  moneys  belonging  to  their  district ; 

[See  also,  paragraph  22  of  this  section.] 

17.  To  divide  the  public  schools  within  their  district  into  kinder- 
garten, primary,  grammar,  and  high-school  departments,  and  to  employ 
competent  and  legally  qualified  teachers  for  the  instruction  of  the  differ- 
ent departments  whenever  they  shall  deem  such  division  into  depart- 
ments necessary;  provided,  that  such  division  into  departments  shall  be 
in  accordance  with  the  state  courses  of  study  and  all  rules  and  regula- 
tions of  the  department  of  education ;   and  provided  further,  that  there 
shall  be  means  for  all  such  departments,  and  if  not,  then  the  division 
shall  be  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  herein  named,  excepting  the 
kindergarten  department,  which  shall  not  be  considered  as  taking  prece- 
dence over  any  other  department;  and  provided  also,  that  the  kinder- 
garten department  shall  not  be  established  in  any  school  district  having 
a  school  census  population  of  less  than  one  hundred ; 

18.  To  suspend  or  expel  from  any  public  school  within  their  district, 
with  the  advice  of  the  teachers  and  deputy  superintendent  of  public 
instruction,  any  pupil  who  will  not  submit  to  reasonable  and  ordinary 
rules  of  order  and  discipline  therein,  and  to  exclude  from  school  all 
children  under  six  years  of  age  when  the  interests  of  the  school  requires 
it  to  be  done;  provided,  however,  that  under  no  circumstances  shall  any 
school  teacher  or  principal,  or  board  of  trustees  be  authorized  to  expel 
any  pupil  under  the  age  of  fourteen  years  for  any  cause  without  first 
securing  the  consent  of  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction ; 

19.  To  enforce  in  schools  the  course  of  study  and  the  use  of  text-books 
prescribed  and  adopted  by  the  proper  authority ; 

20.  To  make,  with  the  approval  of  the  deputy  superintendent  of  pub- 
lic instruction,  arrangements  with  the  trustees  of  any  other  district  for 
the  attendance  of  such  children  in  the  school  of  either  district  as  may  be 
most  convenient,  and  to  transfer  the  school  moneys  due  by  apportion- 
ment to  such  children  to  the  district  in  which  they  may  attend  school. 
The  school  trustees  of  any  district  may  transfer  to  another  district  any 
child,  whenever  the  parent  or  guardian  shall  present  a  written  request 
accompanied  by  a  written  permit  from  the  board  of  school  trustees  of 
the  other  district.    Whenever  two  boards  of  trustees  shall  agree  upon  the 
transfer  of  any  child,  together  with  the  money  due  such  child  by  appor- 
tionment from  state  and  county  funds,  the  trustees  of  the  district  from 
which  the  child  is  to   be  transferred   shall  draw  their  order  upon  the 
county  auditor  for  the  amount  equal  to  the  money  apportioned  to  that 
district  at  the  last  preceding  apportionment  of  state  and  county  funds, 
in  favor  of  the  county  treasurer  of  the  county  in  which  the  district  to 
which  the  child  is  to  be  transferred  is  located.     The  county  treasurer  of 
such  county  shall  place  the  amount  ordered  to  be  transferred  to  the 
credit  of  the  proper  fund  of  the  district  to  which  the  child  is  to  be  trans- 
ferred, and  he  shall  immediately  notify  the  county  auditor  of  such  county 
that  the  amount  of  money  so  transferred  has  been  placed  in  the  fund  of 
said  district;   provided,  that  the  amount  of  money  to  be  transferred  in 
accordance  with  this  section  shall  consist  only  of  the  moneys  apportioned 


30  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

to  the  child,  and  not  any  part  of  the  amount  of  money  apportioned  to 
the  teacher  of  the  district  from  which  the  child  is  to  be  transferred ; 

[Paragraph  20  superseded  by  Stats.  1913,  305,  306,  cataloged  in  index  under 
"Free  Text-books!'] 

21.  To  visit  every  school  in  their  district  at  least  once  in  each  term, 
and  examine  carefully  into  its  management,  condition  and  wants.     This 
clause  to  apply  to  each  and  every  member  of  the  board  of  trustees; 

22.  To  furnish   writing  and  drawing  paper,  pens,  inks,  blackboard 
erasers,  crayons,  and  lead  and  slate  pencils,  and  other  necessary  supplies 
for  the  use  of  the  schools,  and  charges  therefor  must  be  audited  and 
paid  as  other  claims  against  the  county  school  fund  of  their  districts  are 
audited  and  paid. 

[See  also  paragraph  16  of  this  section;  also  "Free  Text-books,"  cataloged  in 
index.] 

23.  To  make  an  annual  report,  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  July,  to 
the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  in  the  manner  and  form 
and  on  the  blanks  prescribed  by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  ; 

24.  To  enforce  needful  sanitary  regulations,  to  make  and  enforce  such 
rules  for  preventing  the  spread  of  contagious  and  infectious  diseases  as 
they  may  deem  necessary,  and  to  pay  out  of  the  public  school  funds  any 
expenses  incurred  by  them  in  enforcing  such  regulations  and  rules  among 
indigent  children. 

Schools  To  Be  Maintained  with  Equal  Rights  and  Privileges. 

SEC.  68.  The  boards  of  school  trustees  and  county  boards  of  educa- 
tion must  maintain  all  the  schools  established  by  them  for  an  equal 
length  of  time  during  the  year  and,  as  far  as  practicable,  with  equal 
rights  and  privileges; 

2.  When  in  any  district  it  is  necessary  for  the  convenience  of  the 
residents  of  said  district  that  the  school  therein  should  be  maintained  a 
part  of  the  year  in  one  portion  of  the  district,  and  a  part  of  the  year  in 
another  portion  of  the  district,  the  aggregate  of  the  time  the  school  has 
been  maintained  in  the  different  portions  of  the  district  shall  be  con- 
sidered in  estimating  the  time  for  which  a  school  has  been  maintained 
in  the  district  during  the  school  year. 

Clerk  To  Issue  Warrants. 

SEC.  69.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  school 
trustees  in  each  district,  subject  to  the  direction  of  said  board,  to  draw 
all  orders  for  the  payment  of  the  moneys  belonging  to  his  district,  and 
such  orders,  when  signed  by  the  president  and  clerk  of  the  board  or  by 
a  majority  of  the  board  of  trustees,  shall  be  valid  vouchers  in  the  hands 
of  the  county  auditor  for  warrants  on  the  county  treasurer,  to  be  paid 
out  of  the  funds  belonging  to  such  district;  provided,  that  in  school  dis- 
tricts having  fewer  than  five  trustees,  no  warrant  for  the  payment  of 
money  for  a  new  school  building  or  for  repairs  or  furniture  in  excess  of 
five  hundred  dollars  shall  be  issued  unless  the  order  shall  be  approved 
by  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction. 

Itemized  Statement  of  Bills. 

SEC.  70.  All  such  orders  shall  be  accompanied  by  an  itemized  state- 
ment of  the  purpose  or  purposes  for  which  the  order  is  issued,  and  such 
statement  shall  be  kept  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  county  auditor,  sub- 
ject to  inspection  by  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction, 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  31 

until  ordered  to  be  destroyed  by  the  state  board  of  education.  No  order 
for  the  payment  of  the  money  of  any  district  shall  be  issued  by  the 
clerk  of  such  district  unless  there  shall  be  in  the  county  treasury  credited 
to  such  district  a  sum  of  money  equal  to  the  amount  for  which  the  order 
is  issued,  and  available  for  the  purpose  of  such  order.  If  the  clerk  of 
the  board  of  school  trustees  of  any  district  shall  draw  any  order  for  the 
payment  of  school  moneys  in  violation  of  the  laws  of  this  state,  the 
members  of  the  board  of  school  trustees  of  such  district  shall  be  jointly 
and  severally  liable  for  the  amount  of  such  order. 

Trustees  To  Have  No  Interest  in  Contracts, 

SEC.  71.  .  No  trustee  shall  be  pecuniarily  interested  in  any  contract 
made  by  the  board  of  trustees  of  which  he  is  a  member. 

To  Enforce  Discipline. 

SEC.  72.  The  school  trustees,  principals  and  teachers  are  hereby  given 
concurrent  power  with  the  peace  officers  for  the  protection  of  children  in 
school  and  on  the  way  to  and  from  school,  and  for  the  enforcement  of 
order  and  discipline  among  them. 

Trustees  Vested  with  Necessary  Powers. 

SEC.  73.  The  board  of  school  trustees  of  the  respective  school  dis- 
tricts of  the  State  of  Nevada  are  hereby  given  such  reasonable  and  neces- 
sary powers,  not  conflicting  with  the  constitution  and  laws  of  the  State 
of  Nevada,  as  may  be  requisite  to  attain  the  ends  for  which  the  public 
schools  are  established,  and  to  promote  the  welfare  of  school  children. 

Teachers,  Powers  of. 

SEC.  74.  The  school  trustees  may  direct  the  principals  and  teachers 
employed  by  them  to  exercise  such  powers  and  authority  in  the  schools 
as  the  trustees  are  invested  with  under  this  act. 

County  Boards  of  Education  Have  Same  Power  as  Trustees. 

SEC.  75.  Under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  county  boards  of  education 
in  control  of  high  schools  shall  have  the  same  powers  as  are  herein  given 
to  school  trustees. 

CHAPTER  7 

SCHOOL    DISTRICTS 

One  District  Only  in  Town  or  City. 

SEC.  75.  Every  village,  town,  or  incorporated  city  of  this  state  shall 
constitute  but  one  school  district ;  and  the  public  schools  therein  shall  be 
under  the  supervision  and  control  of  the  trustees  thereof. 

Classes  of  School  Districts— City  Superintendent. 

SEC.  76.  All  school  districts  in  Nevada  are  hereby  divided  into  two 
classes.  Districts  employing  ten  or  more  regular  grade  teachers  shall  be 
known  as  districts  of  the  first  class,  and  districts  employing  less  than  ten 
teachers  shall  be  known  as  districts  of  the  second  class.  The  board  of 
school  trustees  of  any  district  of  the  first  class  is  hereby  authorized  to 
create  the  office  of  city  superintendent  of  schools  for  such  district,  to 
define  the  powers  and  duties  of  such  superintendent,  to  elect  to  said  office 
any  person  entitled  to  teach  in  the  high  schools  of  this  state,  and  to  fix 
the  salary;  provided,  that  no  city  superintendent  shall  be  elected  for 
more  than  one  year,  unless  said  city  superintendent  shall  have  first 


32  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

served  one  year  acceptably  in  the  district,  when  said  board  of  trustees  is 
empowered  to  elect  said  superintendent  for  a  term  not  to  exceed  four 
years;  provided,  further,  that  said  superintendent  may  be  dismissed  at 
any  time  for  cause. 

New  Districts,  When. 

SEC.  77.  The  boards  of  county  commissioners  of  the  several  counties 
of  the  state  are  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  create  new  school 
districts  from  unorganized  territory  when  there  shall  have  been  presented 
to  them  a  certified  petition  from  the  parents  or  guardians  of  five  school 
census  children,  which  petition  shall  accurately  describe  the  boundaries 
of  the  proposed  district,  such  boundaries  to  conform,  when  practicable, 
with  the  lines  of  the  government  surveys,  and  the  names  and  ages  of  all 
children  residing  in  such  proposed  district  at  the  date  of  said  petition. 
The  boards  of  county  commissioners  may  create  new  districts  from  a 
portion  or  portions  of  one  or  more  established  districts  upon  the  presenta- 
tion of  a  similar  petition  signed  by  not  less  than  three-fifths  of  the 'heads 
of  families  and  taxpayers  of  the  districts  from  which  the  proposed  new 
district  is  to  be  taken.  They  may  make  changes  in  the  boundaries  of 
districts  upon  petition  of  three-fifths  of  the  heads  of  families  and  tax- 
payers of  the  district  or  districts  to  be  affected  by  the  change. 

When  a  new  school  district  is  organized,  school  shall  be  commenced 
within  one  hundred  and  twenty  days  from  the  date  of  the  action  of  the 
board  of  county  commissioners  creating  such  district,  and  if  school  shall 
not  be  commenced  within  such  time  in  said  district,  then  such  action 
shall  become  void  and  no  such  district  shall  exist. 

No  school  district  organized  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall 
exceed  in  size  sixteen  miles  square. 

But  One  School,  When. 

SEC.  78.  In  any  neighborhood  or  community  containing  not  more  than 
twenty  school  census  children,  in  which  a  schoolhouse  may  be  located  so 
that  the  most  distant  school  census  child  resides  not  to  exceed  three 
miles  therefrom,  but  one  school  district  shall  be  created  or  shall  exist; 
and,  in  any  neighborhood  or  community  in  which  more  than  one  school 
district  is  now  organized,  not  in  conformity  with  this  act,  such  districts 
shall  be  consolidated,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  county 
commissioners  of  the  county  in  which  said  neighborhood  or  community 
is  located  to  organize  the  territory  comprised  in  said  districts  into  one 
school  district.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  auditor  and  county 
treasurer  to  place  the  funds  of  the  several  districts  to  the  credit  of  the 
newly  organized  district,  and  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion shall  appoint  trustees  for  said  district.  In  any  such  neighborhood 
or  community  no  school  district  shall  receive  an  apportionment  from  the 
school  funds  until  consolidated  as  herein  provided.  The  deputy  super- 
intendent of  public  instruction  shall  decide  where  the  school  shall  be 
held,  and  if  school  is  held  in  any  other  place  in  the  district  than  that 
designated  by  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  the  county 
auditor  shall  draw  no  warrants  upon  the  funds  of  the  district  in  pay- 
ment of  claims  for  the  maintenance  of  said  school. 

Restriction  in  Apportionment. 

SEC.  79.  The  county  school  fund  shall  not  be  apportioned  to  any 
school  district  unless  there  shall  be  at  least  five  school  census  children 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  33 

residing  therein  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  census  report.  The  state 
school  fund  shall  not  be  apportioned  to  any  school  district  unless  there 
shall  be  at  least  three  school  census  children  residing  therein  as  shown 
by  the  last  preceding  census  report. 

Certain  Districts  Not  to  Receive  School  Money,  When— Division  of  District. 

SEC.  80.  From  and  after  September  first,  nineteen  hundred  and 
eleven,  no  school  district,  except  when  newly  organized,  in  which  there 
was  not  taught  by  a  legally  qualified  teacher,  a  public  school  for  a  term 
of  at  least  six  school  months  of  the  school  year  ending  the  last  day  of 
June  preceding,  with  at  least  three  children  of  school  age  in  actual 
attendance  for  eighty  days,  sixty  days  of  which  shall  have  been  consec- 
utive, shall  receive  any  portion  of  the  public  school  moneys.  When  a 
new  district  is  formed  by  the  division  of  an  old  one,  it  shall  be  entitled 
to  a  just  share  of  the  school  moneys  to  the  credit  of  the  old  district  after 
the  payment  of  all  outstanding  debts  at  the  time  when  a  school  was  actu- 
ally commenced  in  such  new  district;  and  the  superintendent  of  public 
instruction  shall  divide  and  apportion  such  remaining  money  according 
to  the  number  of  census  children  resident  in  each  district,  for  which  pur- 
pose he  may  order  a  census  to  be  taken,  the  expenses  of  which  shall  be 
met  as  provided  in  section  133  of  this  act. 

Joint  School  District. 

SEC.  81.  A  joint  school  district  may  be  formed  of  parts  of  two  or 
more  counties,  provided  a  majority  of  the  qualified  voters  in  that  part  of 
each  county  which  it  is  proposed  to  include  in  such  joint  district  shall 
petition  for  the  creation  of  such  joint  district,  such  petition  to  contain  a 
description  of  the  boundaries  of  the  proposed  joint  district.  When  such 
petition  is  presented  to  the  board  of  county  commissioners  in  each  county 
in  which  any  part  of  the  territory  of  said  proposed  joint  district  is  located, 
such  boards  shall,  if  they  favor  the  establishment  of  a  joint  district,  pro- 
vide for  such  establishment,  and  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
shall  appoint  the  members  of  the  board  of  school  trustees,  who  shall  serve 
until  their  successors  are  elected  and  qualified  according  to  law. 

State  Superintendent  to  Apportion  Funds,  How. 

SEC.  82.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  apportion  the 
county  school  fund  to  any  such  joint  school  district  as  follows :  In  appor- 
tioning sixty  per  cent  of  the  county  school  fund  of  any  county,  he  shall 
apportion  to  a  joint  school  district  the  regular  amount  per  census  child 
residing  in  that  countj^.  In  apportioning  forty  per  cent  of  the  county 
school  fund  of  any  county,  he  shall  consider  the  teacher  as  belonging  in 
part  to  each  county,  part  of  which  lies  in  the  joint  school  district,  and 
the  part  belonging  to  any  county  will  be  in  proportion  to  the  number  of 
school  census  children  in  that  county. 

In  apportioning  thirty  per  cent  of  the  state  distributive  school  fund 
within  any  county,  he  shall  apportion  to  a  joint  school  district  the  regu- 
lar amount  per  census  child  residing  in  that  county.  In  apportioning 
seventy  per  cent  of  the  state  distributive  school  fund  within  any  county, 
he  shall  consider  the  teacher  as  belonging  in  part  to  each  county,  part 
of  which  lies  in  the  joint  school  district,  and  the  part  belonging  to  any 
county  will  be  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  school  census  children  in 
that  county. 


34  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

Union  School,  How  Established. 

SEC.  83.  On  the  recommendation  of  the  deputy  superintendent  of 
public  instruction,  the  boards  of  school  trustees  of  any  contiguous  school 
districts  in  the  same  county  or  in  adjoining  counties  may,  in  joint  meet- 
ing of  the  two  boards,  unite  the  two  districts  and  establish  a  union  school 
to  be  supported  out  of  the  funds  belonging  to  the  respective  districts. 

Joint  Board  to  Govern— More  than  One  School,  When, 

SEC.  84.  The  school  thus  established  shall  be  governed  by  a  joint 
board,  composed  of  the  trustees  of  the  combining  districts;  provided, 
that  school  may  be  maintained  at  more  than  one  point  in  the  union 
district  thus  formed,  if  found  necessary  or  advisable;  and  provided 
further,  that  the  classes  and  grades  in  the  two  districts  shall  be  arranged 
with  reference  to  the  convenience  of  the  children  and  the  efficient  and 
economical  management  of  the  school.  In  case  of  a  disagreement  of 
the  joint  board  as  to  the  arrangement  and  distribution  of  the  various 
classes  and  grades  in  the  two  districts,  the  deputy  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  shall  determine  the  same. 

Expenses,  How  Paid. 

SEC.  85.  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  joint  board  shall  consti- 
tute a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business.  Vouchers  shall  be  made 
out  on  the  separate  district  funds  for  the  pro  rata  of  monthly  expenses, 
as  agreed  upon  by  the  joint  board,  and  these  vouchers  shall  be  signed 
by  the  president  and  clerk  of  the  school  board  in  the  district  on  whose 
fund  the  vouchers  are  drawn. 

District  Dissolved,  When. 

SEC.  86.  The  union  school,  or  district,  herein  provided  for,  may  be 
dissolved  in  June  of  any  year  by  mutual  consent  or  action  of  the  boards 
of  school  trustees  in  the  districts  interested,  or  by  the  unanimous  action 
of  the  school  board  of  either  district;  provided,  that  no  indebtedness 
incurred  by  the  joint  board  exists;  and  provided  further,  that  in  case  of 
dissolution  by  action  of  only  one  of  the  two  districts  as  herein  pre- 
scribed, at  least  thirty  days'  notice  of  intention  to  dissolve  shall  have 
been  given  to  the  joint  board. 

Districts  Enlarged  or  Consolidated. 

SEC.  87.  The  board  of  county  commissioners  in  any  county  on  the 
recommendation  of  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  and 
without  formal  petition,  may  enlarge  the  boundaries  of  any  school  dis- 
trict, wherein  there  may  be  uncertainty  of  maintaining  the  minimum 
requirement  of  five  census  children,  sufficiently  beyond  the  sixteen-mile- 
square  limit  to  include  five  or  more  census  school  children  actually 
residing,  and  not  temporarily  living,  therein,  or  the  board,  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  deputy  superintendent,  may  consolidate  two  or 
more  such  districts  or  parts  of  districts  into  a  single  district. 

Property  of  Consolidated  Districts. 

SEC.  88.  In  case  of  the  consolidation  of  two  or  more  districts  as  herein 
provided  for,  the  property  of  the  separate  districts  shall  become  the  prop- 
erty of  the  district  thus  formed,  and  any  money  in  the  fund  of  a  district 
consolidated  with  another  shall,  on  notice  given  by  the  deputy  superin- 
tendent of  public  instruction,  be  transferred  by  the  county  auditor  and 
the  county  treasurer  to  the  credit  of  the  district  so  formed. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  35 

Board  Appointed,  When. 

SEC.  89.  When  a  district  is  formed  by  consolidation  as  herein  pro- 
vided, the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  appoint  a 
board  of  school  trustees  therefor;  he  shall  determine  the  points  therein 
where  instruction  is  to  be  given,  and  shall  aid  the  trustees  in  making 
necessary  provision  for  carrying  out  the  purposes  of  this  act. 

Emergency  Fund  Created. 

SEC.  90.  At  the  time  of  the  apportionment  of  money  in  the  state  dis- 
tributive school  fund  in  January  and  July  of  each  year,  the  superintend- 
ent of  public  instruction,  before  making  such  apportionment,  shall  set 
aside  from  said  fund  the  sum  of  three  thousand  dollars,  the  same  to  con- 
stitute and  be  known  as  the  emergency  school  fund;  and  he  shall  at  once 
notify  the  state  controller  and  the  state  treasurer  of  his  action. 

For  Districts  Formed  After  Regular  Apportionment. 

SEC.  91.  The  emergency  school  fund,  or  such  portion  thereof  as  the 
state  board  of  education  shall  deem  advisable,  shall  be  used  as  herein- 
after provided  for  payment  of  a  teacher's  salary  in  any  legally  consti- 
tuted school  district  formed  after  the  regular  apportionment  in  January 
and  July  of  any  year  and  not  consisting  mainly  or  wholly  of  census  chil- 
dren and  territory  theretofore  included  in  an  established  school  district. 

Conditions  Before  Money  Is  Distributed. 

SEC.  92.  Before  any  portion  of  the  emergency  school  fund  is  dis- 
tributed to  any  school  district  that  may  be  entitled  thereto  under  the 
provisions  of  this  act,  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall 
cause  a  census  to  be  taken  and  shall  satisfy  himself  that  a  competent 
teacher  has  been  employed  and  that  a  suitable  building  has  been  provided. 

Basis  of  Distribution. 

SEC.  93.  The  money  in  the  emergency  school  fund,  or  such  part 
thereof  as  may  be  necessary,  shall  be  distributed  to  the  various  districts 
entitled  thereto  on  the  basis  of  teachers — one  teacher  to  every  fifty  census 
children  or  fraction  thereof;  and  not  more  than  two  hundred  and  fifty 
dollars  shall  be  allowed  for  any  one  teacher.  The  money  thus  distrib- 
uted shall  be  used  only  for  the  payment  of  salaries  of  teachers.  The 
superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  submit  to  the  state  board  of 
education  lists  of  school  districts  entitled  to  money  under  the  provisions 
of  this  act,  and  estimates  of  the  amount  of  money  necessary  for  each 
district. 

But  One  Apportionment  to  Any  District  from  Emergency  Fund. 

SEC.  94.  No  more  than  one  apportionment  shall  be  made  to  any  one 
school  district  from  the  emergency  school  fund.  But  at  the  general 
apportionments  thereafter  such  district  shall  be  entitled  to  its  share  of 
the  state  distributive  school  fund  and  of  the  general  school  fund  of  the 
county  in  which  the  district  is  located,  the  census  provided  for  in  sec- 
tion 92  of  this  act  serving  as  the  basis  of  apportionment  until  the  general 
school  census  is  available  therefor. 

State  Board  of  Education  to  Approve. 

SEC.  95.  Upon  approval  by  the  state  board  of  education  of  the 
amounts  to  be  distributed,  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall 
draw  his  order  on  the  state  controller  for  the  sum  to  be  sent  from  the 


36  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

emergency  school  fund  to  any  county,  and  the  state  controller  shall 
thereupon  draw  his  warrant  on  the  state  treasurer  therefor,  and  the 
state  treasurer  shall  pay  over  the  money  to  the  county  treasurer,  or  any 
treasurer  named.  The  superintendent  of  puhlic  instruction  shall  inform 
the  county  auditor  and  the  county  treasurer  of  any  county  to  which 
money  is  thus  sent,  of  the  amount  set  aside  for  any  school  district  or 
districts  in  that  county;  and  such  money  shall  be  applied  by  the  board 
or  boards  of  school  trustees  thereof  for  the  purpose  named  in  this  act, 
and  disbursed  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  law. 

Residue  to  Revert. 

SEC.  96.  Any  money  remaining  in  the  emergency  school  fund  on  the 
thirtieth  day  of  June  and  the  thirty-first  day  of  December  of  any  year 
shall  revert  to  the  state  distributive  school  fund. 

District  Abolished,  When. 

SEC.  97.  Upon  notice  from  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion that  a  district  has  fewer  than  three  resident  children  in  actual  school 
attendance,  the  board  of  county  commissioners  shall  abolish  such  district. 

Funds  to  Revert. 

SEC.  98.  All  moneys  remaining  to  the  credit  of  any  school  district 
which  has  been  legally  abolished,  by  action  of  the  board  of  county  com- 
missioners of  the  county  in  which  the  district  is  situated,  shall  revert  to 
the  county  school  fund  of  the  said  county. 

Property  of  Abolished  District  To  Be  Sold. 

SEC.  99.  All  property,  real  and  personal,  of  any  abolished  school  dis- 
trict shall  revert  to  the  county  in  which  the  said  district  is  situated,  and 
the  board  of  county  commissioners  are  hereby  authorized  to  control  and 
manage,  rent  or  sell  such  reverted  school  property  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed for  the  sale  of  county  property;  provided,  that  in  case  the  said 
board  of  county  commissioners  shall  find  all  of  the  real  and  personal 
property  of  any  abolished  district  to  be  of  a  value  less  than  one  hundred 
dollars,  the  same  may  be  sold  without  publication  of  notice  and  to  the 
highest  bidder  for  cash  at  private  sale. 

Disposal  of  Proceeds. 

SEC.  100.  All  the  moneys  derived  from  the  sale  or  rent  of  reverted 
school  property  shall  be  paid  into  the  county  school  fund. 

CHAPTER  8 

GENERAL   PROVISIONS 

Public  Schools  Defined. 

SEC.  101.  Public  schools  within  the  meaning  of  this  act  shall  include 
all  elementary  schools,  and  all  district  and  county  high  schools. 

Elementary  School  Defined. 

SEC.  102.  An  elementary  school  within  the  meaning  of  this  act  shall 
be  one  in  which  no  grade  work  above  that  included  in  the  eighth  grade 
according  to  the  regularly  adopted  state  course  of  study  shall  be  given. 

High  School  Defined. 

A  high  school  within  the  meaning  of  this  act  shall  be  a  school  in  which 
subjects  above  the  eighth  grade  according  to  the  state  course  of  study 
may  be  taught. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  37 

School  Year. 

SEC.  103.  The  public  school  year  shall  commence  on  the  first  day  of 
July  and  shall  end  on  the  last  day  of  June. 

School  Month  and  Salary  of  Teacher. 

SEC.  104.  A  school  month  shall  consist  of  four  weeks  of  five  days 
each,  and  teachers  shall  be  paid  only  for  the  time  in  which  they  are 
actually  engaged  in  teaching;  provided,  that  when  an  intermission  of  less 
than  six  days  is  ordered  by  the  trustees  no  deduction  of  salary  shall  be 
made  therefor. 

Sectarian  Literature  Prohibited. 

SEC.  105.  No  books,  tracts,  or  papers  of  a  sectarian  or  denomina- 
tional character  shall  be  used  or  introduced  in  any  schools  established 
under  the  provisions  of  this  act;  nor  shall  any  sectarian  or  denomina- 
tional doctrines  be  taught  therein ;  nor  shall  any  school  whatever  receive 
any  of  the  public  school  funds  which  has  not  been  taught  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  this  section . 

School  Property  Exempt  from  Taxation. 

SEC.  106.  All  lots,  buildings,  or  other  school  property,  owned  by  any 
district,  town,  or  city,  and  devoted  to  public  school  purposes,  shall  be, 
and  the  same  are  hereby,  exempted  from  taxation,  and  from  sale  on  any 
execution  or  other  writ  or  order  in  the  nature  of  an  execution. 

Hygiene  To  Be  Taught. 

SEC.  107.  Physiology  and  hygiene  shall  be  taught  in  the  public 
schools  of  this  state,  and  especial  attention  shall  be  given  to  the  effects 
of  stimulants  and  narcotics  upon  the  human  system. 

Song-Birds,  Fish  and  Game. 

SEC.  108.  It  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  each  and  every  teacher  in 
the  public  schools  of  this  state  to  give  oral  instruction  at  least  once  a 
month  to  all  children  attending  such  schools,  relative  to  the  preservation 
of  song-birds,  fish,  and  game;  and  to  explain  to  such  children  of  suit- 
able ages,  at  least  twice  each  school  year,  the  fish  and  game  laws  of  the 
State  of  Nevada. 

Teachers  to  Comply  With  Fish  and  Game  Law  Under  Penalty. 

SEC.  109.  No  teacher  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  any  portion  of  the 
public  school  moneys  as  compensation  for  services,  unless  such  teacher 
shall  have  complied  with  the  provisions  of  the  last  preceding  section. 

Arbor  Day  Not  Legal  Holiday. 

SEC.  110.  Arbor  Day  is  hereby  established  in  the  State  of  Nevada, 
and  shall  be  fixed  each  year  by  proclamation  of  the  governor  at  least  one 
month  before  the  fixing  of  such  date,  and  it  shall  be  observed  as  a  holi- 
day by  the  public  schools  of  this  state;  provided,  that  nothing  in  this  act 
shall  be  so  construed  as  making  this  a  legal  holiday,  so  far  as  the  courts 
and  civil  contracts  are  concerned. 

Arbor  Day— Governor's  Proclamation. 

SEC.  111.  His  excellency  the  governor  is  requested  to  make  proclama- 
tion setting  forth  the  provisions  of  the  preceding  section  of  this  statute, 
and  recommending  that  Arbor  Day  so  established  be  observed  by  the 
people  of  the  state  in  the  planting  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  vines,  in  the  pro- 


38  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

motion  of  forest  growth  and  culture,  in  the  adornment  of  public  and 
private  grounds,  places,  and  ways,  and  in  such  other  efforts  and  under- 
takings as  shall  be  in  harmony  with  the  character  of  the  day  so  established. 

Holidays— Schools  Closed. 

SEC.  112.  No  school  shall  be  kept  open  on  the  first  day  of  January, 
the  thirtieth  day  of  May,  the  fourth  day  of  July,  the  first  Monday  of 
September,  Thanksgiving  day,  and  the  twenty-fifth  day  of  December  of 
each  year,  nor  on  any  day  appointed  by  the  president  of  the  United 
States  or  the  governor  of  this  state  for  public  fast,  thanksgiving,  or  holiday. 

Semi-Holidays— Schools  Open, 

All  schools  shall  be  kept  open  and  shall  observe  with  appropriate  exer- 
cises the  twelfth  day  of  February,  the  twenty-second  day  of  February, 
Arbor  Day,  and  the  thirty-first  day  of  October  of  each  year,  if  such  days 
occur  on  regular  school  days. 

Election  Day— No  School  Shall  Be  Closed. 

No  school  shall  be  closed  on  the  date  of  any  primary  or  general  elec- 
tion, except  in  cases  of  school  elections  when  the  school  building  is 
needed  as  a  polling  place. 

The  National  Flag. 

SEC.  113.  Boards  of  school  trustees  in  all  school  districts  throughout 
the  state  shall  provide  for  their  respective  schoolhouses  a  suitable  flag  of 
the  United  States,  which  shall  be  hoisted  on  the  respective  schoolhouses 
on  all  suitable  occasions.  The  respective  boards  of  trustees  are  hereby 
authorized  and  directed  to  cause  said  flags  to  be  paid  for  out  of  any 
county  school  money  in  their  respective  school  district  funds  not  required 
for  regular  expenses.  If  the  trustees  in  any  school  district  fail  or  neglect 
to  provide  such  flag,  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall 
himself  provide  the  school  with  a  flag  and  shall  install  the  same  upon 
the  schoolhouse,  and  shall  pay  the  expenses  incurred  in  such  action  by 
drawing  his  order  on  the  county  auditor,  and  the  county  auditor  shall 
draw  his  warrant  on  the  county  treasurer  in  payment  of  same. 

The  State  Flag. 

SEC.  114.  The  flag  of  the  State  of  Nevada  shall  be  of  blue  bunting 
with  the  following  devices  thereon,  to  wit:  The  word  "NEVADA"  in 
silver-colored  block  letters,  equidistant  between  the  top  and  the  bottom ; 
near  the  top  the  word  "  SILVER"  in  silver  color,  and  near  the  bottom 
the  word  "GOLD"  in  gold  color,  each  of  which  shall  be  in  roman  capi- 
tals letters,  and  there  shall  be  under  the  word  "Silver"  a  row  of  eight 
stars  in  silver  color,  under  which  and  above  the  word  "Nevada"  a  row 
of  nine  stars  in  gold  color,  at  each  end  of  the  word  "Nevada"  a  silver- 
colored  star,  and  under  the  word  "Nevada"  a  row  of  nine  stars  in  gold 
color,  under  which  and  above  the  word  "Gold"  a  row  of  eight  stars  in 
silver  color.  Each  star  shall  have  five  points  and  be  placed  with  one 
point  up. 

District  Attorney  to  Advise  Trustees. 

SEC.  115.  The  district  attorneys  of  the  several  counties  of  Nevada 
must  give,  when  required,  and  without  fee,  his  opinion  in  writing  to 
school  trustees,  on  matters  relating  to  the  duties  of  their  offices. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  39 

Attorney-General  Advisor  of  Deputy  Superintendents, 

Sec.  116.  The  state  attorney-general  shall  give,  when  required,  and 
without  fee,  his  opinion  in  writing  to  deputy  superintendents  of  public 
instruction  on  matters  relating  to  the  duties  of  their  offices. 

Teachers  Exempt  from  Jury  Duty. 

SEC.  117.  Teachers  actually  engaged  in  teaching  in  the  public  schools 
of  the  state  and  members  of  the  faculty  of  the  state  university  shall  be 
exempt  from  jury  duty  during  the  session  of  the  public  schools  or  uni- 
versity, but  nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  as  to  excuse  said 
teachers  from  liability  to  jury  duty  during  a  vacation. 

Classification  of  Funds. 

SEC.  118.  On  and  after  the  fifteenth  day  of  September,  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  eleven,  the  county  auditors  and  the  county  treasurers  of  the 
several  counties  of  the  State  of  Nevada  shall  keep  separate  accounts  in 
their  books  for  the  library  fund,  the  county  school  fund,  and  the  state 
school  fund  of  each  district  within  their  respective  counties,  and  in  no 
case  shall  they  keep  any  school  fund  account  in  such  manner  that  its 
balance  shall  at  any  time  include  the  amounts  on  hand  in  any  two 
school  funds. 

If  on  the  said  fifteenth  day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and 
eleven,  the  county  auditor  and  the  county  treasurer  in  any  county  shall 
not  have  their  respective  school  fund  accounts  arranged  so  that  no  school 
fund  account  shall  show  by  its  balance  the  amount  on  hand  in  any  two 
or  more  school  funds,  the  said  county  auditor  and  the  county  treasurer 
shall  adjust  their  school  fund  accounts  in  the  following  manner: 

The  county  auditor  shall  determine  the  total  amount  of  money  in  the 
county  treasury  to  the  credit  of  each  school  district  on  the  said  fifteenth 
day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and  eleven.  He  shall  then  deduct 
from  the  said  total  amount  to  the  credit  of  each  school  district  at  the 
time  mentioned,  the  amount  of  money  which  should  be  in  the  library 
fund  of  each  of  the  said  school  districts  on  the  fifteenth  day  of  Septem- 
ber, nineteen  hundred  and  eleven,  and  the  amount  so  deducted  shall 
constitute,  for  each  school  district,  a  separate  fund  which  shall  there- 
after be  designated  as  the  library  fund  for  such  school  district,  aud  the 
county  auditor  shall  thereafter  make  such  entries  in  the  said  library  fund 
as  will  show,  at  all  times,  the  apportionments  made  to  that  fund,  and  all 
amounts  drawn  from  the  said  fund  in  payment  of  legal  claims. 

If  for  any  reason  the  auditor  cannot  tell  the  exact  amount  which  should 
be  in  the  library  fund  of  any  school  district  on  the  date  mentioned  above, 
he  shall  deduct  from  the  total  amount  to  the  credit  of  the  school  district 
an  amount  equal  to  the  apportionment  to  the  library  fund  of  that  dis- 
trict made  in  July,  nineteen  hundred  and  eleven,  and  the  amount  so 
deducted  shall  constitute,  for  such  school  district,  a  separate  fund  which 
shall  thereafter  be  designated  as  the  library  fund  as  provided  above. 

After  the  auditor  has  established  the  library  fund  for  each  school  dis- 
trict, as  described  above,  he  shall  deduct  from  the  remainder  of  the  total 
amount  to  the  credit  of  each  school  district,  the  amount  apportioned  to 
the  state  school  fund  of  that  district  in  July,  nineteen  hundred  and 
eleven,  and  the  amount  so  deducted  shall  constitute  the  state  school  fund 
of  that  school  dirtrict,  and  the  auditor  shall  open  a  separate  account  in 
his  books  for  the  said  state  school  fund,  and  he  shall  thereafter  make 


40  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

such  entries  in  the  state  school  fund  account  as  will  show,  at  any  time, 
the  apportionments  made  to  such  state  school  fund,  and  all  amounts 
drawn  from  the  said  fund  in  payment  of  teachers'  salaries;  provided, 
that  only  the  salaries  of  teachers  shall  be  paid  from  such  fund. 

After  establishing  a  library  fund,  and  a  state  school  fund,  for  each 
school  district  in  the  manner  described  above,  the  auditor  shall  establish 
a  county  school  fund  for  each  school  district  in  the  county  by  opening  a 
separate  account  in  his  books  and  making  proper  entry  therein  of  the 
amount  left  to  the  credit  of  each  district  after  deducting  from  the  said 
total  amount  the  several  amounts  described  above  as  constituting  the 
library  fund  and  the  state  school  fund  for  each  district,  and  the  remainder 
left  when  the  said  two  amounts  shall  have  been  deducted  from  the  total 
amount  to  the  credit  of  each  school  district,  shall  constitute  the  county 
school  fund  of  each  school  district,  and  the  county  auditor  shall  there- 
after make  such  entries  in  the  county  school  fund  account  as  will  show, 
at  all  times,  the  apportionments  made  to  that  fund,  and  all  amounts 
drawn  from  the  said  fund  in  payment  of  legal  claims. 

After  the  county  auditor  in  each  county  has  established  the  library 
fund,  the  state  school  fund,  and  the  county  school  fund  for  each  school 
district  in  the  manner  described  above,  he  shall  certify  the  amounts  in 
each  of  the  said  funds  to  the  county  treasurer,  and  the  county  treasurer 
shall  immediately  open  a  separate  account  in  his  books  for  each  of  the 
three  funds  mentioned  above,  and  he  shall,  thereafter,  make  such  entries 
in  each  of  the  said  accounts  as  will  show,  at  all  times,  the  apportion- 
ments made  to  each  fund,  and  all  amounts  drawn  from  each  fund  in 
payment  of  legal  claims. 

Penalty. 

SEC.  119.  In  case  of  failure  or  neglect  on  the  part  of  the  county 
auditor  or  the  county  treasurer  of  any  county  to  comply  with  the  pro- 
visions of  the  foregoing  section,  he  shall  forfeit  for  the  benefit  of  the 
county  school  fund  the  sum  of  one  hundred  dollars  from  his  official  com- 
pensation, and  it  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  county  commissioners, 
on  notice  from  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  of  such 
failure  or  neglect  on  the  part  of  any  county  auditor  or  county  treasurer 
to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  foregoing  section ,  to  deduct  the  said 
one  hundred  dollars  from  the  compensation  of  the  said  negligent  officer, 
and  the  commissioners  shall  place  the  said  amount  to  the  credit  of  the 
county  school  fund. 

Penalty  for  Nonfulfilment'of  Contract. 

SEC.  120.  Should  any  teacher  employed  by  a  board  of  school  trustees 
for  a  specified  time,  leave  the  school  before  the  expiration  of  such  time, 
without  the  consent  of  the  trustees,  in  writing,  said  teacher  shall  be 
deemed  guilty  of  unprofessional  conduct,  and  the  deputy  superintendent 
of  public  instruction  is  authorized,  upon  receiving  notice  of  such  fact,  to 
suspend  the  certificate  of  such  teacher  for  the  period  of  one  year. 

Appeal,  How  Made. 

SEC.  121 .  From  any  decision  made  by  a  deputy  superintendent  affect- 
ing adversely  the  rights,  powers  or  duties  of  any  teacher  or  school  board 
as  fixed  by  law,  in  any  case  in  which  no  appeal  is  allowed  to  the  board 
of  education,  an  appeal  may  be  taken  to  the  superintendent  of  public 
instruction,  and  his  decision  in  the  premises  shall  be  final. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  41 

CHAPTER  9 
CENSUS  MARSHALS 
Schools  Classified  for  Census  Purposes. 

SEC.  122.  For  the  purpose  of  securing  the  school  census  each  year 
in  the  State  of  Nevada,  the  school  districts  of  the  state  are  hereby  classi- 
fied as  follows :  All  school  districts  having  thirty  or  more  school  census 
children  at  the  last  preceding  school  census  shall  be  known  as  districts 
of  the  first  class.  All  school  districts  having  fewer  than  thirty  census 
school  children  at  the  last  preceding  school  census  shall  be  known  as 
districts  of  the  second  class. 

Teacher  Ex  Officio  Census  Marshal,  When. 

In  all  school  districts  of  the  second  class  as  described  in  this  section 
the  regularly  appointed  and  qualified  teachers  shall  be  ex  ofncio  school 
census  marshals  and  shall  serve  without  compensation  for  such  services 
as  census  marshals;  provided,  that  if  there  shall  not  be  any  regular 
teachers  employed  and  engaged  in  teaching  in  any  school  district  of  the 
second  class  as  described  in  this  section  on  the  first  day  of  March  of  each 
year,  then  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  trustees  of  such  districts  to  appoint 
on  the  said  first  day  of  March  of  each  year  a  competent  person  over 
twenty-one  years  of  age  as  census  marshal  for  the  district  in  the  same 
manner  as  provided  herein  for  appointment  of  census  marshals  in  school 
districts  of  the  first  class,  and  in  case  a  census  marshal  is  appointed  in 
such  school  district  of  the  second  class  because  there  is  no  teacher  therein, 
then  the  said  marshal  shall  be  paid  for  the  services  in  the  same  manner 
as  marshals  in  the  districts  of  the  first  class  are  paid. 

Women  May  Serve  as  Census  Marshals. 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  each  school  district  of 
the  first  class  as  described  in  this  section  to  appoint  a  competent  person 
over  twenty-one  years  of  age  as  school  census  marshal  before  the  first 
day  of  March  of  each  year,  and  to  notify  the  deputy  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  of  such  appointment  immediately  after  it  is  made. 
This  section  shall  not  be  construed  in  such  a  way  as  to  prevent  the 
appointment  of  a  member  of  the  board  of  school  trustees  or  of  a  woman 
as  school  census  marshal. 

Deputy  Superintendent  Appoints  Census  Marshal— When. 

If  the  board  of  school  trustees  shall  fail  to  appoint  a  school  census 
marshal  in  any  district  of  the  first  class  as  described  in  this  section,  or 
in  any  district  of  the  second  class  when  necessary,  as  provided  in  this 
section,  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  March  of  each  year,  the  deputy  super- 
intendent of  public  instruction  shall  appoint  the  census  marshal  for  such 
school  districts,  such  appointee  to  proceed  in  like  manner  as  if  appointed 
by  the  school  trustees,  and  any  appointment  of  census  marshal  made  by 
the  trustees  subsequent  to  that  time  shall  be  void.  As  amended,  Stats. 
1913,  153,  154. 

Blanks  for  Marshal. 

SEC.  123.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  supply  each 
school  census  marshal  with  printed  instructions  as  to  his  duty,  and  with 
all  blank  forms  required  for  taking  and  reporting  the  census. 

Duties  of  School  Census  Marshal. 

SEC.  124.     The  board  of  trustees  shall  designate  to  each  census  mar- 


42  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

shal  the  portion  of  the  school  district  in  which  the  said  marshal  shall 
take  the  census,  and  each  census  marshal  shall  be  responsible  for  a  cor- 
rect census  in  the  territory  to  which  he  is  appointed,  and  he  shall  return 
his  census  reports  to  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  trustees.  The  board  of 
trustees  shall,  in  case  of  two  marshals  in  the  same  district,  designate 
which  marshal  shall  compile  the  final  report  for  the  deputy  superintend- 
ent of  public  instruction  and  the  board  of  trustees. 

Before  the  school  census  marshal  shall  enter  upon  the  performance  of 
his  duties,  he  shall  take  and  subscribe  to  the  oath  of  office,  and  such  oath 
shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion. 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  school  census  marshals  to  take  annually 
in  the  month  of  April  a  census  of  the  resident  children  in  the  districts 
for  which  they  shall  be  appointed,  and  to  report  the  same  to  the  deputy 
superintendent  of  public  instruction.  The  term  "resident  children"  as 
used  in  this  section  shall  be  defined  in  such  a  way  as  to  include: 

1.  Children  residing  with  their  parents  or  guardians  in  such  district. 

2.  Children  temporarily  residing  outside  of  said  district  for  the  pur- 
pose of  attending  institutions  of  learning  or   benevolent  institutions, 
except  those  children  who  shall  be  residents  of  a  state  orphans'  home, 
in  which  case  the  said  residents  of  a  state  orphans'  home  shall  be  taken 
in  the  district  in  which  the  state  orphans'  home  shall  be  located;  pro- 
vided, that  the  parents  of  resident  children  of  any  district  must  have 
resided  in  the  district  on  the  first  day  of  April;  and  provided  further •,  that 
the  resident  children  must  themselves  have  been  actual  residents  of  the 
district  immediately  previous  to  such  outside  residence. 

The  term  "resident  children"  is  further  defined  as  to  exclude: 

1.  Children  temporarily  visiting  or  in  passing  through  said  district. 

2.  Children  who  have  never  actually  resided  within  the  district,  even 
though  their  parents  or  guardians  shall  reside  within  the  district. 

3.  Children  who  are  residing  within  the  district  for  the  purpose  of 
attending  institutions  of  learning  or  benevolent  institutions,  except  the 
children  of  a  state  orphans'  home,  whose  census  shall  be  taken  in  the 
district  in  which  the  state  orphans'  home  shall  be  located. 

4.  All  children  who  may  properly  be  included  in  the  census  of  some 
other  district. 

5.  Indian  children  who  shall  not  have  attended  public  school  at  least 
eighty  days  in  the  twelve  months  preceding  the  date  of  taking  the  census 
during  the  last  preceding  year.     As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  154.,  155. 

Census  Marshal  Must  Visit  Each  Home. 

SEC.  125.  The  school  census  marshal  shall  visit  each  home,  habita- 
tion, residence,  domicile,  or  place  of  abode  in  his  district  and  require  the 
necessary  information  of  parents  or  others  competent  to  give  accurate 
information,  supplementing  and  correcting  this  by  actual  observation 
when  necessary.  The  school  census  marshal  shall  have  power  to  admin- 
ister the  legal  oath  to  parents,  guardians,  and  other  persons  furnishing 
such  information. 

What  Report  Shall  Contain. 

SEC.  126.  The  reports  of  the  school  census  marshals  shall  be  made 
upon  blank  forms  to  be  furnished  by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion, and  shall  show  the  following  facts: 

1.  The  full  names  of  all  children  less  than  eighteen  years  of  age  and 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  43 

residing  in  the  district  on  the  first  day  of  April,  such  names  to  be  given 
by  families  under  the  name  of  the  parents  or  guardian. 

2.  The  year,  month,  and  day  on  which  each  child  was  born,  and  the 
age  in  years,  counting  to  the  first  day  of  April. 

3.  The  sex  and  race  of  each  child. 

4.  The  place  of  birth  of  each  child  and  of  each  parent. 

5.  The  total  number  of  children  less  than  six  years  of  age;   the  total 
number  of  children  not  less  than  six  years  of  age  nor  over  eighteen  years 
of  age.     Only  those  children  who  are  not  less  than  six  years  of  age  nor 
more  than  eighteen  years  of  age  shall  be  considered  as  school  census 
children. 

6.  Such  other  facts  as  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  may 
require.     As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  155,  156. 

Districts  In  Two  Counties. 

SEC.  127.  In  the  case  of  districts  lying  partly  in  two  or  more  coun- 
ties, the  school  census  marshal  shall  report  separately  the  children  of 
each  county. 

Clerk  to  Examine  Marshal's  Report. 

SEC.  128.  Immediately  after  the  school  census  marshal  shall  have 
completed  the  work  of  taking  the  census,  he  shall  submit  a  report  of  the 
same,  according  to  a  form  to  be  prescribed  by  the  superintendent  of  pub- 
lic instruction,  to  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  school  trustees,  and  if  the 
clerk  finds  the  report  to  be  correct,  according  to  the  best  of  his  knowl- 
edge, he  shall  approve  the  same  and  certify  to  its  correctness,  after  which 
the  census  marshal  shall  transmit  it  to  the  deputy  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  with  a  sworn  statement  to  the  effect  that  reasonable 
diligence  and  care  have  been  exercised  and  that,  to  the  best  of  his  knowl- 
edge, all  parts  of  the  report  are  correct. 

Dates  for  Completing  Reports. 

SEC.  129.  In  the  case  of  districts  having  a  school  census  population 
of  less  than  three  hundred  the  report  shall  be  sent  to  the  deputy  super- 
intendent of  public  instruction  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  May.  In  the 
case  of  districts  having  over  three  hundred  census  children  the  report 
shall  be  sent  to  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  before 
the  first  day  of  June. 

Deputy  Superintendents  to  Compare  Reports  of  Marshals. 

SEC.  130.  The  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  com- 
pare the  census  reports  submitted  to  him  by  the  various  school  census 
marshals  so  far  as  he  shall  consider  needful,  and  he  shall  strike  from 
them  the  names  of  any  children  whose  names  are,  according  to  his  best 
knowledge,  wrongly  included  in  the  reports,  and  it  shall  be  his  duty  to 
correct  all  manifest  errors  in  such  reports.  In  all  cases  he  shall  make 
sufficient  investigation  to  confirm  him  in  his  action  before  correcting 
any  report. 

Special  Census  Marshal,  When. 

SEC.  131.  If  at  any  time  the  deputy  superintendent  shall  have  reason 
to  believe  that  a  report  contains  errors  which  he  is  unable  to  correct,  or 
if  at  any  time  the  report  of  the  school  census  marshal  is  not  transmitted 
as  provided  by  section  129  of  this  act,  he  may  appoint  a  special  school 
census  marshal  who  shall  retake  the  census  as  soon  as  practicable  and 


44  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

not  later  than  the  thirtieth  day  of  June,  conforming  otherwise  to  the 
rules  governing  the  original  census. 

Negligence  of  Marshal— Punishment. 

SEC.  132.  If  the  school  census  marshal  of  any  district  neglects  or 
refuses  to  make  his  report  at  the  time  and  in  the  manner  prescribed  by 
law,  or  if  he,  with  intention  to  defraud  the  state,  or  through  failure  to 
exercise  reasonable  care,  include  the  names  of  children  in  violation  of 
law,  or  if  he  report  their  names,  ages  or  number  falsely,  he  shall  be 
deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  on  conviction  thereof  shall  be  pun- 
ished by  a  fine  in  any  amount  not  less  than  five  or  more  than  one  hun- 
dred dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  less  than  five  nor 
more  than  thirty  days,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  various  district 
attorneys  to  cause  the  arrest  and  prosecution  of  such  persons  upon  infor- 
mation furnished  by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  other 
school  officers,  or  by  other  persons. 

County  Pays  Marshals  in  Census  Districts  of  First  Class. 

SEC.  133.  Every  bill  for  the  compensation  of  a  school  census  marshal 
shall  be  presented  to  the  board  of  county  commissioners  of  the  county  in 
which  the  district  for  which  he  shall  have  been  appointed  lies,  and  upon 
the  order  of  said  board  shall  be  paid  as  other  claims  out  of  the  general 
fund  of  the  county.  No  bill  for  the  compensation  of  any  school  census 
marshal  shall  be  ordered  paid  unless  the  bill  shall  be  accompanied  by  a 
statement  from  the  deputy  superintendent  of  public  instruction  to  the 
effect  that  a  satisfactory  census  report  has  been  returned  as  provided  by 
law.  In  any  school  district  containing  ten  or  less  school  census  children 
the  compensation  for  taking  the  school  census  shall  not  exceed  eight 
dollars.  In -school  districts  having  more  than  ten  school  census  children 
there  may  be  allowed  not  more  than  twenty-five  cents  additional  for  the 
name  of  each  school  census  child  above  the  said  ten  names;  provided, 
that  in  districts  in  which  there  are  less  than  three  families  having  school 
census  children,  the  compensation  shall  not  exceed  five  dollars. 

CHAPTER  10 

SCHOOL  FUNDS 
State  Permanent  School  Fund. 

SEC.  134.  All  moneys  accruing  to  this  state  from  the  sale  of  lands 
heretofore  given  or  bequeathed,  or  that  may  hereafter  be  given  or 
bequeathed,  for  public  school  purposes;  all  fines  collected  under  the 
penal  laws  of  the  state;  two  per  cent  of  the  gross  proceeds  of  all  toll 
roads  and  bridges,  and  all  estates  that  may  escheat  to  the  state,  shall  be 
and  the  same  are  hereby  solemnly  pledged  for  educational  purposes,  and 
shall  not  be  transferred  to  any  other  fund  for  other  uses,  but  shall  con- 
stitute an  irreducible  and  indivisible  fund,  to  be  known  as  the  state  per- 
manent school  fund,  which  shall  be  invested  as  provided  in  section  148 
of  this  act. 

Ad  Valorem  State  School  Tax. 

SEC.  135.     [Repealed,  Stats.  Special  Session  1912,  10.] 
State  Distributive  School  Fund 

SEC.  136.  All  moneys  derived  from  interest  on  the  state  permanent 
school  fund,  together  with  all  moneys  derived  from  the  state  school  tax, 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  45 

shall  be  placed  in  and  constitute  a  fund  to  be  known  as  the  state  dis- 
tributive school  fund,  and  be  apportioned  semiannually  among  the  sev- 
eral school  districts  of  the  state  in  the  manner  provided  in  this  act 
for  the  apportionment  of  the  state  distributive  school  fund  to  the  several 
school  districts  of  the  state. 

Use  of  State  Distributive  School  Fund  Restricted. 

SEC.  137.  The  school  moneys  distributed  from  the  state  distributive 
school  fund  shall  not  be  used  for  any  other  purpose  than  the  payment 
of  qualified  teachers  under  this  act;  and  no  portion  of  said  fund  shall, 
either  directly  or  indirectly,  be  paid  for  the  erection  of  schoolhouses,  the 
use  of  schoolrooms,  furniture,  or  any  other  contingent  expenses  of  public 
schools. 

All  Nonpublic  School  and  Sectarian  Use  Prohibited, 

SEC.  138.  No  portion  of  the  public  school  funds,  nor  of  the  moneys 
raised  by  the  state  tax,  or  specially  appropriated  for  the  support  of  pub- 
lic schools,  shall  be  devoted  to  any  other  object  or  purpose;  nor  shall 
any  portion  of  the  public  school  funds,  nor  of  money  raised  by  state  tax 
for  the  support  of  public  schools,  be  in  any  way  segregated,  divided,  or 
set  apart  for  the  use  or  benefit  of  any  sectarian  or  secular  society  or 
association . 

County  School  Tax. 

SEC.  139.  The  board  of  county  commissioners  of  each  county  shall, 
annually,  at  the  time  of  levying  other  county  taxes,  levy  a  county  school 
tax,  not  to  exceed  fifty  cents  nor  less  than  twenty  cents  on  each  one 
hundred  dollars  valuation  of  taxable  property,  which  tax  shall  be  added 
to  the  county  tax  and  collected  in  the  same  manner,  and  paid  into  the 
county  treasury  as  a  special  deposit,  to  be  drawn  in  the  same  manner  as 
other  public  school  moneys;  and  should  said  county  commissioners  fail 
or  neglect  to  levy  said  tax  as  required  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county 
auditor  to  add  such  tax  as  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  may 
deem  sufficient,  between  the  limits  of  twenty  and  fifty  cents  on  each  one 
hundred  dollars  valuation  of  taxable  property  in  the  county,  to  the  assess- 
ment roll,  to  be  collected  as  specified  in  this  sction. 

Special  School  Tax,  When. 

SEC.  140.  When,  in  the  judgment  of  the  board  of  school  trustees  of 
any  district,  the  school  moneys  to  which  such  district  shall  be  entitled 
for  the  coming  school  year  will  not  be  sufficient  to  maintain  the  school 
properly  and  for  a  suffiient  number  of  months,  said  board  shall  have 
power  to  direct  that  a  tax  of  not  more  than  twenty-five  cents  on  the  one 
hundred  dollars  of  assessed  valuation  of  such  district  shall  be  levied,  and, 
upon  notification  by  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  school  trustees  of  such  dis- 
trict that  such  action  has  been  taken,  the  board  of  county  commissioners 
shall  levy  and  cause  to  be  collected  such  tax  upon  the  taxable  property 
of  such  district. 

Popular  Election  to  Decide  Whether  Tax  Shall  Be  Levied,  When— Tax  Due, 
When— Tax  Payable. 

SEC.  141.  The  board  of  trustees  of  any  school  district  may,  when  in 
their  judgment  it  is  advisable,  call  an  election  and  submit  to  the  quali- 
fied electors  of  the  district  the  question  whether  a  tax  shall  be  raised  to 
furnish  additional  school  facilities  for  said  district,  or  to  keep  any  school 


46  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

or  schools  in  such  district  open  for  a  longer  period  than  the  ordinary 
funds  will  allow  or  for  building  an  additional  schoolhouse  or  houses,  or 
for  any  two  or  for  all  of  these  purposes.  Such  election  shall  be  called 
by  posting  notices  in  three  of  the  most  public  places  in  the  district  for 
twenty  days,  and  also  if  there  be  a  newspaper  in  the  county  by  advertise- 
ment therein  once  a  week  for  three  weeks.  Said  notice  shall  contain 
time  and  place  of  holding  the  election,  the  amount  of  money  proposed 
to  be  raised,  and  the  purpose  or  purposes  for  which  it  is  intended  to  be 
used.  The  trustees  shall  appoint  three  judges  to  conduct  the  election, 
and  it  shall  be  held  in  all  other  respects  as  nearly  as  practicable  in  con- 
formity with  the  general  election  law.  At  such  election  the  ballot  shall 
contain  the  words:  "Tax — Yes"  or  "Tax — No"  If  a  majority  of  the 
votes  cast  are  "Tax — Yes"  the  officers  of  the  election  shall  certify  the 
fact  to  the  county  commissioners,  together  with  a  statement  of  the 
amount  of  money  proposed  to  be  raised,  who  shall  ascertain  the  neces- 
sary percentage  on  the  property  of  said  district,  as  shown  by  the  last 
assessment  made  thereof  after  equalization,  to  raise  the  amount  of  money 
voted,  and  shall  add  it  to  the  next  county  tax  to  be  collected  on  the  prop- 
erty aforesaid;  and  the  same  shall  be  paid  into  the  county  treasury  as  a 
special  deposit  in  favor  of  said  school  district,  to  be  drawn  in  the  same 
manner  as  other  school  moneys;  provided,  if  in  any  school  district  the 
school  trustees  shall  certify  to  the  county  commissioners  that  the  state 
and  county  money  to  which  any  district  is  entitled  is  not  sufficient  to 
keep  school  open  in  such  district  up  to  the  date  when  state  and  county 
taxes  shall  become  due,  the  tax  provided  for  in  this  section  shall  be  due 
and  payable  to  the  assessor  of  such  county  in  which  the  tax  is  levied 
immediately  after  he  shall  make  the  assessment  and  demand  for  pay- 
ment of  the  tax;  provided,  the  owner  of  the  property  shall,  if  he  deem 
the  assessment  too  high,  have  the  privilege  of  submitting  the  assessment 
to  the  board  of  county  commissioners,  for  equalization  within  ten  days 
after  demand  made  for  the  payment  of  the  tax,  and  the  county  commis- 
sioners, within  five  days  after  complaint  made  to  them,  shall  meet  and 
determine  the  correct  valuation  of  the  property  assessed,  and  may  change 
the  same  by  adding  to  or  deducting  from  the  sum  fixed  either  by  the 
owner  or  assessor,  and  upon  notice  to  the  owner  of  the  result  of  their 
equalization  the  tax  shall  be  immediately  payable  to  the  assessor,  and  if 
not  paid  shall  become  delinquent;  and  all  taxes  so  assessed  shall  con- 
stitute a  lien  on  the  property  charged  therewith,  from  the  date  of  the 
levy  thereof  by  the  county  commissioners,  or  entry  thereof  on  the  assess- 
ment roll  by  the  county  auditor,  until  the  same  are  paid,  and  thereafter 
if  allowed  to  become  delinquent  shall  be  enforced  in  the  same  manner  as 
provided  by  law  for  the  collection  of  state  and  county  taxes.  If  for  any 
reason  said  tax  is  not  added  to  the  county  tax  by  the  county  commis- 
sioners, the  county  auditor  shall  enter  it  upon  the  assessment  roll  to  be 
charged  against  the  property  of  that  district,  on  application  from  the 
trustees  of  said  district. 

County  School  Funds  for  Various  Purposes,  Including  Transportation  of 
Pupils, 

SEC.  142.  The  board  of  trustees,  or  board  of  education,  of  each  city, 
town,  and  district,  may  use  the  moneys  from  the  county  school  funds  to 
purchase  sites,  build,  or  rent  schoolhouses,  to  purchase  libraries,  and  to 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  47 

pay  teachers  or  contingent  expenses  as  they  may  deem  proper,  or  for 
transportation  of  pupils  to  and  from  school. 

State  Permanent  School  Fund, 

SEC.  143.  The  state  controller  shall  keep  a  separate  and  distinct 
account  of  the  state  permanent  school  fund,  of  the  interest  and  income 
thereof,  of  such  moneys  as  shall  be  raised  by  the  state  school  tax,  and  of 
all  moneys  derived  from  special  appropriations  or  otherwise  for  the  sup- 
port of  public  schools. 

State  Controller  to  Report  School  Securities. 

SEC.  144.  The  state  controller  shall,  on  or  before  the  tenth  day  of 
April,  and  the  tenth  day  of  October  of  each  year,  make  to  the  state  board 
of  education  a  statement  of  the  securities  belonging  to  the  state  perma- 
nent school  fund.  He  shall  also,  on  or  before  the  tenth  day  of  January 
and  the  tenth  day  of  July  of  each  year,  render  to  the  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  a  statement  of  the  moneys  in  the  treasury  subject  to 
distribution  to  the  several  districts  of  the  state,  as  provided  in  section 
151  of  this  act. 

State  Treasurer  Custodian  of  School  Securities. 

SEC.  145.  The  state  treasurer  shall  be  the  legal  custodian  of  all  state 
and  national  securities  in  which  the  moneys  of  the  state  permanent  school 
fund  of  the  State  of  Nevada  are  or  may  hereafter  be  invested,  and  for 
their  safe  keeping  he  shall  be  liable  on  his  official  bond.  It  shall  be  the 
duty  of  the  state  treasurer  to  pay  over  all  public  school  moneys  received 
by  him  only  on  warrants  of  the  state  controller,  issued  upon  the  orders 
of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  under  the  seal  of  the  board  of 
education,  in  favor  of  county  treasurers,  or  on  orders  of  the  state  board 
of  education,  for  purposes  of  investment,  as  provided  in  section  148  of 
this  act,  which  orders,  duly  endorsed,  shall  be  valid  vouchers  in  the 
hands  of  the  state  controller  for  the  disbursement  of  public  school  moneys. 

[See  Stats.  1913,  252,  253;  cataloged  in  index:  "State  Board  of  Investment," 
and  "Investment  of  State  Permanent  School  Fund."] 

County  Treasurers  to  Receive  State  Moneys  Semiannually. 

SEC.  146.  All  school  moneys  due  each  county  in  the  state  shall  be 
paid  over  by  the  state  treasurer  to  the  county  treasurers  on  the  tenth 
day  of  January  and  the  tenth  day  of  July  of  each  year  or  as  soon  there- 
after as  the  county  treasurer  may  apply  for  the  same  upon  the  warrant 
of  the  state  controller  drawn  in  conformity  with  the  apportionment  of 
the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  as  provided  in  section  151  of 
this  act. 

State  Treasurer  to  Turn  Interest  Into  State  Distributive  School  Fund. 

SEC.  147.  When  the  interest  on  any  securities  belonging  to  the  state 
permanent  school  fund  is  due,  the  state  treasurer  shall,  upon  the  warrant 
of  the  state  controller  and  in  the  presence  of  a  majority  of  the  members 
of  the  state  board  of  education,  cut  off  and  pay  the  coupon  on  such 
securities,  and  place  the  money  so  paid  into  the  state  distributive  school 
fund,  and  keep  a  correct  account  thereof  in  his  books. 

SEC.  148.  [Repealed,  Stats.  1913,  252,  253;  cataloged  in  index:  "State 
Board  of  Investment"  and  "  Investment  of  State  Permanent  School  Fund."] 


48  SCHOOL  LAWS  OP  NEVADA 

Duties  of  County  Treasurer. 

SEC.  149.     It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  treasurer  of  each  county: 

1.  To  receive  and  hold  as  a  special  deposit  all  public  school  moneys, 
whether  received  by  him  from  the  state  treasurer  or  raised  by  the  county 
for  the  benefit  of  the  public  schools,  or  from  any  other  source,  and  to 
keep  separate  accounts  thereof  and  of  their  disbursements; 

2.  On  the  second   Monday  of  June  and  on  the  second  Monday  of 
December  of  each  year  to  notify  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
of  the  amount  of  money  in  the  county  school  fund  subject  to  distribution ; 

3.  To  pay  over  all  public  school  moneys  received  by  him   only  on 
warrants  of  the  county  auditor,  issued  upon  orders  of  the  boards  of  school 
trustees  for  their  respective  school  districts.     All  orders  issued  by  the 
said  trustees  shall  be  valid  vouchers  in  the  hands  of  county  auditors  for 
warrants  drawn  upon  such  orders;  provided,  that  orders  for  the  payment 
of  money  for  new  school  buildings  and  for  repairs  or  furniture  amount- 
ing to  over  five  hundred  dollars  must  be  approved  by  the  superintendent 
of  public  instruction  before  such  warrants  are  drawn. 

4.  On  or  before  the  tenth  day  of  July,  annually,  to  make  full  report  to 
the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  of  the  public  school  moneys 
received  into  the  county  treasury  within  the  school  year  ending  on  the 
last  day  of  June  next  previous  thereto,  with  a  particular  statement  of  the 
disbursement  of  the  said  school  moneys,  and  of  any  amount  of  said 
school  moneys  which  may  remain  in  his  hands  at  the  close  of  the  school 
year,  designating  the  part  remaining  in  the  state  school  fund  and  the 
part  remaining  in  the  county  school  fund;  and  in  case  of  failure  or  neglect 
of  said   county  treasurer  to  make  such  report,  he  shall  forfeit  for  the 
benefit  of  the  county  school  fund  the  sum  of  one  hundred  dollars  from 
his  official  compensation,  and  it  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  county 
commissioners,  on  notice  from  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
of  such  failure  or  neglect  on  the  part  of  any  county  treasurer,  to  deduct 
said  one  hundred  dollars  from  his  compensation  and  place  said  amount 
to  the  credit  of  the  county  school  fund. 

No  Fees  for  Handling  School  Moneys. 

SEC.  150.  No  tax  collector  or  county  treasurer  shall  receive  any  fees 
or  compensation  whatever  for  collecting,  receiving,  keeping,  transport- 
ing, or  disbursing  any  school  moneys  mentioned  in  the  preceding  sec- 
tions of  this  act.  In  case  of  a  special  school  tax  for  any  school  district, 
as  Drovided  in  sections  140  and  141  of  this  act,  the  board  of  county 
commissioners  may  allow  a  reasonable  compensation  for  assessing  and 
collecting  if  such  taxes  are  assessed  and  collected  independently  and  sepa- 
rate from  the  regular  taxes,  such  compensation  to  be  paid  out  of  the 
special  taxes  thus  collected. 

Apportionment  of  State  Distributive  School  Fund. 

SEC.  151 .  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion immediately  after  the  state  controller  shall  have  made  his  semi- 
annual report,  as  provided  in  section  144  of  this  act  to  apportion  to  the 
several  school  districts  in  the  state  the  moneys  in  the  state  distributive 
school  fund,  subject  to  apportionment  at  such  time.  He  shall  apportion 
the  moneys  of  said  fund  among  the  several  school  districts  of  the  state 
in  the  following  manner: 

1.  He  must  ascertain  the  number  of  teachers  to  which  each  school  dis- 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  49 

trict  is  entitled  by  calculating  one  teacher  for  every  thirty  school  census 
children  or  fraction  thereof,  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  school  census ; 

2.  He  must  ascertain  the  total  number  of  teachers  in  the  state  by 
adding  together  the  number  of  teachers  assigned  to  the  several  school 
districts  upon  the  basis  of  one  teacher  to  each  thirty  school  census  chil- 
dren or  fraction  thereof; 

3.  He  must  apportion  seventy  per  cent  of  the  state  distributive  school 
fund,  subject  to  apportionment  at  that  time  among  the  several  school 
districts  of  the  state  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  teachers  in  each 
school  district,  upon  the  basis  of  one  teacher  to  each  thirty  school  census 
children  or  fraction  thereof  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  school  census; 

4.  He  must  apportion  thirty  per  cent  of  the  state  distributive  school 
fund,  subject  to  apportionment  at  that  time,  among  the  several  school 
districts  of  the  state  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  children  between 
the  ages  of  six  and  eighteen  years  in  each  school  district  as  shown  by 
the  last  preceding  school  census. 

Immediately  after  making  the  apportionment  of  the  state  distributive 
school  fund  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  this  act,  the  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  shall,  by  means  of  a  printed  report,  notify  the  state 
controller,  the  county  treasurer,  the  county  auditor,  and  the  clerk  of 
each  board  of  school  trustees  of  the  apportionments  in  detail.  He  shall 
also  furnish  to  each  county  treasurer,  under  seal  of  the  state  board  of 
education,  an  order  on  the  state  controller  for  an  amount  of  money 
equal  to  the  full  amount  of  school  moneys  apportioned  to  the  several 
school  districts  of  that  county  from  the  state  distributive  school  fund, 
and  he  shall  take  such  county  treasurer's  receipt  for  the  said  order. 

Apportionment  of  County  School  Funds. 

SEC.  152.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall,  immedi- 
ately after  he  has  apportioned  the  state  distributive  school  fund,  as  pro- 
vided in  this  act,  proceed  to  apportion  the  county  school  fund  of  each 
county  among  its  several  school  districts.  He  shall  apportion  the  county 
school  fund  as  follows: 

1.  He  must  ascertain  the  number  of  teachers  to  which  each  district  is 
entitled  by  calculating  one  teacher  for  every  seventy-five  census  children 
or  fraction  thereof  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  census  report; 

2.  He  must  ascertain  the  total  number  of  teachers  for  the  county  by 
adding  together  the  number  of  teachers  assigned  to  the  several  school 
districts  upon  the  basis  of  one  teacher  to  each  seventy-five  census  children 
or  fraction  thereof; 

3.  Forty  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  the  county  school  fund  shall  be 
apportioned  equally  to  each  school  district  for  every  teacher  assigned  to 
it  upon  the  basis  of  seventy-five  census  children  or  fraction  thereof; 

4.  All  school  moneys  remaining  on  hand  in  the  county  school  fund 
after  apportioning  forty  per  cent  of  the  county  school  fund  equally  to 
each  school  district  for  every  teacher  assigned  it  upon  the  basis  of  seventy- 
five  census  children  or  fraction  thereof,  must  be  apportioned  to  the  sev- 
eral school  districts  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  school  census  children 
between  the  ages  of  six  and  eighteen  years  as  shown  by  the  last  preced- 
ing school  census. 

The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  by  means  of  a  printed 


50  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

report  notify  the  county  treasurer,  the  county  auditor,  and  the  clerk  of 
each  board  of  school  trustees  of  such  apportionment  in  detail. 

Revision  of  Surplus  Funds— Duties  of  State  Superintendent. 

SEC.  152%.  On  or  before  the  tenth  day  of  July  of  each  school  year 
the  county  auditor  in  each  county  shall  report  to  the  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  the  amount  of  moneys  in  the  state  and  county  funds 
to  the  credit  of  each  school  district  in  his  county. 

The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall,  upon  receipt  of  such 
report,  deduct  from  the  total  amount  of  money  to  the  credit  of  each  of 
the  school  districts,  all  amounts  over  and  above  two  hundred  and  fifty 
dollars  for  each  teacher  assigned  to  said  district  upon  the  basis  of  one 
teacher  for  every  thirty  census  children  or  fraction  thereof,  as  shown  by 
the  last  preceding  school  census;  provided,  that  if  the  county  auditor  shall 
have  his  accounts  so  arranged  that  the  state  school  fund  account  is  entirely 
separate  from  the  county  school  fund  account,  then  he  shall  notify  the 
superintendent  of  public  instruction  of  the  amount  in  each  fund  to  the 
credit  of  each  school  district,  and  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
shall  deduct  from  the  state  school  fund  all  amounts  in  excess  of  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty  dollars  for  each  teacher  assigned  to  such  school  district  on 
the  basis  of  one  teacher  to  every  thirty  school  census  children  or  fraction 
thereof,  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  school  census,  and  he  shall  also 
deduct  from  the  county  school  fund  all  the  amounts  in  excess  of  one 
hundred  dollars  for  each  teacher  assigned  to  the  district  on  the  basis  of 
one  teacher  for  every  thirty  school  census  children  or  fraction  thereof,  as 
shown  by  the  last  preceding  school  census;  provided  further,  that  if  the 
sum  of  the  balances  in  the  state  school  fund  and  the  county  school  fund 
of  any  school  district  on  the  first  day  of  July  does  not  exceed  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty  dollars  for  each  teacher  assigned  to  the  district  on  the 
basis  of  one  teacher  to  each  thirty  census  children  or  fraction  thereof  as 
shown  by  the  last  census,  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall 
not  make  the  deductions  as  provided  in  this  section,  and  in  no  case  shall 
the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  deduct  such  amounts  from  the 
school  funds  of  any  district  as  will  make  the  balance  in  the  funds  of  the 
district  less  than  two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  for  each  teacher  assigned 
to  the  district  upon  the  basis  of  one  teacher  to  every  thirty  school  census 
children  or  fraction  thereof,  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  school  census. 

The  amounts  deducted  from  the  several  school  funds  of  each  county 
as  provided  in  the  above  paragraph  shall  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  the 
unapportioned  county  school  fund  of  the  county,  and  be  apportioned  with 
the  said  county  fund. 

The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall,  at  the  time  of  making 
the  deductions  in  accordance  with  this  act,  notify  each  county  auditor 
and  county  treasurer  of  his  action,  and  the  county  auditor  and  county 
treasurer  shall  make  such  entries  in  their  accounts  as  will  show  that  such 
deductions  have  been  made;  provided,  that  this  section  shall  not  apply 
so  as  to  remove  from  the  funds  of  any  school  district  any  moneys  derived 
from  any  source  other  than  by  apportionments  from  the  state  fund  or 
the  county  fund. 

If  the  trustees  of  any  school  district  shall  certify  to  the  superintendent 
of  public  instruction  that  a  new  building,  or  repairs  on  an  old  school 
building,  are  necessary  to  the  district,  and  that  the  trustees  have  been 
authorized  by  vote  of  the  district,  if  a  vote  is  required,  to  build  such  new 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  51 

school  building,  or  to  make  such  needed  repairs,  or  that  the  balance  in 
the  funds  of  the  district  is  necessary  for  the  maintenance  of  school  in 
the  district,  and  that  the  trustees  have  estimated  that  the  cost  of  such 
new  school  building,  needed  repairs,  or  school  maintenance  is  to  be 

dollars,  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  make 

whatever  investigation  he  may  deem  best  and  if  he  shall  become  satisfied 
that  such  new  building  or  repairs  are  necessary  in  the  district  or  that 
the  balance  of  the  funds  in  the  district  is  necessary  for  the  maintenance 
of  school  in  the  district,  and  that  the  amount  estimated  to  be  spent  for 
such  new  building,  repairs  or  maintenance  of  school  is  a  reasonable 
amount  to  be  set  aside  for  the  purpose  mentioned,  he  shall  not  make  the 
deductions  as  provided  in  this  section,  but  he  shall  make  such  deduc- 
tions as  will  leave  the  funds  in  the  district,  an  amount  equal  to  the  esti- 
mated amount  to  be  spent  for  such  new  building,  repairs,  or  maintenance 
of  school,  together  with  two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  for  each  teacher 
assigned  to  that  district  upon  the  basis  of  one  teacher  for  every  thirty 
census  children  or  fraction  thereof  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  school 
census. 

CHAPTER  11 
DISTRICT  SCHOOL  LIBRARIES 

Method  for  Apportioning  District  School  Library  Fund, 

SEC.  153.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion in  July  of  each  year,  after  apportioning  the  public  school  moneys 
of  each  county  among  its  respective  districts,  to  set  apart  for  each  dis- 
trict out  of  the  money  thus  appropriated  to  such  district  a  sum  of  not 
less  than  three  dollars  nor  more  than  five  dollars  for  each  teacher  to 
which  the  district  is  entitled,  calculating  one  teacher  for  every  seventy- 
five  census  children  or  fraction  thereof,  and  the  further  sum  of  not  less 
than  five  cents  nor  more  than  ten  cents  for  each  census  child  as  shown 
by  the  last  school  census,  and  the  sums  thus  apportioned  shall  constitute 
for  each  district  a  library  fund. 

Amount  for  Libraries,  How  Determined. 

SEC.  154.  The  amount  of  money  to  be  set  apart  and  apportioned, 
within  the  limits  provided  by  the  preceding  section,  shall  be  determined 
by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction. 

Books  To  Be  Approved  by  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

SEC.  155.  The  moneys  herein  designated  and  apportioned  shall  be 
expended  for  the  purchase  of  books,  approved  by  the  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  for  the  public  school  library  of  each  district,  and  for 
no  other  purpose  and  shall  be  paid  out  and  expended  as  the  other  school 
funds  of  such  district  are  now  paid  out. 

Trustees  Directed  to  Purchase  Library  Books. 

SEC.  156.  The  board  of  school  trustees  of  each  district  in  this  state 
is  hereby  authorized  and  directed  to  purchase  books  for  public  school 
libraries  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

Rules  for  Purchase  of  Books  and  for  Libraries. 

SEC.  157.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  is  hereby  author- 
ized and  directed  to  make  such  rules  and  regulations  for  the  purchase  of 
books  provided  for,  and  for  the  preservation  and  use  thereof,  as  may  be 


52  SCHOOL  LAWS  OP  NEVADA 

proper,  provided  such  rules  and  regulations  do  not  in  any  wise  conflict 
with  the  laws  of  the  state. 

CHAPTER  12 
SCHOOL  TEXT-BOOKS 
Text-Book  Commission,  How  Composed. 

SEC.  158.  As  now  and  heretofore  provided  by  law,  there  shall  be  a 
text-book  commission,  to  consist  of  members  of  the  state  board  of  educa- 
tion and  of  four  additional  members  appointed  by  the  governor.  The 
four  members  appointed  on  this  commission  by  the  governor  during  the 
month  of  January,  1911,  shall  hold  office  from  the  date  of  appointment  to 
the  first  day  of  March,  1915.  During  the  month  of  February,  1915,  and 
during  the  month  of  February  every  four  years  thereafter,  the  governor 
shall  appoint  four  members  of  said  commission,  who  shall  hold  office  for 
four  years  from  and  after  the  first  day  of  March  succeeding  their  appoint- 
ment, and  who,  with  the  members  of  the  state  board  of  education,  shall 
constitute  the  state  text-book  commission.  Such  appointees  shall  be 
persons  actively  engaged  in  school  work.  They  shall  take  the  constitu- 
tional oath  and  have  the  same  filed  in  the  office  of  the  secretary  of  state 
before  entering  upon  the  duties  of  their  office.  If  any  vacancy  occur 
during  the  terms  of  such  appointees,  by  death,  resignation,  or  removal, 
the  governor  shall  fill  such  vacancy  by  the  appointment  of  some  person 
eligible  as  provided  above. 

Officers  of  Text-Book  Commission— Meetings  Public. 

SEC.  159.  The  governor  shall  be  ex  officio  president  and  the  superin- 
tendent of  public  instruction  ex  officio  secretary  of  said  text-book  com- 
mission. The  commission  shall  adopt  rules  of  procedure  in  harmony 
with  the  provisions  of  this  act.  Four  members  of  the  commission  shall 
constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business,  but  no  action  shall 
be  taken  by  the  commission  unless  a  majority  of  the  entire  commission 
shall  vote  in  favor  thereof.  All  meetings  of  the  commission  shall  be 
public,  and  the  secretary  shall  keep  a  full  and  correct  record  of  all  pro- 
ceedings, which  record  shall  be  open  to  the  inspection  of  the  public. 
Vote  on  the  adoption  of  all  text-books  shall  be  by  roll-call  and  the  sec- 
retary shall  record  the  name  and  vote  of  each  member. 

Method  of  Adopting  Text-Books. 

SEC.  160.  The  state  text-book  commission  shall  hold  its  meetings  to 
adopt  text-books  in  the  office  of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
in  Carson  City  on  the  third  Tuesday  in  June,  nineteen  hundred  and 
eleven,  and  on  the  third  Tuesday  in  June  every  four  years  thereafter. 
The  secretary  at  the  request  or  with  the  consent  of  any  three  members 
of  the  board,  may  call  special  meetings  of  the  text-book  commission 
whenever  there  may  be  business  to  transact  of  such  importance  as  to 
justify  the  call,  stating  definitely  the  purpose  of  the  meeting.  At  the 
meeting  held  on  the  third  Tuesday  in  June,  nineteen  hundred  and  eleven, 
and  every  four  years  thereafter  on  the  third  Tuesday  in  June,  the  com- 
mission shall  adopt  a  uniform  series  of  text-books  for  exclusive  use  as 
text-books  in  all  the  public  schools  of  the  state,  If  a  contract  for  any 
text-book  adopted  at  any  regular  meeting  of  the  text-book  commission 
shall  expire,  either  through  the  failure  of  the  publishers  of  said  books  to 
fulfil  the  conditions  of  the  contract,  or  for  any  other  reason,  the  text- 
book commission  may  adopt  another  book  to  take  the  place  of  the  one 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  53 

on  which  the  contract  has  lapsed,  after  notifying  the  text-book  publishers 
as  hereinafter  provided  for  in  cases  of  regular  adoption.  When  regular 
adoptions  are  being  made  the  commission  may  adjourn  from  day  to  day; 
provided,  the  session  shall  not  continue  beyond  ten  actual  days. 

Meetings  of  Commission— List  of  Text-Books—Sealed  Proposals— Contracts, 
etc. 

SEC.  161.  Immediately  after  the  first  meeting  of  the  commission, 
and  not  later  than  the  first  day  of  April,  1911,  and  every  four  years 
thereafter,  if  the  commission  shall  deem  it  advisable  to  make  changes  in 
the  list  of  prescribed  text-books,  the  secretary  of  the  commission  shall 
notify  all  publishers  of  text-books  who  shall  have  placed  their  names 
and  postoffice  addresses  on  file  with  the  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion, to  be  kept  on  file  in  the  office  of  said  superintendent  of  public 
instruction,  that  the  text-book  commission  will  meet,  as  herein  pro- 
vided, and  will  receive  sealed  proposals,  up  to  twelve  o'clock,  noon,  of 
the  third  Thursday  of  June,  1911,  and  up  to  twelve  o'clock,  noon,  of 
said  third  Tuesday  of  June  every  four  years  thereafter,  for  supplying  the 
State  of  Nevada  with  a  series  of  text-books  for  use  in  all  the  public 
schools  of  the  state,  for  a  period  of  four  years  from  and  after  the  first 
day  of  September,  1911,  and  for  like  periods  of  four  years  from  and 
after  the  first  day  of  September  every  four  years  thereafter,  in  the  follow- 
ing branches,  viz:  Reading,  grammar,  arithmetic,  geography,  history  of 
the  United  States,  physiology  and  hygiene,  writing,  spelling,  drawing, 
music,  and  will  also  approve  other  books  for  supplemental  use,  as  per- 
mitted in  this  act.  Said  sealed  proposals  shall  be  made  in  accordance 
with  a  form  to  be  prescribed  by  the  commission  and  shall  be  addressed 
to  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  Carson  City,  Nevada;  and 
shall  be  indorsed  "Sealed  proposals  for  supplying  text- books  for  use  in 
the  State  of  Nevada."  Said  proposals  shall  include  a  statement  of  the 
introductory  price,  the  exchange  price  for  new  books  in  the  hands  of  the 
dealers,  the  exchange  price  for  second-hand  books,  and  the  retail  price  at 
which  publishers  will  agree  to  furnish  each  text-book  to  the  school 
children  of  Nevada  at  one  or  more  places  in  each  county  as  shall  be 
designated  by  the  commission.  Whenever  any  contract  shall  be  termi- 
nated by  reason  of  the  failure  of  any  contracting  publisher  to  observe 
the  terms  of  the  contract,  or  when  any  contract  shall  cease  to  be  in 
force  and  effect,  the  text-book  commission  shall  notify  publishers  to  this 
effect,  in  a  manner  hereinbefore  prescribed,  that  adoptions  will  be  made 
to  fill  out  the  unexpired  term  of  such  contract,  and  that  sealed  bids  shall 
be  filed  with  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  on  or  before  a  date 
to  be  determined  by  the  commission,  to  be  specified  in  the  notification 
to  publishers. 

[See  section  4,  paragraphs  1  and  2,  of  this  Code,  as  modified  by  Stats.  1913, 
103,  104.] 

Geographies  to  Contain  Special  Matter  for  Neyada. 

SEC.  162.  The  publishers,  contracting  and  agreeing  to  furnish  books 
for  use  in  the  State  of  Nevada  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  shall 
cause  to  be  prepared  a  special  map  and  a  special  supplement  descriptive 
of  Nevada  for  the  geography  adopted  by  said  commission.  The  map 
and  special  descriptive  geography  of  Nevada  shall  be  revised  every  four 
years  by  the  publishers.  They  shall  further  agree  to  maintain  the 
mechanical  excellence  of  the  books  adopted  by  said  commission,  fully 


54  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

equal  to  the  samples  submitted,  in  binding,  printing,  quality  of  paper, 
and  other  essential  features,  and  the  books  shall  be  of  the  latest  revised 
edition. 

Commission  to  Adopt  Text-Books. 

SEC.  163.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  text-book  commission  to  meet 
at  the  time  and  place  mentioned  in  said  notice  and  to  open  all  sealed 
proposals  in  public,  in  the  presence  of  a  quorum  of  said  commission,  to 
select  and  adopt  such  text-books  for  use  in  the  public  schools,  and  to 
approve  such  supplemental  books  as  in  the  opinion  of  the  commission 
will  best  subserve  the  educational  interests  of  the  state;  provided,  however, 
that  the  text-book  commission  may,  at  its  discretion,  reject  any  and  all 
proposals,  if  it  be  deemed  by  it  to  be  to  the  interest  of  the  state  so  to  do, 
and  call  for  new  proposals,  stating  the  time  when  such  new  proposals 
shall  be  opened,  which  time  shall  not  be  later  than  thirty  days  from  the 
rejection  of  the  previous  proposals. 

Commission's  Choice  the  Standard  for  Nevada— Supplemental  Books  Allowed. 
SEC.  164.  The  series  of  text-books  so  selected  and  approved  by  said 
text-book  commission  shall  be  certified  to  by  the  president  and  secre- 
tary, and  said  certificate,  with  a  copy  of  the  books  named  therein,  shall 
be  placed  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction. 
Such  certificate  must  contain  a  complete  list  of  all  books  adopted  and 
approved  by  said  commission,  giving  introductory,  exchange,  and  retail 
prices  for  which  each  text-book  will  be  furnished,  and  the  names  of  the 
publishers  agreeing  to  furnish  the  same.  The  said  books  named  in  said 
certificate  shall,  for  a  period  of  four  years,  from  and  after  the  first  day 
of  September  next  following  the  date  of  such  adoption,  be  used  in  all  the 
public  schools  of  the  state  to  the  exclusion  of  all  others ;  provided,  however, 
that  nothing  in  any  part  of  this  act  shall  be  construed  so  as  to  prevent 
the  purchase  or  use  by  the  district  of  any  supplemental  or  reference 
books  for  use  in  the  schools  of  this  state. 

Commission  Shall  Make  Contracts. 

SEC.  165.  The  text-book  commission  shall  have  power  to  make  such 
contracts  for  the  purchase  and  use  of  text-books  in  the  name  of  the  state 
as  they  shall  deem  necessary,  for  the  interests  of  the  public  schools  of 
the  state.  Such  contracts  shall  set  forth  the  introductory,  exchange,  and 
retail  price  of  each  text-book,  and  such  prices  shall  not  be  less  favorable 
than  the  prices  at  which  such  books  are  sold  in  any  other  state;  and 
such  contract  shall  provide,  further,  that  the  contracting  publisher  shall, 
during  the  life  of  the  contract,  keep  on  hand  at  one  or  more  depositories, 
in  each  county  as  shall  be  designated  by  the  commission,  a  sufficient 
number  of  copies  of  such  text-books  to  supply  the  needs  of  the  schools 
of  the  state,  as  ordered  by  the  keepers  of  said  depositories. 

Contractors  to  Give  Bonds— Proviso. 

SEC.  166.  All  publishers  contracting  to  furnish  text-books  adopted  by 
the  text-book  commission  shall  be  required  to  give  bonds  in  an  amount 
equal  to  one-half  of  the  value  of  the  books  to  be  furnished  during  one 
school  year,  as  estimated  by  the  text-book  commission,  and  such  bonds 
shall  be  forfeited  to  the  state  distributive  school  fund,  if  such  publish- 
ers fail  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  the  contract  in,  any  county  of 
the  state;  provided,  however,  that  such  books  shall  not  be  forfeited  through 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  55 

the  unauthorized  action  of  text-book  dealers  in  this  state  if  such  publisher 
shall,  upon  notification  by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction, 
promptly  correct  any  violation  of  contract  prices  on  the  part  of  any  local 
dealer.  Upon  information  furnished  by  the  state  text- book  commission, 
the  attorney-general  shall  bring  action  for  the  recovery  of  the  amount  of 
any  such  bond  of  any  publisher  who  shall  have  failed  to  comply  with  the 
terms  of  any  contract,  and  the  full  amount  named  in  such  bond  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  fixed  and  liquidated  damages  for  the  breach  of  such  con- 
tract. 

Contracts,  When  in  Effect. 

SEC.  167.  Such  contract  with  the  publishers  of  text-books  shall  riot 
take  effect  until  such  publishers  shall  have  filed  with  the  secretary  of 
state,  their  bond,  with  at  least  two  sufficient  sureties,  or  a  bond  from  a 
bonding  company  authorized  to  do  business  in  this  state,  to  be  approved 
by  the  governor,  and  in  such  sum  as  shall  be  determined  by  the  text- 
book commission. 

Contracts  Void,  When. 

SEC.  168.  In  case  the  publishers  of  any  text-books  adopted  by  the 
text-book  commission  shall  not,  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  July 
next  following  such  adoption,  have  filed  with  the  secretary  of  state  a  bond 
as  hereinbefore  provided,  or  in  case  such  publishers  shall  at  any  time 
thereafter  fail  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  such  contract,  and  if  within 
reasonable  time,  after  due  notice  shall  have  been  given  by  the  superin- 
tendent of  public  instruction,  they  shall  have  failed  to  comply  with  the 
conditions  of  the  contract  in  any  respect,  the  adoption  of  such  books  shall 
become  null  and  void.  The  text-books  adopted  by  the  said  text-book 
commission  under  this  act  shall,  upon  the  compliance  of  the  publishers 
with  the  aforesaid  conditions,  continue  in  use  for  the  period  of  four  years 
after  the  first  day  of  September  next  following  the  date  of  such  adoption, 
to  the  exclusion  of  all  other  text-books. 

Price  of  Text-Books  Promulgated. 

SEC.  169.  Whenever  the  publishers  of  the  books  adopted  under  the 
provisions  of  this  act  shall  have  filed  their  bond  as  herein  provided,  it 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  to  cause  all 
prices  of  text-books  as  guaranteed  by  the  publishers  to  be  printed  and 
distributed  among  the  superintendents  and  school  trustees,  and  it  shall 
be  the  duty  of  the  school  trustees  in  each  district  to  cause  such  prices  to 
be  kept  constantly  posted  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  each  schoolroom. 

Use  of  Authorized  Books  Compulsory— Penalty— Annual  Report. 

SEC.  170.  The  text- books  adopted  by  the  text-book  commission"  shall 
be  used  in  every  public  school  in  the  state  in  the  grades  for  which  they 
are  adopted,  and  no  other  books  shall  be  used  as  text-books  in  such 
grades;  provided,  however,  that  this  section  shall  not  be  interpreted  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  prohibit  the  use  of  supplemental  books  purchased 
by  the  district.  Any  school  officer  or  teacher  who  shall  violate  the  pro- 
visions of  this  act  by  requiring  the  pupils  to  use  text-books  other  than 
those  adopted  by  the  text-book  commission,  or  by  permitting  the  use  of 
suchpther  books  as  texts,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and 
shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  twenty  dollars,  nor  more  than 
one  hundred  dollars.  All  superintendents  and  school  officers  are  charged 


56  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

with  the  execution  of  this  law,  and  the  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion shall  require  the  trustees  of  the  several  school  districts,  or  the  clerks 
thereof,  to  report  annually  as  to  the  text-books  used  in  their  schools. 

Per  Diem  of  Appointed  Commissioners, 

SEC.  171.  The  members  of  the  state  text-hook  commission  shall,  with 
the  exception  of  the  governor,  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction, 
and  the  president  of  the  university,  receive  the  sum  of  five  dollars  per 
diem  for  each  day  actually  engaged  in  transacting  the  business  of  the 
commission,  and  actual  traveling  expenses.  There  is  hereby  appropri- 
ated the  sum  of  five  hundred  dollars  per  year,  or  so  much  thereof  as  may 
be  necessary  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  this  act,  from  the  state  gen- 
eral fund.  Bills  for  such  compensation  shall  be  allowed  and  paid  in  the 
usual  manner.  The  state  text-book  commission  shall  not  be  in  session 
more  than  ten  days  in  any  one  year. 

Penalty  for  Overcharge  on  Books. 

SEC.  172.  Any  person  who  shall  sell  or  bargain  to  sell  any  of  the  reg- 
ularly adopted  text-books  for  any  amount  more  than  the  prices  agreed 
upon  by  the  several  text-book  publishers  and  the  text-book  commission, 
shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be 
punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  twenty  dollars,  nor  more  than  one 
hundred  dollars;  provided,  that  any  local  dealer  in  the  state  may,  when 
sending  out  such  books  by  mail,  include  in  the  selling  price  the  cost  of 
the  postage  necessary  to  send  such  books  by  mail. 

CHAPTER  13 
COUNTY  HIGH  SCHOOLS 
County  High  Schools,  When  Established  by  Popular  Vote. 

SEC.  173.  There  may  be  established  in  any  county  in  this  state  a  high 
school ;  provided,  that  at  any  general  or  special  election  held  in  said  county 
after  the  passage  of  this  act,  a  majority  of  all  the  votes  cast  at  such  elec- 
tion, upon  the  proposition  to  establish  a  high  school,  shall  be  in  favor  of 
establishing  and  maintaining  such  high  school  at  the  expense  of  said 
county. 

County  Commissioners  to  Submit  Question  to  Popular  Vote— Ballots. 

SEC.  174.  The  board  of  county  commissioners  at  any  general  election 
to  be  held  in  any  county  after  the  passage  of  this  act,  upon  the  pres- 
entation of  a  petition  signed  by  fifty  or  more  qualified  electors,  tax- 
payers of  said  county,  at  any  regular  meeting  of  said  board  held  not  less 
than  eight  weeks  before  any  general  or  special  election,  must  make  an 
order  submitting  the  question  of  establishing,  constructing  and  maintain- 
ing a  county  high  school  to  the  qualified  electors  thereof.  The  board  of 
county  commissioners,  upon  t<he  presentation  of  said  petition,  may  order 
a  special  election  for  said  purpose.  Said  election  shall  be  conducted  in 
the  manner  prescribed  by  law  for  conducting  elections,  and  the  ballots 
at  such  election  shall  have  printed  thereon  the  words  "  For  a  county  high 
school"  and  the  words  "Against  a  county  high  school."  The  votes  cast 
for  and  against  said  county  high  school  at  any  election  therefor  shall  be 
counted  and  the  returns  thereof  made  and  canvassed  in  the  manner  pro- 
vided for  by  law  for  counting,  making  returns,  and  canvassing  the-^votes 
of  a  general  election;  provided,  that  the  election  officers  appointed  to 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  57 

conduct  any  special  election  held  in  accordance  with  this  act,  as  required 
by  law,  shall  perform  all  services  required  of  them  by  law  in  holding 
and  conducting  such  elections,  without  any  fees  or  pay  therefor. 

Location  of  School,  How  Determined— Form  of  Ballot, 

SEC.  175.  If  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  on  a  proposition  to  establish 
a  county  high  school  shall  be  in  the  affirmative,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  board  of  county  commissioners,  within  thirty  days  after  canvassing 
said  vote,  to  locate  the  high  school  in  the  place  in  said  county  where  the 
said  board  shall  deem  most  suitable  and  convenient  for  the  purpose.  If, 
after  the  county  commissioners  shall  have  located  said  high  school,  there 
shall  be  presented  a  certified  petition  bearing  the  signatures  of  at  least 
one-fourth  of  the  qualified  voters  of  such  county  according  to  the  last 
general  election  returns,  said  petition  requesting  a  vote  on  the  question 
of  the  location  of  the  county  high  school  and  specifying  a  desired  loca- 
tion, said  board  of  county  commissioners  shall  submit  the  question  of 
such  location  to  the  voters  of  the  county  at  the  next  general  election,  or 
a  special  election  called  for  the  purpose  of  voting  upon  the  question  of 
locating  or  changing  the  county  high  school;  provided,  that  in  all  cases 
where  special  elections  have  been  called  by  the  board  of  county  commis- 
sioners of  any  county  of  this  state  previous  to  the  passage  of  this  act  to 
submit  the  question  of  location  of  any  county  high  school  to  the  voters 
in  any  such  county  wherein  two  thousand  or  more  votes  were  cast  at  the 
last  general  election,  and  wherein  the  assessed  valuation  of  real  and  per- 
sonal property  is  six  million  dollars  or  more,  the  board  of  county  com- 
missioners may,  if  said  board  deems  it  to  the  best  interest  of  the  people 
of  such  county,  establish  two  county  high  schools;  one  at  the  place 
selected  by  the  board  of  county  commissioners  and  one  at  the  place 
named  in  the  petition  presented  to  the  said  board  of  county  commis- 
sioners praying  for  said  special  election  in  said  county,  and  thereupon 
the  said  board  may  revoke  the  order  calling  said  special  election,  and  in 
such  cases  no  special  election  shall  be  held.  At  any  general  or  special 
election  at  which  the  location  of  any  county  high  school  is  submitted  to 
the  voters  of  the  county,  the  form  of  ballot  shall  be: 

Shall  the  County  High  School  be  located  at ?     Yes 

Shall  the  County  High  School  be  located  at ?     No 

In  any  other  respects  the  provisions  of  the  general  election  law  shall  be 
followed.  If  at  any  such  election  a  majority  of  all  voters  who  shall  vote 
on  the  question  of  such  location  shall  vote  in  favor  of  locating  the  county 
high  school  at  the  place  designated  in  the  petition,  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  county  board  of  education  to  cause  the  high  school  to  be  located 
at  such  place,  not  later  than  the  first  day  of  the  next  following  Septem- 
ber. While  the  vote  on  the  question  of  changing  the  location  of  any 
county  high  school  is  pending,  no  contract  for  the  purchase  of  grounds 
or  for  the  erection  of  a  building  shall  be  made.  When  the  location  of 
the  county  high  school  has  been  finally  determined,  the  board  of  county 
commissioners  shall  estimate  the  cost  of  purchasing  suitable  grounds, 
procuring  plans  and  specifications,  erecting  a  building,  furnishing  the 
same,  fencing  and  ornamenting  the  grounds,  and  the  cost  of  running 
said  school  for  the  following  twelve  months;  provided,  that  the  estimate 
mentioned  herein  for  purchasing  suitable  grounds,  procuring  plans  and 
specifications,  erecting  a  building,  furnishing  the  same,  and  fencing  and 


58  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

ornamenting  the  grounds  shall  not  be  made,  if  previous  to  the  time  when 
the  commissioners  are  to  make  such  estimate  the  legislature  shall  have 
authorized  said  county  to  issue  bonds  for  such  purpose. 

Tax  Levy. 

SEC.  176.  When  such  estimate  shall  have  been  made,  the  board  of 
county  commissioners  shall  thereupon  immediately  proceed  to  levy  a 
special  tax  upon  all  the  assessable  property  of  the  county,  sufficient  to 
raise  the  amount  estimated.  Said  tax  shall  be  computed,  entered  on  the 
tax  roll,  and  collected,  and  the  amount  so  collected  shall  be  deposited  in 
the  county  treasury  and  be  known  and  designated  as  the  "County  High 
School  Fund,"  and  shall  be  drawn  from  the  treasury  in  the  manner  now 
provided  by  law  for  drawing  money  from  the  treasury  by  school  trustees  ; 
provided,  however,  that  the  tax  levy  for  purchasing  suitable  grounds,  pro- 
curing plans  and  specifications,  erecting  a  building,  and  furnishing  the 
same,  fencing  and  ornamenting  the  grounds,  may  be  deferred  as  long  as 
a  sufficient  number  of  suitable  rooms  in  a  public  school  building  can  be 
secured  for  the  purposes  of  such  county  high  school  at  a  reasonable  rental. 
In  case  such  levy  be  deferred  until  after  the  election  of  a  county  board  of 
education,  the  levy  shall  be  made  by  the  board  of  county  commissioners 
whenever  so  ordered  by  the  county  board  of  education,  and  the  board  of 
education  shall  be  charged  with  the  duty  of  purchasing  grounds  and 
erecting  and  furnishing  such  school  building. 

Temporary  County  Board  of  Education. 

SEC.  177.  The  board  of  county  commissioners  shall  act  as  a  county 
board  of  education  in  the  performance  of  the  duties  hereinbefore  men- 
tioned and  shall  continue  to  perform  the  duties  of  the  county  board  of 
education  until  a  county  board  of  education  shall  have  been  elected  or 
appointed  and  qualified  as  hereinafter  provided,  and  at  such  time  the 
board  of  county  commissioners  shall  transfer  all  property  and  control  of 
said  school  to  the  county  board  of  education,  who  shall  hold  the  same  in 
trust  for  the  county. 

County  Board  of  Education  Elected. 

SEC.  178.  At  each  general  election  there  shall  be  elected  a  county 
board  of  education,  to  consist  of  three  members,  two  of  whom  shall  serve 
two  years,  and  the  other  four  years,  and  thereafter  at  each  regular  bien- 
nial election  there  shall  be  elected  two  members  of  said  board,  one  of 
whom  shall  serve  for  two  years  and  the  other  for  four  years.  Each  per- 
son elected  as  herein  provided  shall  enter  upon  the  duties  of  his  office  on 
the  first  Monday  in  January  next  following  his  election,  and  shall  hold 
office  until  his  successor  is  elected  and  qualified.  If  at  any  time  a  vacancy 
shall  occur  on  said  board,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  to  appoint  a  member  for  the  unexpired  term. 

Duties  of  Board. 

SEC.  179.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  county  board  of  education  to 
furnish  annually,  an  estimate  of  the  amount  of  money  needed  to  pay  all 
the  necessary  expenses  of  running  said  school ;  to  enforce  the  uniform 
high-school  course  of  study  adopted  by  the  state  board  of  education ;  to 
employ  teachers  holding  Nevada  state  certificates  of  the  high-school  grade 
in  full  force  and  effect;  to  hire  janitors  and  other  employees,  and  dis- 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  59 

charge  such  employees  when  sufficient  cause  therefor  shall  exist;  and  to 
do  any  and  all  other  things  necessary  to  the  proper  conduct  of  the  school. 
[See  County  High-School  Bonding  Act,  Stats.  1913,  368-371;  cataloged  in  index: 
"Bonding  for" County  High  Schools  and  Dormitories"  and  "County  High  School 
Bonds  PI 

Tax  Levy. 

SEC.  180.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners 
to  include  in  their  annual  tax  levy  the  amount  estimated  by  the  county 
board  of  education  as  needed  to  pay  the  expenses  of  conducting  the 
county  school;  and  such  amount,  when  collected  and  paid  into  the  county 
treasury,  shall  be  known  as  the  "County  High-School  Fund,"  and  may  be 
drawn  therefrom  for  the  purpose  of  defraying  the  expenses  of  conducting 
said  county  high  school  in  the  manner  now  provided  by  law  for  drawing 
money  from  the  county  treasury  by  school  trustees. 

Eligible  Pupils. 

SEC.  181.  All  county  high  schools  shall  be  open  for  the  admission  of 
graduates  holding  diplomas  from  the  eighth  grade  of  the  elementary 
schools  of  the  state;  provided,  that  the  examinations  for  the  said  diplomas 
shall  have  been  given  under  the  direction  and  authority  of  the  state  board 
of  education ;  and  to  such  other  pupils  as  shall  pass  the  examination  for 
admission  to  the  county  high  school,  which  examination  shall  be  con- 
ducted under  the  direction  and  authority  of  the  state  board  of  education. 

Principal  May  Supervise  Other  Schools. 

SEC.  182.  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  so  as  to  prevent  the 
principal  of  the  county  high  school  from  acting  as  principal  of  the  gram- 
mar school  of  the  district  in  which  the  county  high  school  is  located,  if 
so  desired  by  the  trustees  of  said  school  district  and  the  county  board  of 
education. 

County  High  Schools  Under  State  Supervision. 

SEC.  183.  The  county  high  school  shall  be  under  the  same  general 
supervision  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  laws,  rules,  and  regulations 
governing  the  other  schools  of  the  state  school  system. 

Dormitories  and  Dining  Halls. 

SEC.  184.  The  county  board  of  education  is  hereby  empowered  to  pro- 
vide for  the  rental,  purchase  or  erection  of  a  suitable  dormitory  or  dormi- 
tories and  dining  hall  for  high-school  students,  and  to  provide  for  the 
comfort,  maintenance,  and  management  of  the  same.  The  said  dormi- 
tory or  dormitories  shall  be  considered  part  of  the  regular  high-school 
equipment  and  organization. 

CHAPTER  14 

NORMAL  TRAINING  SCHOOLS 
How  Established. 

SEC.  185.  Upon  notification  by  the  county  board  of  education  in 
counties  where  a  county  high  school  is  in  operation,  or  of  the  board  of 
trustees  of  the  school  district  in  which  the  county-seat  is  located,  in 
counties  not  having  an  established  county  high  school,  that  the  said 
county  board  of  education  or  board  of  trustees  and  the  board  of  county 
commissioners  of  the  county  have  decided  by  a  majority  vote  of  each  of 
the  said  boards  to  establish  a  normal  training  school,  and  that  there 


60  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

are  at  least  five  bona  fide  applicants  for  a  normal  training  course  in  such 
school,  the  state  board  of  education  shall,  subject  to  the  provisions 
herein  named,  grant  permission  to  establish  and  maintain  a  normal 
training  school  for  the  purpose  of  giving  free  instruction  and  training  in 
the  principles  of  education  and  methods  of  teaching  to  residents  of  this 
state;  provided,  that  no  such  normal  training  school  shall  be  established 
in  any  county  having  within  its  borders  a  state  normal  school  or  state 
university;  and,  provided  further,  that  but  one  such  normal  training 
school  shall  be  established  in  any  county. 

Training-School  Board, 

SEC.  186.  The  state  board  of  education  shall  constitute  the  normal 
training-school  board. 

Duties  of  Training-School  Board. 

SEC.  187.  The  duties  of  the  normal  training-school  board  shall  be 
as  follows: 

1.  To  determine  the  qualifications  for  admission  to  the  normal  train- 
ing school ;  provided,  that  applicants  who  do  not  hold  a  diploma  from  an 
accredited  high  school  or  a  teacher's  certificate  of  at  least  the  primary 
grade  shall  be  required  to  pass  an  entrance  examination.     And  said 
examination  shall  include  all  subjects  taught  in  the  high  schools  as  pro- 
vided by  the  laws  of  this  state ; 

2.  To  establish  a  course  of  study  to  be  pursued  for  a  period  of  not  less 
than  thirty-six  weeks; 

3.  To  grant  certificates  of  graduation  to  such  persons  as  finish  the 
course  adopted  in  such  form  as  the  normal  training-school  board  shall 
prescribe. 

Graduates'  Certificates  Good  for  Three  Years. 

SEC.  188.  The  certificate  of  graduation  shall  entitle  the  holder  thereof 
to  a  county  normal  second-grade  elementary  certificate  good  for  three 
years  and  entitling  the  holder  to  teach  in  the  elementary  schools  of  the 
state.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  158. 

Provisions  for  Maintaining  Schools. 

SEC.  189.  For  the  purpose  of  maintaining  such  normal  training 
schools  as  are  herein  described,  it  is  further  provided: 

1.  That  the  county  in  which  a  normal  training  school  shall  be  estab- 
lished shall  provide  rooms  with  heating  and  equipment  satisfactory  to 
the  normal  training-school  board  for  the  purposes  of  such  school  ; 

2.  Upon  certification  of  the  state  board  of  education  that  a  normal 
training  school  has  been  established  in  any  county,  that  the  school  has 
been  properly  equipped,  that  at  least  five  bona  fide  students  are  in  actual 
attendance,  and  that  a  competent  normal-training  teacher  is  employed, 
the  state  controller  shall  on  the  first  day  of  October  and  the  first  day  of 
February  of  each  year  set  aside  from  any  money  in  the  state  general  fund 
not  otherwise  appropriated,  a  sum  designated  by  the  state  board  of  edu- 
cation not  exceeding  nine  hundred  dollars  and  not  less  than  six  hundred 

dollars,  to  be  known  as  the  normal  training  school  salary  fund  for 

County,  to  be  used  in  payment  of  the  teacher's  salary  and  to  be  drawn 
from  the  state  treasury  in  the  usual  manner.     Any  money  remaining  in 
such  fund  on  the  thirty-first  day  of  August  of  each  year  shall  revert  to 
the  state  general  fund. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA      '  61 

3.  In  any  county  establishing  a  normal  training  school  the  normal 
training-school  board  shall,  previous  to  the  first  day  of  September  in  each 
year,  estimate  the  cost  of  maintaining  the  rooms  and  equipment  of  the 
normal  training  school  for  the  ensuing  year  and  certify  the  amount  esti- 
mated to  the  board  of  county  commissioners  of  said  county;  provided, 
such  estimate  shall  not  exceed  the  amount  of  five  hundred  dollars  for 
any  one  year.  Claims  for  equipment  and  maintenance  shall  be  just  and 
legal  charges  upon  the  general  fund  of  said  county;  provided,  that  not 
more  than  the  amount  estimated  shall  be  allowed  for  any  one  year. 

Normal  Training- School  Board  Has  Entire  Management. 

SEC.  190.  The  normal  training-school  board  is  hereby  given  the  power 
to  make  and  put  into  effect  any  and  all  rules  and  regulations  necessary 
to  the  proper  conduct  of  any  normal  training  school  established  under 
and  by  virtue  of  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

CHAPTER  15 
SCHOOL  DISTRICT  BONDS 
Bonds  May  Be  Issued, 

SEC.  191.  Any  school  district  of  the  state,  now  existing  or  which  may 
hereafter  be  created,  is  hereby  authorized  to  borrow  money  for  the  pur- 
pose of  erecting  and  furnishing  a  school  building,  or  buildings,  maintain- 
ing the  same,  purchasing  ground  on  which  to  erect  such  building,  or 
buildings,  or  for  refunding  floating  or  bonded  indebtedness,  whenever 
the  board  determine  that  it  can  be  done  to  advantage  of  the  district,  or 
for  any,  all  or  either  of  these  purposes,  by  issuing  the  negotiable  coupon 
bonds  of  the  district  in  the  manner  by  this  act  provided.  As  amended, 
Stats.  1913,  297,  298. 

Question  of  Issuing  Bonds  Submitted  to  Popular  Vote. 

SEC.  192.  When  the  board  of  trustees  of  any  school  district  shall 
deem  it  necessary  to  incur  an  indebtedness  authorized  by  this  act  by 
issuing  the  negotiable  coupon  bonds  of  the  district,  said  board  of  trustees 
shall  first  determine  the  amount  of  such  bonds  to  be  issued,  and  a  cer- 
tificate of  such  determination  shall  be  made  and  entered  in  and  upon  the 
records  of  said  district.  Thereupon  the  board  of  school  trustees  shall, 
by  resolution  duly  made  and  entered  in  and  upon  the  records  of  said 
board,  submit  the  question  of  contracting  a  bonded  indebtedness  for  any 
of  the  purposes  authorized  by  this  act  to  a  vote  of  the  duly  qualified 
electors  of  the  district  at  the  next  general  election  of  the  school  trustees, 
or  at  a  special  election  which  the  school  trustees  are  hereby  authorized 
to  call  for  such  purpose. 

Election,  How  Conducted— Election  Notice. 

SEC.  193.  The  election  provided  in  this  act  shall  be  called  and  held, 
and  the  vote  canvassed  and  returned,  in  all  respects  as  nearly  as  may  be 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  law  now  governing  the  election  of 
school  trustees;  provided,  that  if  there  is  a  newspaper  published  in  the 
school  district,  the  notice  shall  be  published  for  at  least  once  a  week  for 
two  successive  weeks,  preceding  said  election.  The  election  notice  must 
contain: 

First — The  time  and  place  of  holding  such  election. 

Second — The  names  of  inspectors  to  conduct  the  same. 

Third — The  hours  during  the  day  in  which  the  polls  will  be  open. 


62  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

Fourth — The  amount  and  denomination  of  the  bonds,  the  rate  of 
interest  and  the  number  of  years,  not  exceeding  twenty,  the  bonds  are 
to  run. 

All  persons  voting  on  the  question  submitted  at  such  election  shall  vote 
by  separate  ballots  whereon  is  placed  the  words  "For  the  Bonds"  or 
"Against  the  Bonds."  The  ballots  shall  be  deposited  in  a  separate  box 
provided  by  the  school  trustees  for  that  purpose. 

Bonds  to  Run  No  Longer  than  Twenty  Years— Sale  of  Bonds  To  Be  Published, 

SEC.  194.  If  upon  the  official  determination  of  the  result  of  such  elec- 
tion it  appear  that  a  majority  of  all  the  vote  cast  is  "for  the  bonds,"  the 
board  of  trustees  shall,  regardless  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  subdivisions 
2  and  4  of  section  67  of  the  act  hereby  amended,  and  as  soon  as  practi- 
cable, and  for  the  purpose  stated  in  the  notice  of  election,  issue  the  nego- 
tiable coupon  bonds  of  the  district  in  such  form  and  denomination  as 
the  board  of  trustees  may  direct,  said  bonds  to  run  for  a  period  not  to 
exceed  twenty  (20)  years  from  the  date  of  issue,  and  bearing  interest  at 
a  rate  not  exceeding  six  (6)  per  centum  per  annum,  payable  semiannu- 
ally,  both  principal  and  interest  payable  at  such  place  as  the  board  of 
trustees  shall  direct;  the  said  bonds  not  to  be  sold  for  less  than  their 
par  value.  And  before  said  sale  is  made,  notice  of  such  proposed  sale 
must  be  given  by  publication,  in  a  newspaper,  if  there  is  a  newspaper 
published  in  the  district,  for  at  least  one  week  before  said  bonds  are  dis- 
posed of,  inviting  sealed  bids  to  be  made  for  said  bonds,  and  said  bonds  are 
to  be  sold  to  the  highest  and  best  bidder  for  said  bonds;  the  board,  how- 
ever, may  reserve  the  right  to  reject  any  and  all  bids  and  sell  the  bonds 
at  not  less  than  their  par  value  and  at  private  sale,  if  they  deem  it  for 
the  best  interests  of  the  district;  provided,  if  there  is  no  newspaper  pub- 
lished in  said  school  district,  'the  notice  herein  provided  for  shall  be 
given  by  posting  in  three  public  places  in  said  school  district  for  at  least 
ten  days  before  said  bonds  are  disposed  of.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  298. 

Bonds  Signed— Seal. 

SEC.  195.  All  bonds  issued  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be 
signed  by  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  trustees,  attested  by  the  clerk 
thereof,  sealed  with  the  district  seal,  and  countersigned  by  the  county 
treasurer;  and  the  interest  coupons  to  be  attached  thereto  shall  be  signed 
by  the  original  or  engraved  facsimile  signatures  of  said  chairman,  clerk 
and  treasurer.  As  Amended,  Stats.  1913,  298. 

Register  of  Bonds. 

SEC.  196.  Before  any  district  shall  issue  bonds  under  the  provisions 
of  this  act,  all  such  bonds  shall,  by  the  county  treasurer,  be  registered  in  a 
book  kept  for  that  purpose  in  his  office,  which  registry  shall  show  the 
school  district,  the  amount,  the  time  of  payment,  and  rate  of  interest, 
and  all  such  bonds  shall  bear  the  certificate  of  the  county  treasurer  to 
the  effect  that  they  are  issued  and  registered  under  the  provisions  of  this 
act.  After  such  registry,  the  county  treasurer  shall  cause  said  bonds  to 
be  delivered  to  the  purchasers  of  the  same  from  the  board  of  trustees, 
upon  payment  being  made  therefor.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  298. 

Special  Tax  for  Interest  and  Redemption  of  Bonds. 

SEC.  197.  Whenever  any  school  district  shall  issue  any  bonds  under 
the  provisions  of  this  act,  or  shall  have  any  bonds  outstanding,  it  shall 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  63 

be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners  of  the  county  in  which 
such  district  may  be  situated  to  levy  and  assess  a  special  tax  on  all  the 
taxable  property  of  such  district,  including  the  net  proceeds  of  mines,  in 
an  amount  sufficient  to  pay  the  interest  accruing  thereon  promptly  when 
and  as  the  same  becomes  due  according  to  the  tenor  and  effect  of  said 
bonds,  and  the  county  treasurer  shall  collect  the  same  as  other  taxes  are 
collected,  in  cash  only,  keeping  the  same  separate  from  other  funds 
received  by  him,  and  shall  cause  said  interest  to  be  promptly  paid  at  the 
place  of  payment  specified  in  the  bonds;  and  if  there  shall  be  any  sur- 
plus after  paying  said  interest  and  the  expenses  of  collecting  such  special 
tax,  the  treasurer  shall  without  delay  pass  the  same  to  the  credit  of  such 
school  district,  and  such  funds  so  passed  to  the  credit  of  the  district  shall 
be  subject  to  the  disposal  of  the  board  of  trustees;  and  in  the  calendar 
year  following  the  year  in  which  the  bonds  are  issued,  and  annually 
thereafter,  until  the  full  payment  of  said  bonds  has  been  made,  the  board 
of  county  commissioners  of  the  county  in  which  said  school  district  is 
situated  shall  levy  and  assess  a  special  tax,  and  shall  cause  said  special 
tax  to  be  collected,  on  all  the  taxable  property  of  the  school  district, 
including  the  net  proceeds  of  mines,  sufficient  to  raise  annually  a  pro- 
portion of  the  principal  amount  of  the  said  bonds  equal  to  a  sum  produced 
by  taking  the  whole  amount  of  said  bonds  outstanding  and  dividing  it 
by  the  number  of  years  said  bonds  then  have  to  run,  which  amount  shall 
be  levied,  assessed,  and  collected  by  the  county  treasurer  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  tax  for  the  payment  of  the  interest  coupons  and  when 

collected  shall  be  known  as  the  " School  District  Bond 

Sinking  Fund,"  and  shall  be  used  only  in  the  payment  of  such  bonds. 
The  sinking  fund  thus  provided  may  be  applied  to  the  purchase  and  can- 
celation  of  the  outstanding  bonds  of  the  district.  At  the  maturity  of 
such  bonds  and  at  their  place  of  payment,  the  county  treasurer  shall 
cause  such  bonds  and  accrued  interest  thereon  to  be  paid  and  duly  cancel 
the  same,  and  certify  his  action  to  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  school  dis- 
trict; and  the  said  county  treasurer  shall,  if  the  tax  for  interest  on  the 
bonds  for  the  first  year  after  their  date  of  issue  is  not  collected  in  time 
for  use  in  paying  the  interest  coupons  maturing  during  that  year,  pay 
the  interest  accruing  on  said  bonds  in  said  year  out  of  the  general  county 
fund  and  return,  as  soon  as  the  funds  are  realized  from  the  taxes  for 
interest  on  said  bonds,  and  from  said  interest  fund,  the  amount  so  bor- 
rowed from  said  general  county  fund.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  298,  299. 

Change  in  Boundary  Not  to  Release  Property  from  Taxes. 

SEC.  198.  No  change  in  the  boundary  lines  of  any  school  district  shall 
release  the  taxable  real  property  of  the  district  from  assessment  and  levy 
of  the  taxes  to  pay  the  interest  and  principal  of  such  bonds,  and  if  there 
shall  be  any  change  in  the  boundary  of  such  school  district  so  as  to  leave 
any  portion  of  the  taxable  real  property  of  the  district  which  was  sub- 
ject to  taxation  in  the  district  at  the  time  of  the  issue  of  such  bonds,  the 
assessment  and  levy  of  taxes  for  the  payment  of  the  principal  and  interest 
of  such  bonds  shall  be  made  on  such  property  as  if  it  were  still  within 
the  district,  and  if  there  shall  be  any  change  of  the  boundary  lines  of 
such  school  district  so  as  to  annex  or  include  any  taxable  or  real  prop- 
erty, after  the  issue  of  such  bonds,  the  real  property  so  included  or 
annexed  shall  thereafter  be  subject  to  the  assessment  and  levy  of  a  tax 
for  the  payment  of  the  principal  and  interest  of  such  bonds. 


64  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

Taxes  Constitute! Lien  on  Property, 

SEC.  199.  All  taxes  levied  and  assessed  as  in  this  act  provided  shall 
constitute  a  lien  on  the  property  charged  therewith,  from  the  date  of  the 
levy  thereof  by  the  county  commissioners,  or  the  entry  thereof  on  the 
assessment  roll  of  the  county  auditor,  until  the  same  are  paid,  and  there- 
after, if  allowed  to  become  delinquent,  shall  be  enforced  in  the  same 
manner  as  is  now  provided  by  law  for  the  collection  of  state  and  county 
taxes.  And  no  additional  allowance,  fee,  or  compensatton  whatever  shall 
be  paid  to  any  officer  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

Bonds  for  Various  Purposes. 

SEC.  200.  Any  school  district  of  the  state  is  hereby  authorized  to  bor- 
row money  for  the  purpose  of  purchasing  grounds,  erecting  buildings, 
and  furnishing,  equipping,  and  maintaining  the  same,  for  instruction  in 
industrial  training,  manual  training,  domestic  science,  and  agriculture, 
or  for  any  one  or  all  of  these  purposes,  by  issuing  negotiable  coupon 
bonds  of  the  district. 

Under  General  Act. 

Sec.  201.  Such  bonds  shall  be  determined  upon,  submitted  to  vote  of 
the  district  interested,  authorized,  issued  and  paid,  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  sections  191  to  199,  inclusive. 

Change  in  Districts  Not  to  Release  Responsibility  for  Bonds, 

SEC.  202.  No  change  in  the  boundary  lines  of  any  school  district  that 
has  been,  or  may  hereafter  be,  bonded  for  school  purposes  shall  operate 
to  release  any  part  of  the  property  of  such  district,  as  existing  prior  to 
such  change,  from  taxation  for  payment  of  the  outstanding  bonds  issued 
prior  thereto. 

CHAPTER  16 
COMPULSORY  EDUCATION 

Various  Excuses  for  Non  attendance. 

SEC.  203.  Each  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person,  in  the  State  of 
Nevada,  having  control  or  charge  of  any  child  between  the  ages  of  eight 
and  sixteen  years  shall  be  required  to  send  such  child  to  a  public  school 
during  the  time  in  which  a  public  school  shall  be  in  session  in  the  school 
district  in  which  said  child  resides ;  but  such  attendance  shall  be  excused : 

1.  When  satisfactory  evidence  is  presented  to  the  board  of  trustees  of 
the  school  district  in  which  such  child  resides,  that  the  child's  bodily 
or  mental  condition  is  such  as  to  prevent  or  render  inadvisable  attend- 
ance at  school,  or  application  to  study.     A  certificate  from  any  reputable 
physician  that  the  child  is  not  able  to  attend  school,  or  that  its  attend- 
ance is  inadvisable,  must  be  taken  as  satisfactory  evidence  by  any  such 
board  ; 

2.  When  the  child  has  already  completed  the  eight  grades  of  the  pre- 
scribed grammar-school  course; 

3.  When  satisfactory  evidence  is  presented  to  the  board  of  trustees  that 
the  child  is  being  taught  in  a  private  school,  or  by  a  private  tutor,  or  at 
home,  by  any  person  capable  of  teaching  in  such  branches  as  are  usually 
taught  in  the  primary  and  grammar  schools  of  this  state; 

4.  When  satisfactory  evidence  is  presented  to  the  board  of  trustees  that 
the  child's  labor  is  necessary  for  its  own  or  its  parent's  support; 

5.  When  the  deputy  superintendent  shall  determine  that  the  child's 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  65 

residence  is  located  at  such  distance  from  the  public  school  as  to  render 
attendance  impracticable  or  unsafe. 

Truancy  Defined. 

SEC.  204.  Any  child  shall  be  deemed  a  truant,  in  the  meaning  of  this 
act,  who  shall  have  been  absent  from  school,  without  valid  excuse,  more 
than  three  days ;  and  absence  for  any  part  of  a  day  shall  be  considered  as 
absence  for  that  entire  day.  The  teacher,  attendance  officer,  or  other 
person  connected  with  the  schools,  shall  send  or  deliver  a  written  notice 
of  such  truancy  to  the  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person,  having  control 
or  charge  of  the  child.  After  such  notice  has  thus  been  furnished  or  sent 
to  said  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person,  any  child  who  is  absent  from 
school  thereafter  within  the  school  year,  without  valid  excuse,  one  or 
more  days  or  parts  thereof,  shall  again  be  deemed  a  truant.  Any  child 
shall  be  declared  an  habitual  truant  who  shall  have  been  deemed  a  truant 
three  or  more  times  within  the  school  year.  Any  child  who  has  once 
been  declared  an  habitual  truant  and  who  in  a  succeeding  year  is  absent 
from  school,  without  valid  excuse,  for  one  or  more  days  or  parts  thereof, 
may  again  be  declared  an  habitual  truant. 

Punishment  of  Parent, 

SEC.  205.  Any  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  having  control  or 
charge  of  any  child,  to  whom  notice  has  been  given  of  truancy,  as  pro- 
vided in  section  204  of  this  act,  and  who  fails  to  prevent  the  child's  sub- 
sequent truancy  within  that  school  year,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a 
misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  shall  be  liable,  for  the  first  offense,  to 
a  fine  of  not  more  than  ten  dollars  or  imprisonment  for  not  more  than 
five  days,  and  for  each  subsequent  offense  he  shall  be  liable  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  ten  or  more  than  fifty  dollars,  or  to  imprisonment  for  not 
less  than  five  nor  more  than  twenty-five  days,  or  to  both  such  fine  and 
imprisonment. 

School  Trustees  to  Make  Investigation. 

SEC.  206.  The  board  of  trustees  of  any  school  district  shall,  on  the 
complaint  of  any  person,  make  a  full  and  impartial  investigation  of  all 
charges  against  parents  or  guardians  or  other  persons  having  control  or 
charge  of  any  such  child,  for  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
act.  If  it  shall  appear  upon  such  investigation  that  any  such  parent  or 
guardian  or  other  person  has  violated  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act, 
it  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  clerk  of  such  board  of  trustees  to  make 
and  file  in  the  proper  court  a  criminal  complaint  against  such  parent, 
guardian,  or  other  person,  charging  such  violation,  and  to  see  that  such 
charge  is  prosecuted  by  the  proper  authorities;  provided,  that  in  such 
school  districts  having  an  attendance  officer,  such  officer  shall,  if  so 
directed  by  the  board  of  school  trustees,  make  and  file  such  complaint, 
and  see  that  such  charge  is  prosecuted  by  the  proper  authorities. 

Any  taxpayer,  or  any  school  officer  or  deputy  school  officer  in  the  State 
of  Nevada  shall  be  eligible  to  make  and  file  in  the  proper  court  a  criminal 
complaint  against  any  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  who  shall  vio- 
late any  of  the  provisions  of  law  requiring  the  attendance  of  children  in 
the  public  schools  of  the  state. 

Trustees  May  Appoint  and  Remove  Attendance  Officer. 

SEC.  207.  The  board  of  trustees  of  any  school  district  may  appoint 
and  remove  at  pleasure  an  attendance  officer  and  shall  fix  the  compen- 


66  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

sation  therefor,  and  shall  prescribe  the  duties  of  such  officer,  not  incon- 
sistent with  law,  and  make  rules  and  regulations  for  the  performance 
thereof.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  attendance  officer,  or  any  peace  offi- 
cer, or  any  other  school  officer,  to  arrest  during  school  hours,  without  a 
warrant,  any  child  between  the  ages  of  eight  and  sixteen  years,  who  has 
been  reported  to  him  by  the  teacher,  the  city  superintendent,  or  other 
person  connected  with  the  schools,  as  an  absentee  from  instruction  upon 
which  he  is  lawfully  required  to  attend  within  the  school  district.  Such 
arresting  officer  shall  forthwith  deliver  the  child  so  arrested  to  the  teacher, 
parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  having  control  or  charge  of  said  child. 

Separate  Rooms  for  Habitual  Truants. 

SEC.  208.  Boards  of  trustees  are  hereby  authorized  to  set  apart  any 
school  building  or  buildings  or  any  room  or  rooms  in  any  school  build- 
ing or  buildings  for  the  establishment  of  special  or  ungraded  schools,  to 
provide  for  the  instruction  of  habitual  truants  as  defined  in  section  two 
of  this  act,  or  for  pupils  who  have  been  insubordinate  or  disorderly  dur- 
ing attendance  at  school.  Boards  of  trustees  are  also  authorized  to  pur- 
chase sites  and  erect  buildings  for  such  purposes,  in  the  same  manner  as 
other  school  sites  and  school  buildings  may  be  purchased  and  erected; 
or  boards  of  trustees  may  rent  suitable  property  for  special  or  ungraded 
rooms  without  being  so  directed  by  vote  of  the  district.  Teachers  of  such 
special  or  ungraded  schools  shall  have  the  same  qualifications  as  other 
teachers  in  the  grades,  and  shall  be  paid  from  the  same  funds.  Boards 
of  trustees  are  hereby  authorized  to  assign  habitual  truants  and  other 
pupils  who  have  been  insubordinate  or  disorderly  during  attendance  at 
school  to  such  special  and  ungraded  schools  for  a  period  not  to  exceed 
the  remainder  of  the  school  year.  Such  pupils,  however,  may  be  restored 
to  their  former  room  or  grade  when  in  the  judgment  of  the  board  there 
has  been  sufficient  improvement  to  warrant  the  belief  that  their  example 
and  influence  will  no  longer  be  a  detriment  to  the  room  to  which  they 
shall  return. 

Persons  Encouraging  Truancy  Punished. 

SEC.  209.  Any  person  who  induces  or  attempts  to  induce  any  child 
to  be  absent  unlawfully  from  school,  or  who  knowingly  employs  or  har- 
bors while  school  is  in  session  any  child  absent  unlawfully  from  school, 
shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  on  conviction  shall  be 
punished  by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  fifty  dollars  or  by  imprisonment  of 
not  more  than  twenty-five  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 
The  attendance  officer  or  any  other  school  officer  is  hereby  empowered 
to  visit  any  place  or  establishment  where  minor  children  are  employed 
to  ascertain  whether  the  provisions  of  this  law  are  duly  complied  with, 
and  may  demand  from  all  employers  of  such  children  a  list  of  children 
employed,  with  their  names  and  ages. 

Punishment  for  False  Statements. 

SEC.  210.  Any  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  who  makes  a  false 
statement  concerning  the  age  or  school  attendance  of  a  child  between  the 
ages  of  eight  and  sixteen  years  who  is  under  his  control  or  charge,  such 
false  statement  being  made  with  intent  to  deceive  under  this  act,  shall  be 
deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  on  conviction,  shall  be  punished 
by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  fifty  dollars  or  by  imprisonment  of  not  more 
than  twenty-five  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  67 

Disposal  of  Fines, 

SEC.  211.  All  fines  collected  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be 
paid  into  the  permanent  school  fund  of  the  state. 

CHAPTER  17 
PROTECTION  TO  SCHOOL  CHILDREN 

Misdemeanor  to  Interfere  with  Pupils. 

SEC.  212.  It  shall  be  a  misdemeanor  for  any  persons  or  persons  to 
detain,  beat,  whip,  or  otherwise  interfere  with  any  pupil  or  pupils  attend- 
ing any  public  school  in  the  State  of  Nevada  on  his,  her,  or  their  way  to 
or  from  such  school  against  the  will  of  such  pupil  or  pupils. 

Misdemeanor  to  Disturb  School. 

SEC.  213.  It  shall  be  a  misdemeanor  for  any  person  or  persons  to 
disturb  the  peace  of  any  public  school  in  the  State  of  Nevada  by  using 
vile  or  indecent  language,  or  by  threatening  or  assaulting  any  pupil  or 
teacher  within  the  building  or  grounds  of  such  school,  and  for  the  pur- 
pose of  this  act  the  ground  of  every  public  school  in  the  State  of  Nevada 
shall  extend  to  a  distance  of  fifty  yards  in  all  directions  from  the  school 
building. 

Penalty. 

SEC.  214.  Any  person  or  persons  convicted  of  a  misdemeanor  under 
either  of  the  foregoing  sections  of  this  act  shall  be  subject  to  a  fine  not 
exceeding  three  hundred  dollars  or  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not 
to  exceed  six  months,  or  to  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

CHAPTER  18 
PROTECTION  OF  SCHOOL  PROPERTY 

Injure  or  Deface  Property. 

SEC.  215.  It  shall  be  a  misdemeanor  for  any  person  or  persons  to 
wilfully  and  maliciously  injure,  mark  or  deface  any  church  edifice,  school- 
house  or  other  building,  public  or  private,  its  fixtures,  books,  or  appur- 
tenances, or  to  commit  any  nuisance  therein,  or  to  purposely  and 
maliciously  commit  any  trespass  upon  the  grounds  attached  thereto,  or 
any  fixtures  placed  thereon,  or  any  enclosure  or  sidewalk  about  the 
same,  or  in  any  manner  to  maliciously  and  purposely  interfere  with  or 
disturb  those  peaceably  assembled  within  such  building  or  buildings. 

Penalty. 

SEC.  216.  Any  person  or  person  convicted  of  a  misdemeanor  under 
the  foregoing  section  of  this  act  shall  be  subject  to  a  fine,  not  exceeding 
two  hundred  dollars,  or  to  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  to  exceed 
six  months,  or  to  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

CHAPTER  19 
LOCATION  OF  HOUSES  OF  ILL-FAME 

No  Disreputable  House  Within  400  Yards  of  School  Buildings  or  Churches. 

SEC.  217.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  owner  or  agent  of  any  owner, 
or  any  other  person,  to  keep  any  house  of  ill-fame,  or  to  let  or  rent  to 
any  person  whomsoever,  for  any  length  of  time  whatever,  to  be  kept  or 
used  as  a  house  of  ill-fame,  or  resort  for  the  purpose  of  prostitution,  any 


68  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

house,  room  or  structure  situated  within  four  hundred  yards  of  any 
schoolhouse  or  schoolroom  used  by  any  public  or  common  school  in  the 
State  of  Nevada,  or  within  four  hundred  yards  of  any  church  edifice, 
building  or  structure,  erected  and  used  for  devotional  services  or  religious 
worship  in  the  State  of  Nevada.  As  amended,  Revised  Laws  of  Nevada, 
1912,  section  6510. 

Penalty. 

SEC.  218.  Any  person  violating  the  provisions  of  section  217  of  this 
act  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  on  conviction  shall  be 
fined  not  less  than  twenty-five  dollars  nor  more  than  three  hundred  dol- 
lars, or  to  be  imprisoned  in  the  county  jail  not  less  than  five  nor  more 
than  sixty  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment,  in  the  discre- 
tion of  the  court. 

Duties  of  Sheriff  and  District  Attorney. 

SEC.  219.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  district  attorney  and  sheriff  of 
each  county  in  this  state  to  see  that  the  provisions  of  this  act  are  strictly 
enforced  and  carried  into  effect,  and  upon  neglect  so  to  do  they,  or  either 
of  them,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  in  office,  and  may  be 
proceeded  against  as  provided  in  sections  63  to  72,  inclusive,  of  an  act 
entitled  "An  act  relating  to  elections"  approved  March  12,  1873. 

CHAPTER  20 
Provisions  Construed. 

SEC.  220.  The  provisions  of  this  act,  so  far  as  they  are  substantially 
the  same  as  those  of  existing  statutes,  shall  be  construed  as  a  continua- 
tion thereof,  and  not  as  new  enactments. 

Acts  Repealed. 

SEC.  221.     An  act  entitled: 

1.  An  act  to  define  the  constitution,  organization,  powers,  and  duties  of 

the  state  board  of  education  and  matters  properly  connected  there- 
with, approved  March  16,  1895; 

2.  An  act  to  provide  for  the  reorganization  of  the  system  of  school 

supervision  and  maintenance,  to  repeal  all  acts  and  parts  of  acts 
in  conflict  therewith,  and  matters  properly  connected  therewith, 
approved  March  29,  1907; 

3.  An  act  to  create  a  text-book  commission  and  to  authorize  said  com- 

mission to  adopt  a  uniform  series  of  text-books  for  the  public 
schools  of  Nevada,  and  matters  properly  connected  therewith, 
approved  March  22,  1907; 

4.  An  act  providing  for  the  date  of  election  of  school  trustees,  and  mat- 

ters properly  connected  therewith,  approved  March  16,  1909; 

5.  An  act  to  provide  for  the  election  of  school  trustees,  and  matters 

properly  connected  therewith,  approved  March  16,  1897; 

6.  An  act  to  amplify  the  powers  of  boards  of  school  trustees,  approved 

March  20,  1901  ; 

7.  An  act  permitting  the  establishment  of  county  high  schools  in  the 

various  counties  of  this  state,  and  providing  for  the  construction, 
maintenance,  management,  and  supervision  of  the  same,  to  repeal 
all  acts  and  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  herewith,  and  matters  prop- 
erly connected  therewith,  approved  March  24,  1909; 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  69 

8.  An   act   for   the  establishment   of    normal    training   schools,  and 

for  the  maintenance  and  control  of  the  same,  approved  March 
20,1909; 

9.  An  act  to  provide  for  union  school  districts  and  matters  properly 

connected  therewith,  approved  March  3,  1909; 

10.  An  act  to  authorize  boards  of  county  commissioners  to  enlarge  the 

boundaries  of  certain  school  districts,  or  to  consolidate  two  or 
more  into  one,  and  matters  properly  connected  therewith,  approved 
March  11,  1909; 

11.  An  act  to  provide  an  emergency  school  fund  for  new  school  districts, 

prescribing  its  use  and  manner  of  disbursement,  and  other  mat- 
ters properly  connected  therewith,  approved  February  13,  1909; 

12.  An  act  to  provide  for  the  disposal  of  funds  and  property  of  abol- 

ished school  districts,  approved  March  5,  1909; 

13.  An  act  to  amend  an  act  entitled  "An  act  to  enable  the  several  school 

districts  of  the  state  to  issue  negotiable  coupon  bonds  for  the  pur- 
pose of  erecting  and  furnishing  school  buildings,  or  purchasing 
ground,  or  for  refunding  floating  funded  debts,  and  providing  for 
the  payment  of  the  principal  indebtedness  thus  authorized  and 
the  interest  thereon"  approved  March  12,  1907,  approved  Febru- 
ary 8,  1908; 

14.  An  act  to  enable  school  districts  to  issue  negotiable  coupon  bonds 

for  the  purpose  of  erecting,  furnishing,  equipping  and  maintain- 
ing buildings  for  industrial  training,  manual  training,  domestic 
science,  and  agriculture,  or  any  one  or  all  of  these  purposes,  and 
providing  for  the  payment  of  the  principal  indebtedness  and  the 
interest  thereon,  and  other  matters  properly  connected  therewith, 
approved  March  16,  1909; 

15.  An  act  to  protect  the  security  of  school  bonds,  approved  March  13, 

1909; 

16.  An  act  providing   for   compulsory   education,   and  other    matters 

properly  connected  therewith,  providing  for  penalties  for  the 
violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  thereof,  and  repealing  any  and 
all  prior  laws  on  the  subject  of  compulsory  education,  approved 
March  20,1909; 

17.  An  act  to  secure  protection  to  school  children  and  to  preserve  the 

peace  of  public  schools  and  matters  properly  connected  therewith, 
approved  March  6,  1893; 

18.  An  act  to  prevent  malicious  injury  to  church,  school,  and  other 

buildings  and  property,  and  to  protect  persons  from  malicious 
annoyance,  and  matters  properly  relating  thereto,  approved  March 
13,1895; 

19.  An  act  to  regulate  houses  of  prostitution,  dance-houses,  and  houses 

where  beer,  wine,  or  spirituous  liquors  are  sold,  approved  Febru- 
ary 26,  1887; 

20.  An  act  to  exempt  teachers  from  jury  duty,  approved  March  14,  1903; 

21.  An  act  to  require  school  trustees  to  procure  and  hoist  on  public 

schoolhouses  the  United  States  flag,  approved  March  13,  1909; 

22.  An  act  adopting  the  design  of  the  flag  of  the  State  of  Nevada, 

approved  February  25,  1905; 

23.  An  act  establishing  Arbor  Day,  approved  February  10,  1887; 


70  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

24.  An  act  to  provide  for  the  dissemination  of  knowledge  in  the  public 
schools  relative  to  the  preservation  of  songbirds,  fish  and  game, 
approved  March  12,  1901; 

are  hereby  repealed,  and  all  other  acts  and  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  with 

this  act  are  hereby  repealed. 


SCHOOL  CODE  SUPPLEMENT 


Containing  school  laws  not  included  in  the  general  bill  prepared  by 
the  Code  Commission  of  1911;  also  independent  acts  of  1913,  and  the 
fish  and  game  laws  as  amended  in  1913. 


SUPERINTENDENT  OF   PUBLIC   INSTRUCTION   CURATOR   OF   STATE 

MUSEUM 

An  act  to  abolish  the  office  of  state  mineralogist,  and  to  provide  for  the  care 
and  preservation  of  the  state  museum. 

Approved  February  1,  1877 
Office  Abolished. 

SECTION  1.  The  office  of  state  mineralogist  of  the  State  of  Nevada  is 
hereby  abolished. 

Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  To  Be  Curator  of  the  Museum. 

SEC.  2.  On  and  after  the  first  day  of  January,  A.  D.  one  thousand 
eight  hundred  and  seventy-nine,  the  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion shall  be  ex  officio  curator  of  the  state  museum  of  mineralogical,  geo- 
logical, and  other  specimens. 

Duties  of  Curator. 

SEC.  3.  The  curator,  when  visiting  the  several  school  districts  in  this 
state,  in  his  capacity  as  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  as  is  required 
by  law,  shall  make  inquiry  so  far  as  is  practicable  into  the  resources  of 
the  mines  situated  in  the  respective  districts,  and  inspect  the  same;  col- 
lect specimens  of  ores,  ascertain  their  value,  catalogue,  and  place  them 
in  the  state  museum,  and  prepare  for  publication  in  the  appendix  of  his 
biennial  report  as  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  a  report  as  curator 
of  the  state  museum,  in  detail,  of  his  acts  performed  and  information 
obtained  under  provisions  of  this  act. 

SEC.  4.     [Repealed,  Stats.  1895,  p.  76.] 
State  Board  of  Examiners  to  Allow  Bills. 

SEC.  5.  All  claims  for  services  rendered,  as  is  provided  in  section  four 
of  this  act,  shall  be  allowed  by  the  state  board  of  examiners,  and  paid 
by  the  state  treasurer  out  of  any  moneys  not  otherwise  appropriated,  on 
the  warrant  of  the  state  controller. 

NOTE— The  act  repealing  section  four  renders  section  five  inoperative. 

Act  Repealed. 

SEC.  6.  An  act  entitled  "An  act  to  provide  for  establishing  and  main- 
taining a  mining  school,  and  to  create  the  office  of  state  mineralogist" 
approved  March  ninth,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-six,  is 
hereby  repealed. 


72  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

Act  Repealed. 

SEC.  7.  An  act  entitled  "An  act  to  create  the  office  of  state  mineralo- 
gist and  define  the  duties  of  such  officer"  approved  March  first,  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-nine,  is  hereby  repealed. 

Act  to  Take  Effect. 

SEC.  8.  This  act  shall  not  take  effect  and  be  in  force  until  on  and 
after  the  first  Monday  in  January,  A.  D.  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  seventy-nine. 


SALARY  OF  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION 

An  act  fixing  the  salary  of  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction. 
Approved  March  15,  1897 

SECTION  1.  From  and  after  the  first  Tuesday  after  the  first  Monday 
in  January,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety- nine,  the  salary  of  the  super- 
intendent of  public  instruction  shall  be  two  thousand  dollars  ($2,000) 
per  annum,  payable  out  of  the  general  school  fund;  and  he  shall  receive 
no  additional  compensation  for  any  ex  officio  duties  that  are  now  or 
may  hereafter  be  required  of  him  by  law. 

Amended  as  below,  Stats.  1918,  244. 

An  act  regulating  the  salaries  of  certain  state  officers  of  the  State  of  Nevada. 

Approved  March  22,  1913 
Salaries  of  State  Officers  Fixed— To  Take  Effect  in  1915. 

SECTION  1.  From  and  after  the  first  Monday  in  January,  A.  D.  1915, 
the  following  annual  salaries  shall  be  paid  to  the  various  state  officers  of 
this  state,  at  the  time  and  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  law:  To  the 
governor,  seven  thousand  ($7,000)  dollars;  to  the  secretary  of  state, 
thirty-six  hundred  ($3,600)  dollars;  to  the  state  controller,  thirty-six 
hundred  ($3,600)  dollars;  to  the  state  treasurer,  thirty-six  hundred 
($3,600)  dollars;  to  the  lieutenant-governor,  thirty -six  hundred  ($3,600) 
dollars;  to  the  attorney-general,  thirty-six  hundred  ($3,600)  dollars; 
to  the  surveyor-general,  thirty-six  hundred  ($3,600)  dollars;  to  the  super- 
intendent of  public  instruction,  thirty-six  hundred  ($3,600)  dollars;  to 
the  clerk  of  the  supreme  court,  three  thousand  ($3,000)  dollars;  to  the 
superintendent  of  state  printing,  thirty-six  hundred  ($3,600)  dollars; 
to  the  inspector  of  mines,  thirty-six  hundred  ($3,600)  dollars. 

To  Be  Full  Payment  for  All  Services. 

SEC.  2.  The  foregoing  sums  shall  be  in  full  payment  of  all  duties 
now  or  hereafter  required  of  such  officers  not  only  for  the  ordinary  duties 
of  such  officers  but  for  all  other  duties  required  of  such  officers  in  any 
manner  whatever. 

SEC.  3.  All  acts  and  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  with  this  act  are  hereby 
repealed. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  73 

CLERK  AUTHORIZED  FOR  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUC- 
TION-SALARY 

An  act  to  authorize  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  of  Nevada  to 
employ  a  stenographic  clerk,  and  fixing  of  compensation. 

Approved  March  7,  1905 

SECTION  1.  The  state  superintendent  of  public  instruction  is  hereby 
authorized  to  employ  a  stenographic  clerk,  whose  compensation  shall  be 
twelve  hundred  dollars  per  annum.  As  amended,  Stats.  1907,  62. 

Duties  of  Controller  and  Treasurer, 

SEC.  2.  The  controller  of  state  shall,  at  the  end  of  each  month,  draw 
his  warrant  upon  the  state  treasury  in  favor  of  such  clerk  for  the  amount 
of  his  compensation  then  due,  and  the  state  treasurer  shall  pay  the  same 
out  of  any  moneys  not  otherwise  specially  appropriated. 

In  Effect. 

SEC.  3.     This  act  to  take  effect  immediately. 


TRANSFER    OF    MONEY    IN    COUNTY    GENERAL    FUND    TO    SCHOOL 

DISTRICTS 

An  Act  authorizing  boards  of  county  commissioners  to  transfer  certain  funds 
to  the  county  school  fund  of  school  districts  or  to  levy  a  special  county  tax 
in  certain  cases,  and  other  matters  properly  connected  therewith. 

Approved  March  17,  1913 

County  Commissioners  May  Transfer  County  Money  to  District  School  Fund- 
Proviso. 

SECTION  1.  The  board  of  county  commissioners  of  any  county  in 
Nevada  may  by  resolution  adopted  at  any  regular  or  special  meeting 
transfer  from  the  county  general  fund  to  the  county  school  fund  of  any 
district  in  said  county  such  sum  of  money  as  they  shall  deem  necessary, 
additional  to  that  now  provided  by  law  for  such  district;  provided,  that 
such  district  shall  have  levied  a  special  tax  for  the  school  year  of  at  least 
twenty-five  cents  on  the  hundred  dollars. 

County  Commissioners  May  Aid  Districts  Desiring  High  School  Work— Pro- 
visos. 

SEC.  2.  The  board  of  county  commissioners  of  any  county,  in  their 
discretion,  may  aid  a  school  district  needing  and  desiring  high-school 
work  by  transfer  of  money  from  the  county  high-school  fund  or  the 
county  general  fund  to  the  county  school  fund  of  such  district;  or  they 
may  levy  a  special  county  tax  not  exceeding  ten  cents  on  the  hundred 
dollars  for  the  benefit  of  said  district;  provided,  that  in  either  the  case 
of  transfer  of  money  or  of  levy  of  special  tax  as  herein  provided  the  fol- 
lowing precedent  conditions  shall  in  any  year  of  proposed  aid  exist : 

1 .  That  there  are  ten  or  more  pupils  of  high-school  grade  in  such  dis- 
trict that  need  high-school  instruction  and  are  desirous  of  having  such 
instruction. 

2.  That  the  parents  of  such  pupils,  or  a  majority  of  them,  find  it 
impracticable  to  send  them  away  for  high-school  training. 


74  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

3.  That  the  taxable  property  is  so  small  that  it  is  entirely  insufficient 
to  enable  them   to  raise  the  money  needed  to  provide  and  maintain 
needed  high-school  privileges. 

4.  That  a  special  district  tax  of  at  least  twenty-five  cents  on  the  hun- 
dred dollars  has  been  levied. 

SEC.  3.     All  acts  or  parts  of  acts   in  conflict  herewith  are  hereby 
repealed. 


CERTAIN   DISTRICT  HIGH   SCHOOLS  TO  BE  SUPPORTED   BY  COUNTY 

An  act  to  authorize  boards  of  county  commissioners  to  establish  district  high 
schools,  and  matters  properly  connected  therewith. 

Approved  March  24,  1909. 
Act  specially  applies  to  Lyon  County. 
District  High  Schools  at  County  Expense— When, 

SECTION  1.  Boards  of  county  commissioners  are  hereby  authorized  to 
establish  district  high  schools  in  school  districts  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  hereinafter  set  forth  in  this  act. 

Petition— What  Petition  Must  Show 

SEC.  2.  Upon  presentation  of  a  petition  signed  by  at  least  ten  per 
cent  of  the  voters  of  the  county  as  shown  at  the  last  general  election,  the 
board  of  county  commissioners  of  a  county  may  authorize  and  establish 
a  district  high  school  at  the  point  designated  in  the  petition.  The  peti- 
tion must  show: 

First — That  there  are  at  least  seventy-five  school  census  children  in 
the  school  district  for  which  the  request  is  made  that  a  district  high 
school  shall  be  established  according  to  the  last  preceding  census. 

Second — That  there  are  at  least  five  children  therein  of  high-school 
grade  between  the  ages  of  six  and  eighteen  years. 

Third — That  the  school  in  such  district  is  situated  not  less  than  twenty 
miles  from  a  county  high  school  located  in  the  same  county. 

Trustees  to  Provide  Building— Proviso. 

SEC.  3.  When  such  petition  has  been  presented  and  acted  upon  favor- 
ably by  the  board  of  county  commissioners,  and  such  district  high  school 
is  authorized,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  such  district, 
together  with  the  state  board  of  education,  within  thirty  days  thereafter, 
to  estimate  the  cost  of  purchasing  suitable  grounds  when  necessary, 
erecting  a  building  and  furnishing  the  same  for  the  accommodation  of 
the  school;  provided,  that  the  board  of  school  trustees  may  construct 
additions  to  the  public  school  building  or  buildings  in  the  place  where 
such  school  shall  be  located,  or  if  rooms  can  be  obtained  in  the  public 
school  buildings  therefor,  such  rooms  shall  be  given  the  preference.  And 
all  expenses  incurred  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall 
be  sustained  by  the  school  district  interested,  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  section  eighty  of  "  An  act  to  provide  for  a  reorganization  of 
the  system  of  school  supervision  and  maintenance,  to  repeal  all  acts  and 
parts  of  acts  in  conflict  therewith,  and  matters  properly  connected  there- 
with" approved  March  29, 1907. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OP  NEVADA  75 

Tax  Levy  for  High  School. 

SEC.  4.  When  such  high-school  building  shall  have  been  erected  and 
furnished,  or  rooms  secured  as  provided  in  this  act,  by  such  school  dis- 
trict, the  entire  cost  and  expense  of  maintenance  and  instruction  for  the 
high  school  shall  be  paid  by  a  tax  on  all  the  property  in  the  county  in 
which  the  said  district  high  school  is  situated,  in  the  same  manner  as 
other  claims  against  the  county  are  allowed  and  paid. 

Annual  Estimate. 

SEC.  5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  school  trustees,  together 
with  the  state  board  of  education,  to  furnish  annually  an  estimate  of  the 
amount  of  money  needed  to  pay  all  the  necessary  expenses  of  conducting 
and  maintaining  such  school;  to  adopt  and  enforce  the  use  of  the  neces- 
sary text-books  required  by  the  state  board  of  education  in  such  school; 
to  employ  competent  teachers,  janitors,  and  other  persons,  and  to  dis- 
charge such  teachers,  janitors,  and  other  persons,  when  sufficient  cause 
therefor  shall  exist;  and  to  do  any  and  all  other  things  necessary  to  the 
proper  conduct  of  such  school. 

District  High  School  Fund. 

SEC.  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners  of 
the  county  within  which  such  high  school  shall  be  situated,  to  include  in 
their  annual  tax  levy  the  amount  estimated  by  the  board  of  school  trus- 
tees, together  with  said  state  board  of  education,  as  needed  to  pay  the 
expenses  of  conducting  such  district  high  school ;  and  such  amount  when 
collected  and  paid  into  the  county  treasury  shall  be  known  as  the  "  Dis- 
trict No. High  School  Fund"  and  may  be  drawn  therefrom  for  the 

purpose  of  defraying  the  expenses  of  conducting  said  district  high  school 
in  the  manner  provided  by  law  for  payment  of  school  claims. 

What  Pupils  Eligible. 

SEC.  7.  Any  district  high  school  shall  be  open  for  the  admission  of 
graduates  holding  diplomas  from  the  eighth  grade  of  the  elementary 
schools  of  the  state;  provided,  that  the  examinations  for  the  said  diplomas 
shall  have  been  given  under  the  direction  and  authority  of  the  state 
board  of  education ;  and  to  such  other  pupils  as  shall  pass  the  examina- 
tions for  admission  to  the  district  high  school,  which  examination  shall 
be  conducted  under  the  direction  and  authority  of  the  state  board  of 
education. 

Principal  May  Supervise  all  Schools. 

SEC.  8.  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  prevent  the 
principal  of  the  district  high  school  from  acting  as  principal  of  all  the 
schools  of  the  district  in  which  the  district  high  school  is  located  if  so 
desired  by  the  trustees  of  said  district  high  school  and  the  state  board  of 
education . 

Subject  to  School  Laws. 

SEC.  9.  The  district  high  school  shall  be  under  the  same  general 
supervision  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  laws,  rules  and  regulations 
as  other  schools  of  the  state  school  system. 

Application  of  Act  Restricted. 

SEC.  10.  This  act  shall  apply  only  to  counties  which  at  the  last 
general  election  polled  not  more  than  nine  hundred  and  sixty  (960) 


76  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

votes,  and  which  had  more  than  three  million  six  hundred  thousand 
(83,600,000)  dollars  of  taxable  property;  and  nothing  in  this  act  shall 
be  so  construed  as  to  militate  against,  or  in  any  wise  annul  or  modify, 
provisions  already  made  for  any  county  high  school  now  established,  or 
that  may  hereafter  be  established  in  any  county. 

SEC.   11.     This  act  shall  take  effect  upon  its  passage  and  approval. 


FREE  TEXT-BOOKS  FOR  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

An  act  to  provide  books,  equipment,  and  materials  free  of  charge  to  the 
pupils  of  the  public  schools  and  to  provide  for  and  encourage  the  economic 
use  thereof,  and  fixing  penalties  for  its  infraction,  and  repealing  an 
act  in  conflict  herewith. 

Approved  March  14,  1913 
Trustees  to  Furnish  All  School  Books  and  Supplies  for  Pupils. 

SECTION  1.  The  board  of  trustees  of  each  school  district  shall  purchase 
all  new  text  and  supplementary  school  books  and  school  supplies  to  be 
used  by  the  pupils  of  such  district,  and  the  cost  of  the  same  shall  be  a 
legal  charge  against  the  county  school  fund  belonging  to  such  district. 

Books  Remain  Property  of  School  District. 

SEC.  2.  All  books  purchased  by  the  district  board  shall  be  held  as 
property  of  the  district,  except  as  herein  provided,  and  shall  be  loaned 
to  the  pupils  of  the  school  in  said  district  while  pursuing  a  course  of 
study  therein. 

Parents  and  Guardians  Responsible  for  Books— Rules. 

SEC.  3.  The  parents  and  guardians  of  pupils  shall  be  responsible  for 
all  books  loaned  to  the  children  in  their  charge,  and  shall  pay  to  the 
clerk  of  the  board  of  trustees,  or  other  person  authorized  by  the  board 
of  trustees  to  receive  the  same,  the  full  purchase  price  of  every  such  book 
destroyed,  lost,  or  so  damaged  as  to  make  it  unfit  for  use  by  other  pupils 
succeeding  to  their  classes.  The  board  of  trustees  shall  establish  reason- 
able rules  and  regulations  governing  the  care  and  custody  of  the  said 
books,  and  for  the  payment  of  fines  for  injuries  to  the  books. 

Other  Equipment  and  Materials  on  Same  Conditions. 

SEC.  4.  Equipment  and  materials  for  use  in  manual  training,  indus- 
trial training,  and  teaching  domestic  science  may  be  supplied  to  the 
pupils  in  the  same  manner  out  of  the  same  fund  and  on  the  same  terms 
and  conditions  as  books;  provided,  that  no  private  ownership  can  be 
acquired  in  such  equipment  or  material  unless  sold  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed by  law,  when  such  equipment  or  material  shall  be  no  longer  used 
or  required  for  the  schools  of  the  district. 

Teachers'  Desk  Books  Property  of  District. 

SEC.  5.  Authorized  supplementary  and  desk  books  for  the  use  of 
teachers  shall  be  purchased  under  this  act,  and  shall  remain  the  prop- 
erty of  the  school  district  for  which  they  were  purchased,  unless  sold  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

Books  May  Be  Sold. 

SEC.  6.     Text- books  and  supplementary  books  may  be  sold  for  cash. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  77 

School  Trustees  to  Pay  Money  Into  County  Treasury. 

SEC.  7.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  trustees  to 
turn  over  to  the  county  treasurer,  within  thirty  days  after  receiving  the 
same,  all  moneys  collected  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  and  the  same 
shall  be  credited  to  the  county  fund  of  the  district  from  which  it  came. 

Violation  of  Act  Misdemeanor— Penalty. 

SEC.  8.  Every  person  violating  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be 
guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  fined  not 
more  than  twenty  dollars  or  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  more 
than  ten  days,  or  both  so  fined  and  imprisoned. 

Former  Act  Repealed. 

SEC.  9.  An  act  entitled  "An  act  to  provide  books,  equipment  and 
materials,  and  to  encourage  the  economic  use  thereof  by  the  pupils  of 
the  public  schools,  and  fixing  penalties  for  its  infraction"  approved 
March  22,  1909,  is  hereby  repealed. 

In  Effect,  When. 

SEC.  10.     This  act  shall  go  into  effect  on  and  after  July  1,  1913. 


SCHOOL    TRUSTEES    MAY    PAY    MAINTENANCE    EXPENSES    WITH 
INTEREST-BEARING  SCHOOL  WARRANTS,  IN  EMERGENCIES 

An  act  to  authorize  the  issuance  of  interest-beariny  school  warrants  in  emer- 
gencies, to  repeal  all  acts  and  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  herewith,  and  other 
matters  properly  connected  therewith. 

Approved  March  23,  1911 
Interest-Bearing  School  Warrants  Issued,  When. 

SECTION  1.  Whenever  the  county  school  fund  of  any  school  district  is 
exhausted  and  there  is  not  available  money  to  meet  the  necessary 
expenses  involved  in  maintaining  the  public  schools  of  the  district,  the 
board  of  trustees  of  such  district  may,  by  unanimous  vote,  by  resolution 
setting  forth  the  character  of  the  emergency,  authorize  the  clerk  of  the 
board  to  issue  orders,  for  the  payment  of  current  bills  of  the  schools  of 
the  district,  to  the  county  auditor,  and  said  county  auditor  shall  draw 
warrants  for  the  same  on  the  county  treasurer  in  the  usual  manner. 
Such  orders  shall  be  in  the  hands  of  the  county  auditor  valid  vouchers 
for  warrants  so  drawn. 

How  Endorsed. 

SEC.  2.  When  such  warrants  are  presented  to  the  county  treasurer 
he  shall  endorse  thereon  the  date  and  "Not  Paid  for  Want  of  Funds" 
and  such  warrants  shall  draw  interest  from  date  at  the  rate  of  seven  per 
cent  per  annum. 

County  Treasurer  to  Keep  List  of  All  Interest-Bearing:  School  Warrants- 
Interest  Ceases,  When. 

SEC.  3.  The  county  treasurer  shall  keep  a  list  of  all  warrants  so 
endorsed  and  shall  pay  them  in  the  order  of  endorsement  whenever  there 
is  sufficient  money  from  any  source  in  the  funds  upon  which  such  war- 
rants are  drawn.  The  interest  on  such  warrants  shall  stop  when  the 


78  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

county  treasurer  shall  give  notice  that  he  has  funds  with  which  to  pay 
the  same.     As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  54,  55. 

Amount  of  Warrants  Limited. 

SEC.  4.  It  shall  not  be  lawful  for  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  trustees  of 
such  districts  to  draw  orders  on  the  county  auditor  in  such  amount  that 
the  total  amount  of  such  interest-bearing  warrants  of  the  district,  out- 
standing and  unpaid,  shall  exceed  the  total  cost  of  maintaining  the 
schools  of  the  district  for  the  current  year,  nor  exceed  one  per  cent  of 
the  total  assessed  valuation  of  the  district. 

Procedure  Before  Issuing  Interest-Bearing  School  Warrants— Special  Tax. 

SEC.  5.  Before  the  issuance  of  the  first  of  such  interest-bearing  war- 
rants the  clerk  of  the  board  of  trustees  shall  submit  to  the  county  com- 
missioners of  said  county  a  copy  of  the  resolution  of  the  board  of  trustees 
authorizing  the  same,  and  said  county  commissioners  shall  levy  and 
cause  to  be  collected  and  paid  into  the  county  school  fund  of  the  dis- 
trict a  special  tax  upon  the  taxable  property  of  the  school  district  suffi- 
cient to  pay  such  warrants  and  interest  due  thereon  within  three  years. 
As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  55. 

Acts  Repealed. 

SEC.  6.  All  acts  and  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  with  this  act  are  hereby 
repealed. 

SEC.  7.  This  act  shall  take  effect  immediately  upon  passage  and 
approval. 


ORPHANS'  HOME  CHILDREN  TO  ATTEND  CARSON  SCHOOLS 

An  act  to  provide  educational  facilities  for  the  children  in  the  state  orphans1 
home  and  oilier  matters  properly  connected  therewith. 

Approved  March  20,  1911 
Orphans  To  Have  Domestic  and  Manual  Arts  and  Commercial  Instruction. 

SECTION  1.  The  children  included  in  the  state  orphans'  home  shall 
be  included  in  the  school  census  of  Carson  City  school  district,  and  in 
consideration  of  this  allowance  and  the  further  allowance  of  one  thousand 
five  hundred  ($1,500)  dollars  paid  annually  out  of  the  general  fund  of 
the  state  treasury,  the  children  of  the  state  orphans'  home  shall  be 
entitled  to  attend  and  shall  attend  the  Carson  City  public  schools  and  to 
receive  therein  the  full  attention,  protection  and  instruction  accorded  to 
any  other  children,  including  the  domestic  and  manual  arts  in  the  ele- 
mentary grades  with  the  addition  of  commercial  branches  in  the  high 
school,  all  of  which  shall  be  of  standard  character  approved  by  the  state 
board  of  education.  To  this  end  the  board  of  directors  of  the  state 
orphans'  home  is  hereby  authorized  to  enter  into  such  agreement  with 
the  board  of  trustees  of  the  Carson  City  school  district,  district  No.  1,  of 
Ormsby  County,  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  this 
section  and  of  this  act;  provided,  that  if  in  any  year  the  domestic  and 
manual  arts  and  the  commercial  branches  as  hereinbefore  named  are  not 
furnished  as  required  herein,  then  the  money  allowance  to  said  Carson 
City  school  district  shall  be  but  one  thousand  ($1,000)  dollars  for  such 
year;  and  provided  further ,  that  the  increased  income  of  said  school  dis- 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  79 

trict  as  herein  provided  shall  be  full  consideration  for  the  privileges 
required  in  this  act.     As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  347 . 

Orphans  To  Be  Provided  With  Books  and  Other  School  Supplies. 

SEC.  2.  The  board  of  directors  of  the  state  orphans'  home  shall  furnish 
the  children  of  the  home  who  are  attending  school  all  text-books,  sup- 
plementary books  and  necessary  school  supplies;  and  they  shall  furnish 
a  sufficient  supply  of  proper  library  books  for  the  use  of  said  children; 
provided,  that  the  above-mentioned  books  and  supplies  shall  be  purchased 
by  said  board  and  paid  for  out  of  the  orphans'  home  fund;  and  provided 
further,  that  in  case  the  state  law  shall  require  districts  to  furnish  books 
and  school  supplies  free  to  all  children  attending  the  public  schools,  then 
Carson  school  district  shall  furnish  the  supplies  called  for  in  this  section. 
As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  34-7 . 

Money  Paid  School  Trustees,  How. 

SEC.  3.  Each  three  months  hereafter,  beginning  with  the  first  day  of 
December,  1911,  and  ending  with  the  first  day  of  June,  1912,  and  on  the 
same  dates  each  year  thereafter,  the  board  of  school  trustees  of  Carson 
City  school  district  shall  present  a  voucher  against  the  state  for  one-third 
of  the  amount  of  money  allowed  in  section  one  of  this  act.  Upon  approval 
of  this  claim  by  the  board  of  directors  of  the  state  orphans'  home  and 
by  the  state  board  of  examiners,  the  state  controller  shall  draw  his  war- 
rant on  the  state  treasurer  in  favor  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  Carson 
City  school  district  and  the  state  treasurer  shall  pay  the  same  to  the 
order  of  said  board  of  trustees,  who  shall  deposit  the  money  with  the 
county  treasurer  of  Ormsby  County  to  the  credit  of  Carson  City  school 
district;  and  this  money  shall  be  used  by  said  school  trustees  for  the 
payment  of  teachers'  salaries  in  this  district. 

Acts  Repealed. 

SEC.  4.  All  acts  and  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  with  this  act  are  hereby 
repealed . 

AMENDMENTS    TO   ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS   FOR  STATE 
ORPHANS'  HOME 

[n  act  to  amend  sections  twelve  and  thirteen  of  an  act  entitled  "An  act  for  the 
government  and  maintenance  of  the  state  orphans'  home"  approved  March 
1,  1873,  as  amended  March  9,  1903. 

Approved  March  25,  1913 

Dependent  and  Neglected  Children  Though  Not  Orphans  May  Be  Received  at 
Orphans'  Home. 

SECTION  1.  Section  twelve  of  the  above-entitled  act  as  amended  is 
hereby  amended  so  as  to  read  as  follows : 

Section  12.  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  to  prevent  the 
board  of  directors,  at  their  discretion,  from  receiving  any  child  from  its 
living  resident  parent,  parents,  guardian  or  guardians,  upon  a  proper 
showing  to  their  satisfaction  of  the  inability  of  such  parent,  parents, 
guardian  or  guardians,  to  support  and  care  for  such  child;  and  that  such 
board  may  require  the  living  parent,  parents,  guardian  or  guardians  of 
such  child  so  admitted,  to  contribute  such  sum  to  its  support  as  said 
board  may  determine;  provided,  however,  that  the  state  orphans'  home 


80  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

is  hereby  organized  as  a  home  for  dependent  or  neglected  children  in 
addition  to  the  other  purposes  for  which  the  institution  is  established; 
and  the  board  of  directors  are  authorized  and  required  to  receive  such 
dependent  and  neglected  children  as  may  be  committed  to  the  care  of 
said  institution  by  any  district  court  of  this  state. 

Children  Committed  by  District  Judge  or  County  Commissioners— County  to 
Pay— All  Children  at  Home  Wards  of  State— Certain  Children  Barred. 

SEC.  2.  Section  thirteen  of  the  above-entitled  act  as  amended  is 
hereby  amended  so  as  to  read  as  follows: 

Section  13.  Children  admitted  to  the  state  orphans'  home  under  the 
provisions  of  section  twelve  of  this  act,  as  amended,  are  hereby  declared 
and  adjudged  to  be  wards  of  the  state  as  fully  as  whole  orphans;  pro- 
vided, that  children  may  be  received  by  the  board  of  directors  of  said 
orphans'  home  when  committed  to  the  same  by  the  district  court  of  the 
county  in  which  such  children  reside;  provided  further,  that  if  the  dis- 
trict judge  is  absent  from  the  county,  or  from  any  cause  is  unable  to  act 
when  an  application  is  made  for  the  commitment  of  any  dependent  or 
neglected  child  to  said  orphans'  home,  the  county  commissioners  are 
hereby  authorized  to  commit  such  child  to  said  orphans'  home;  but  any 
such  commitment  by  any  said  board  of  county  commissioners  is  subject 
to  review  by  the  district  court  of  the  county  from  which  the  child  was 
committed;  provided  further ,  that  the  expenses,  transportation  and  main- 
tenance of  such  dependent  and  neglected  children,  when  committed  to 
this  institution  by  any  district  court  or  board  of  county  commissioners 
of  the  state  shall  become  a  charge  against  the  county  from  which  such 
dependent  or  neglected  children  are  committed,  such  charge  to  be  a 
reasonable  rate  to  be  fixed  from  time  to  time  by  the  board  of  directors 
of  said  orphans'  home;  and  provided  further ,  that  no  dependent  or  neg- 
lected child  who  is  idiotic  or  who  has  any  contagious  disease  shall  be 
committed  to  or  received  by  the  board  of  directors  into  said  institution. 

SEC.  3.     This  act  shall  take  effect  upon  its  passage  and  approval. 


EDUCATION  OF  THE  DEAF  AND  DUMB,  AND  THE  BLIND 

An  act  to  provide  for  the  education  of  the  deaf  and  dumb,  and  the  blind 
of  the  State  of  Nevada. 

Approved  March  2,  1869 

SECTION  1.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  is  authorized  to 
make  arrangements  with  the  directors  of  any  institutions  for  the  deaf  and 
dumb  and  the  blind  in  the  State  of  California,  or  in  the  State  of  Utah, 
for  the  admission,  support,  education,  and  care  of  the  deaf  and  dumb 
and  the  blind  of  this  state,  and  for  that  purpose  is  hereby  empowered  to 
make  all  needful  contracts  and  agreements  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of 
this  act.  As  amended,  Stats.  1907,  p.  371. 

Application,  How  Made— Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  to  Issue  Cer- 
tificate. 

SEC.  2.  Upon  application  under  oath  of  a  parent,  relative,  guardian 
or  nearest  friend  of  any  deaf,  dumb  or  blind  person,  resident  of  this 
state,  setting  forth  that  by  reason  of  deafness,  dumbness,  or  blindness, 
such  person  is  disqualified  from  being  taught  by  the  ordinary  process  of 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  83 

relating  to  the  care  of  children  who  have  been  adjudged  delinquent,  and 
for  the  moral,  industrial  and  general  education  of  such  boys;  provided, 
that  the  permanent  board  of  government  hereinafter  created  shall  be 
authorized  to  provide  for  the  care  of  delinquent  children  of  either  sex 
properly  committed  thereto,  either  at  this  school,  or  by  sending  female 
delinquents  to  other  institutions  of  a  like  kind  for  females,  and  are 
authorized  to  pay  the  expense  of  transportation  and  maintenance  of 
children  sent  to  such  other  institution  out  of  the  fund  hereinafter  created 
by  this  act. 

Governor  to  Appoint  Commission— School  in  Elko. 

SEC.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  governor  of  Nevada,  on  or  before 
the  thirty-first  day  of  March,  1913,  to  appoint  two  persons  who,  together 
with  the  governor  shall  constitute  a  commission  for  the  establishment  of 
a  school  of  industry  at  the  town  of  Elko,  Elko  County,  Nevada,  upon  a 
ten-acre  site  to  be  deeded  to  the  state  without  charge;  conditioned  upon 
the  payment  to  the  commission  by  the  citizens  of  Elko  of  the  sum  of  five 
thousand  dollars  to  assist  in  the  construction  of  suitable  buildings  for 
such  home. 

Commission  to  Secure  Flans  for  Buildings. 

SEC.  4.  Upon  the  choice  of  such  site  having  been  made,  it  shall  be 
the  duty  of  such  commission  to  advertise  in  such  Nevada  and  other 
newspapers  as  to  the  commission  shall  seem  best  for  the  architectural 
designs  and  plans  for  such  building  or  buildings  as  shall  be  deemed 
requisite  by  the  commission  for  such  school  and  for  the  carrying  out  of 
its  purposes,  and  said  commission  shall  include  in  such  advertisement  a 
brief  description  of  the  character,  size  and  cost  limit  of  the  building  or 
buildings  to  be  constructed;  said  advertisement  shall  state  that  all 
designs,  plans  and  estimates  for  the  cost  of  construction  thereof  shall  be 
received  by  the  commisssion.  The  commission  shall  have  the  power  to 
reject  any  and  all  designs  and  plans  submitted. 

Commission  May  Employ  Architect. 

SEC.  5.  The  said  commission  shall,  after  passing  on  said  designs,  have 
power,  in  the  event  of  no  design  having  been  accepted,  to  employ  an 
architect  of  their  choice  to  make  under  their  direction  a  proper  design 
with  plans  and  specifications,  all  to  be  approved  by  the  commission  and 
at  a  cost  also  approved  by  them.  The  commission  shall  likewise  have 
power  to  modify  any  accepted  plans  or  designs  as  they  see  fit. 

Contracts  To  Be  Let. 

SEC.  6.  Immediately  upon  the  acceptance  or  adoption  of  a  design 
and  plans  and  specifications,  with  their  modifications,  if  any,  the  said 
commission  shall,  under  the  advice  of  the  attorney-general,  let  a  con- 
tract or  contracts  for  the  construction  thereof,  with  suitable  indemnity 
bond  or  bonds  to  be  approved  by  a  majority  of  the  commission  and  by 
the  state  treasurer.  Said  commission  shall  have  full  power  to  prescribe 
the  course  of  procedure  to  be  by  them  adopted  for  the  securing,  sub- 
mission and  opening  of  bids,  and  awarding  of  contracts  thereon,  or  said 
commission  may,  if  in  their  judgment  deemed  best,  negotiate  for  the 
construction  by  contract  without  competitive  bidding  thereon. 

Clerk  To  Be  Appointed. 

SEC.  7.     Said  commission  shall  have  authority  to  employ  a  clerk  to 


84  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

keep  its  records  and  accounts,  and  to  incur  such  expense  as  may  be 
necessary  for  architectural  advice,  stenographic  service,  and  any  other 
incidental  expense  as  shall  be  approved  as  necessary  by  the  commission. 

All  Expenditures  Published. 

SEC.  8.  All  expenditures  made  by  said  commission  in  the  perform- 
ance of  the  duties  in  this  act  imposed,  shall  be  audited  by  the  state 
controller,  and  once  every  month  said  auditor  shall  publish  in  some 
newspaper  of  general  circulation  in  Nevada,  an  abstract  of  expenditures 
to  date,  up  to  the  time  of  the  completion  of  said  building  or  buildings. 

Governor  and  Four  Appointees  to  Constitute  Permanent  Board— Superintend- 
ent—Salary. 

SEC.  9.  The  permanent  board  of  government  of  said  institution  shall 
consist  of  the  governor  of  Nevada  and  four  persons  to  be  appointed  by 
him,  and  removable  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  members  of  the  board. 
The  terms  of  office  of  such  members,  other  than  the  governor,  shall 
expire  one  each  year,  beginning  January  1,  1915,  and  in  the  appoint- 
ments the  times  of  expiration  of  the  first  appointees  shall  be  designated 
in  the  respective  appointments,  and  thereafter  their  terms  of  office  shall 
be  four  years  each.  The  members  of  said  board  shall  serve  without 
compensation,  but  necessary  and  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  them 
in  the  performance  of  their  duties  as  members  of  said  board  shall  be 
paid  out  of  the  appropriations  made  for  the  maintenance  of  said  school, 
when  approved  by  the  board.  They  shall  appoint  a  superintendent  of 
the  school,  whose  salary  shall  be  not  more  than  $2,400  per  year,  payable 
monthly,  and  who  shall  hold  office  during  the  pleasure  of  the  board. 
The  board  of  government  is  hereby  authorized  to  accept  gifts,  and  in 
order  that  the  home  herein  provided  for  may  be  prepared  as  soon  as 
possible,  to  borrow  money  at  a  rate  not  to  exceed  6  per  cent,  to  be 
repaid  from  the  fund  created  by  this  act. 

Bond  of  Superintendent. 

SEC.  10.  The  superintendent  shall  give  such  bond  for  the  faithful 
performance  of  his  duties  as  shall  be  prescribed  from  time  to  time  by 
the  board,  and  shall,  subject  to  the  regulations  prescribed  by  the  board, 
be  invested  with  the  custody  of  the  lands,  buildings  and  other  property 
belonging  to  the  institution.  He  shall  appoint,  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  board,  all  teachers,  officers  and  employees  who  shall  hold  office 
during  his  pleasure. 

Education  and  Training  of  Inmates. 

SEC.  11.  The  board  shall  cause  to  be  organized  and  maintained  a 
department  of  instruction  for  the  inmates  of  said  school,  with  a  course 
of  study  corresponding,  so  far  as  practicable,  with  the  course  of  study 
in  the  state  public  schools  and  not  higher  than  the  high-school  courses. 
They  shall  adopt  a  system  of  government  embracing  such  rules  and  regu- 
lations as  are  necessary  for  the  guidance  of  the  teachers,  officers,  and 
employees,  for  the  regulation  of  the  hours  of  labor  and  study,  for  the 
preservation  of  order,  for  the  enforcement  of  discipline,  and  for  the  indus- 
trial training  of  the  inmates.  The  ultimate  purpose  of  all  such  instruc- 
tion, training,  discipline  and  industries  shall  be  to  qualify  inmates  for 
profitable  and  honorable  employment  and  to  enable  them  to  lead  useful 
lives  after  their  release  from  the  institution  rather  than  to  make  said 
institution  self-supporting. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  85 

School  Regulations  and  Rules. 

SEC.  12.  The  rules  and  regulations  of  said  school  and  the  conduct 
thereof  by  said  board  and  said  superintendent  shall  be  in  strict  harmony 
with  and  obedience  to  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  and  the  judg- 
ments and  orders  of  the  district  courts  of  the  several  judicial  districts 
rendered  and  made  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  Nevada. 

Construction  of  this  Act— Inmates  May  Receive  Moderate  Pay  in  Lieu  of 
Clothing,  Etc. 

SEC.  13.  This  act  shall  be  construed  in  conformity  with  the  intent 
as  well  as  the  expressed  provisions  thereof,  and  shall  confer  upon  the 
board  authority  to  do  all  those  lawful  acts  which  it  deems  necessary  to 
promote  the  prosperity  of  the  school,  and  the  well-being  and  education 
of  its  inmates,  including  the  organization  of  trade  schools,  purchase  of 
materials  for  use  therein,  and  the  doing  of  all  other  things,  not  prohib- 
ited, which  are  required  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  this  act.  The 
board  is  further  authorized  to  pay  those  committed  to  said  school  small 
weekly  or  monthly  sums  in  lieu  of  clothing  and  other  necessary  articles, 
if,  in  its  judgment,  such  a  course  would  better  promote  discipline  and 
training;  and  for  this  purpose  and  also  to  meet  small  current  and  inci- 
dental expenses  the  said  board  is  hereby  authorized  to  place  in  the  hands 
of  the  superintendent  of  this  industrial  school,  through  requisitions 
approved  by  the  state  board  of  examiners,  and  issued  and  paid  by  war- 
rants as  provided  herein,  sums  of  money,  not  to  exceed  five  hundred 
dollars  at  any  one  time;  provided,  that  the  superintendent  shall  make  a 
complete  financial  report  each  month  to  the  board  of  trustees  of  all 
moneys  handled  by  him. 

Courts  to  Commit  Boys  to  Institution. 

SEC.  14.  When  the  premises  are  ready  for  occupancy,  the  governor 
shall  make  due  proclamation  thereof.  Thereafter  it  shall  be  lawful  for 
the  courts  to  commit  to  said  institution  those  boys  whom  they  shall  have 
found  to  be  delinquents  as  provided  by  law. 

Special  State  Tax  of  Two  Cents. 

SEC.  15.  For  the  fiscal  year  commencing  January  1,  1913,  and  the 
fiscal  year  commencing  January  1,  1914,  an  ad  valorem  tax  of  two  cents 
on  each  one  hundred  dollars  of  taxable  property  is  hereby  levied  and 
directed  to  be  collected,  for  the  purposes  of  this  act,  upon  all  the  taxable 
property  in  this  state,  including  the  net  proceeds  of  mines  and  mining 
claims,  except  such  property  as  is  by  law  exempt  from  taxation,  and  all 
money  derived  from  said  taxes  shall  be  paid  into  the  treasury  to  the 
credit  of  the  Nevada  school  of  industry  fund  hereby  created. 


EMPLOYMENT    OF    CHILDREN    PROHIBITED    IN    CERTAIN   CASES- 
LIMITED  IN  OTHERS— PENALTIES 

An  act  regulating  the  employment  of  children  and  providing  penalties  for  the 
violations  of  the  provisions  of  said  act. 

Approved  March  25,  1913 
No  Child  Under  14  to  Labor  During  School  Hours. 

SECTION  1.     It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
to  employ  any  child  under  fourteen  (14)  years  of  age,  in  any  business 


86  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

or  service  whatever  during  the  hours  in  which  the  public  schools  of  the 
district,  in  which  the  child  resides,  are  in  session. 

Child  Under  16  Shall  Never  Work  in  Certain  Callings, 

SEC.  2.  No  child  under  the  age  of  sixteen  (16)  years  shall  be  employed, 
permitted  or  suffered  to  work  in  any  capacity  in,  about,  or  in  connection 
with  the  preparing  of  any  composition  in  which  dangerous  or  poisonous 
acids  are  used,  manufacture  of  paints,  colors,  or  white  lead;  dipping, 
drying  or  packing  matches:  manufacture  of  goods  for  immoral  purposes; 
nor  in,  about,  or  in  connection  with  any  mine,  coal  breaker,  quarry, 
smelter,  ore  reduction  works,  laundry,  tobacco  warehouses,  cigar  factory, 
or  other  factory  where  tobacco  is  manufactured  or  prepared,  distillery, 
brewery,  or  any  other  establishment  where  malt  or  alcoholic  liquors  are 
manufactured,  packed,  wrapped  or  bottled;  nor  in  any  other  employ- 
ment declared  by  the  state  board  of  health  to  be  dangerous  to  lives  or 
limbs,  or  injurious  to  the  health  or  morals  of  children  under  the  age  of 
sixteen  (16). 

State  Board  of  Health  to  Decide  as  to  Injurious  Callings. 

SEC.  3.  The  state  board  of  health  may  from  time  to  time  determine 
whether  or  not  any  particular  trade,  process  of  manufacture,  or  occupa- 
tion, or  any  particular  method  of  carrying  on  such  trade,  process  of 
manufacture  or  occupation  is  sufficiently  dangerous  to  the  lives  or  limbs, 
or  injurious  to  the  health  or  morals  of  minors  under  sixteen  (16)  years 
of  age  employed  therein  to  justify  their  exclusion  therefrom,  and  may 
prohibit  their  employment  therein. 

Duties  of  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  Inspector  or  School  Officer. 

SEC.  4.  The  state  superintendent,  or  other  authorized  inspector  or 
school  attendance  officer,  shall  make  demand  on  an  employer  in  or  about 
whose  place  or  establishment  a  child  apparently  under  the  age  of  four- 
teen (14)  years  is  employed,  or  permitted  or  suffered  to  work,  during 
the  hours  in  which  public  schools  of  the  district  are  in  session ;  that  such 
employer  shall  either  furnish  him  within  ten  (10)  days  satisfactory  evi- 
dence that  such  child  is  in  fact  over  fourteen  (14)  years  of  age,  or  shall 
cease  to  employ,  or  permit  or  suffer  such  child  to  work. 

Other  Callings  Where  Child  Under  Sixteen  Cannot  Work. 

SEC.  5.  No  child  under  the  age  of  sixteen  (16)  years  shall  be 
employed,  permitted  or  suffered  to  work  in,  about  or  in  connection  with 
glass  furnaces,  smelters,  or  ore  reduction  works,  in  the  outside  erection 
and  repair  of  electric  wires,  in  the  running  or  management  of  elevators, 
lifts,  or  hoisting  machines,  in  oiling  hazardous  or  dangerous  machinery 
in  motion,  at  switch  tending,  gate  tending,  track  repairing,  as  brakeman, 
fireman,  engineer,  motorman,  conductor  upon  any  railroads  in  or  about 
establishments  where  nitroglycerine,  dynamite,  daulin,  guncotton,  gun- 
powder or  other  high  or  dangerous  explosives  are  manufactured,  com- 
pounded or  stored ;  nor  in  any  other  employment  declared  by  the  state 
board  of  health  to  be  dangerous  to  the  lives  or  limbs,  or  injurious  to  the 
health  or  morals  of  children  under  the  age  of  sixteen  (16)  years. 

State  Health  Board  to  Decide  What  are  Injurious  Callings. 

SEC.  6.  The  state  board  of  health  may  from  time  to  time  determine 
whether  or  not  any  particular  trade,  process  of  manufacture,  or  occupation 
or  any  particular  method  of  carrying  on  such  trade,  process  of  manufacture 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  87 

or  occupation  is  sufficiently  injurious  to  the  lives  or  limbs,  or  injurious 
to  the  health  or  morals  of  the  minor  under  the  age  of  sixteen  (16)  years, 
employed  therein  to  justify  their  exclusion  therefrom,  and  may  prohibit 
their  employment  therein. 

Messengers  Must  Be  Over  Eighteen  When  Employed  at  Night  Work. 

SEC.  7.  In  incorporated  cities  and  towns  no  person  under  the  age  of 
eighteen  (18)  years  shall  be  employed  or  permitted  to  work  as  a  mes- 
senger for  a  telegraph  or  messenger  company  in  the  distribution,  trans- 
mission or  delivery  of  goods  or  messages  before  5  o'clock  in  the  morning, 
or  after  10  o'clock  in  the  evening  of  any  day. 

Eight  Hours  a  Day's  Work  for  Children — Exception. 

SEC.  8.  No  boy  under  the  age  of  sixteen  (16)  years  and  no  girl  under 
the  age  of  eighteen  (18)  years  shall  be  employed,  permitted  or  suffered 
to  work  at  any  gainful  occupation,  other  than  domestic  service  or  work 
on  a  farm  more  than  forty-eight  hours  in  any  one  week,  nor  more  than 
eight  hours  in  any  one  day.  The  presence  of  a  child  in  any  establish- 
ment during  working  hours  shall  be  prima  facie  evidence  of  its  employ- 
ment therein. 

Penalties  for  Violation  of  Act. 

SEC.  9.  Whoever  employs  any  child,  and  whoever  having  under  his 
control  as  parent,  guardian,  or  otherwise,  any  child,  permits  or  suffers 
any  child  to  be  employed  or  to  work  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  act,  shall  for  such  offense  be  fined  not  less  than  five  ($5)  dollars 
nor  more  than  two  hundred  ($200)  dollars  or  to  be  imprisoned  for  not  less 
than  ten  (10)  days  nor  more  than  thirty  (30)  days,  or  both  in  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  court. 

Other  Penalties. 

SEC.  10.  Whoever  continues  to  employ  any  child  in  violation  of  any 
of  the  provisions  of  this  act,  after  being  notified  thereof  by  a  school 
attendance  officer,  or  other  authorized  officer,  shall  for  every  day  there- 
after that  such  employment  continues  be  fined  not  less  than  five  ($5) 
dollars  nor  more  than  twenty  ($20)  dollars. 


BONDING  FOR  COUNTY  HIGH-SCHOOL  BUILDINGS  AND  DORMITORIES 

An  act  to  provide  for  bonding  counties  for  building  and  equipping  county 
high  schools  and  dormitories  or  for  either  one  of  these  purposes,  and  other 
matters  properly  connected  therewith. 

Approved  March  25,  1913 

Question  of  Bonding  Counties  for  High  Schools  To  Be  Submitted  to  Popular 
Vote. 

SECTION  1 .  Whenever  the  county  board  of  education  in  any  county 
having  a  county  high  school  shall  certify  to  the  board  of  county  commis- 
sioners of  such  county  that  a  new  county  high-school  building  or  dormi- 
tory, or  both  of  these,  are  needed,  or  that  it  is  necessary  to  enlarge  one 
or  both  of  the  buildings  in  use,  and  that  the  cost  of  the  same  is  such 
that  it  is  expedient  to  raise  the  necessary  money  therefor  by  direct 
levy  and  that  a  bond  issue  for  the  purpose  is  advisable,  and  shall  furnish 


88  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

the  board  of  county  commissioners  with  a  definite  statement  of  the 
amount  of  money  needed  therefor,  said  board  of  county  commissioners 
is  hereby  authorized  and  directed  to  submit  the  question  of  bonding  the 
county  for  the  amount  named  to  the  voters  of  the  county  at  the  next 
general  election;  or  said  board  may,  in  its  discretion,  order  a  special 
election  if  so  requested  by  the  county  board  of  education. 

County  Commissioners  to  Order  Such  Election.  ; 

SEC.  2.  The  board  of  county  commissioners  may  make  an  order  for 
the  bond  election  provided  for  in  this  act  at  any  regular  meeting  or  at 
a  special  meeting  held  not  less  than  eight  weeks  before  any  general  or 
special  election,  which  election  shall  be  noticed,  held  and  conducted,  and 
returns  thereof  made  as  and  in  the  manner  now  provided  bylaw  for  hold- 
ing elections  in  the  several  counties  of  the  state. 

Election  Notice,  What  to  Contain, 

The  election  notice  must  contain: 

First — The  time  and  places  of  holding  such  election. 

Second — The  hours  during  the  day  in  which  the  polls  will  be  opened, 
which  hours  shall  be  the  same  as  at  general  elections. 

Third — The  amount  of  the  bonds,  the  rate  of  interest  and  the  num- 
ber of  years,  not  exceeding  twenty,  the  bonds  are  to  run. 

There  shall  be  placed  upon  one  line  of  the  printed  ballots  for  such 
election  the  words  "For  the  bonds"  [and  upon  the  following  line  the 
words  "Against  the  bonds."]  The  method  of  indicating  choice  thereof 
shall  be  the  usual  method  prescribed  in  this  state. 

Commissioners  to  Issue  Bonds— Interest  Limit  Six  Per  Cent. 

SEC.  3.  If  upon  the  official  determination  of  the  result  of  such  elec- 
tion it  shall  appear  that  a  majority  of  all  the  votes  cast  are  "For  the 
bonds"  the  board  of  county  commissioners,  as  soon  as  practicable  there- 
after, shall  issue  the  negotiable  coupon  bonds  of  the  county  in  such  form 
and  denomination  as  the  county  board  of  education  may  direct,  but  not 
in  conflict  with  the  election  notice  thereof,  said  bonds  to  run  for  a  period 
not  to  exceed  twenty  (20)  years  from  the  date  of  issue  and  to  bear  inter- 
est at  a  rate  not  exceeding  six  (6)  per  cent  per  annum,  payable  semi- 
annually,  both  principal  and  interest  payable  at  such  place  as  the  board 
of  county  commissioners  may  direct,  said  bonds  not  to  be  sold  at  less 
than  their  par  value.  Before  any  of  the  bonds  provided  for  in  this  act 
are  sold,  notice  of  the  proposed  sale  must  be  given  by  publication  in  a 
newspaper  of  general  circulation  in  the  county  for  at  least  three  weeks, 
inviting  sealed  bids  to  be  made  for  said  bonds,  and  the  bonds  shall  be 
sold  to  the  highest  and  best  bidder. 

Bonds  To  Be  Signed  and  Attested. 

SEC.  4.  All  bonds  issued  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be 
signed  by  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners,  attested 
by  its  clerk,  sealed  with  its  seal,  and  countersigned  by  the  county  treas- 
urer; and  each  of  the  interest  coupons  attached  to  said  bond  shall  be 
signed  by  the  original  or  engraved  facsimile  signature  of  said  chairman, 
clerk  and  treasurer. 

Bonds  To  Be  Registered. 

SEC.  5.  Before  any  county  shall  issue  bonds  under  the  provisions  of 
this  act,  all  such  bonds  shall  be  presented  to  the  treasurer  of  the  county 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  89 

to  be  duly  registered  by  him  in  a  book  kept  for  that  purpose  in  his 
office,  which  shall  show  the  amount,  the  time  of  payment,  and  the  rate 
of  interest;  and  all  such  bonds  shall  bear  the  certificate  of  the  county 
treasurer  to  the  effect  that  they  are  issued  and  registered  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  act.  After  such  registry  the  bonds  shall  be  sold  for  the 
purpose  of  raising  funds  for  the  objects  designated  in  this  act.  JLk;.ijQikl3l 

Special  Tax  for  Interest  on  Bonds  and  for  Sinking  Fund  for  Redemption. 

SEC.  6.  Whenever  a  county  shall  issue  any  bonds  under  the  provisions 
of  this  act,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners  to 
annually  levy  and  assess  a  special  tax  on  all  the  taxable  property  of  such 
county  including  the  net  proceeds  of  mines  in  an  amount  sufficient  to 
pay  the  interest  accruing  thereon  promptly  when  and  as  the  same  become 
due,  according  to  the  tenor  and  effect  of  said  bonds,  and  the  county  treas- 
urer shall  collect  the  same  as  other  taxes  are  collected,  in  cash  only, 
keeping  the  same  separate  from  other  funds  received  by  him,  and  shall 
cause  said  interest  to  always  be  promptly  paid  at  the  place  of  payment 
specified  in  the  bonds;  if  there  be  any  surplus  after  paying  said  interest, 
the  treasurer  shall  without  delay  pass  the  same  to  the  credit  of  the  county 
high-school  fund,  and  such  money  so  passed  to  the  credit  of  said  fund, 
shall  be  subject  to  the  disposal  of  the  county  board  of  education  and  in 
the  tenth  year  after  the  year  in  which  the  bonds  are  issued  or  in  the  fifth 
year  after  the  issue  of  said  bonds  provided  the  board  of  county  commis- 
sioners so  determine,  and  annually  thereafter  until  the  full  payment  of 
such  bonds  has  been  made,  the  board  of  county  commissioners  shall  levy 
and  assess  a  special  tax,  and  shall  cause  such  special  tax  to  be  collected  on 
all  the  taxable  property  of  the  county  including  the  net  proceeds  of  mines, 
sufficient  to  raise  annually  a  proportion  of  the  principal  of  said  bonds 
equal  to  a  sum  produced  by  taking  the  whole  amount  of  said  bonds  out- 
standing and  dividing  it  by  the  number  of  years  said  bonds  then  have  to 
run,  which  amount  shall  be  levied,  and  assessed  and  collected  by  the 
county  treasurer  in  the  same  manner  as  the  tax  for  the  payment  of  the 
interest  coupons,  and  when  collected  shall  be  known  as  the  "County 
High-School  Bond  Sinking  Fund"  and  shall  be  used  only  for  the  pay- 
ment of  said  bonds  which  said  county  treasurer  shall  cause  to  be  paid  at 
the  place  of  payment  specified  in  such  bond.  The  sinking  fund  thus 
created  may  be  applied  to  the  purchase  and  cancelation  of  the  outstand- 
ing bonds  provided  for  in  this  act.  At  the  maturity  of  such  bonds  the 
county  treasurer  shall  call  in  and  pay  them  with  the  interest  accrued 
thereon,  and  shall  duly  cancel  each  bond  and  certify  his  action  to  the 
board  of  county  commissioners  and  county  board  of  education.  In  the 
event  the  funds  to  pay  interest  are  not  collected  in  time  to  permit  the 
payment  of  the  interest  on  said  bonds  when  the  same  shall  become  due, 
the  county  treasurer  shall  pay  the  amount  due  out  of  the  general  county 
fund  and  then  reimburse  said  fund  for  the  amount  so  borrowed  from  it 
when  said  interest  funds  are  collected. 

Maximum  Bonding  Limits. 

SEC.  7.  The  maximum  bonding  limit  of  counties  for  county  high- 
school  purposes  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  as  follows : 

1.  For  counties  having  a  total  assessed  valuation  of  two  million  five 
hundred  thousand  (2,500,000)  dollars  or  less,  two  and  one-half  per  cent 
of  such  valuation. 

2.  For  counties  having  an  assessed  valuation  of  over  two  million  five 


90  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

hundred  thousand  (2,500,000)  and   less  than  five   million  (5,000,000) 
dollars  of  assessed  valuation,  two  per  cent  of  such  valuation. 

3.  For  counties  having  an  assessed  valuation  of  five  million  (5,000,000) 
dollars  and  less  than  ten  million  (10,000,000)  dollars  of  assessed  valua- 
tion, one  and  one-half  per  cent  of  such  valuation. 

4.  For   counties   having  ten  million  (10,000,000)  dollars  or   over   of 
assessed  valuation,  one  per  cent  of  such  valuation. 

Property  Not  Released  from  Taxation  by  Change  in  Boundary  Lines. 

SEC.  8.  No  change  in  the  boundary  lines  of  any  county  shall  release 
the  taxable  real  property  of  the  county  from  assessment  and  levy  of  the 
taxes  to  pay  the  interest  and  principal  of  such  bonds,  and  if  there  shall 
be  any  change  in  the  boundary  of  such  county  so  as  to  leave  out  any 
portion  of  the  taxable  real  property  of  the  county  which  was  subject  to 
taxation  in  the  county  at  the  time  of  the  issue  of  such  bonds,  the  assess- 
ment and  levy  of  taxes  for  the  payment  of  the  principal  and  interest  of 
such  bonds  shall  be  made  on  such  property  as  if  it  were  still  within  the 
county,  and  if  there  shall  be  any  change  in  the  boundary  lines  of  such 
county  so  as  to  annex  or  include  any  taxable  or  real  property,  after  the 
issue  of  such  bonds,  the  real  property  so  included  or  annexed  shall  there- 
after be  subject  to  the  assessment  and  levy  of  a  tax  for  the  payment  of 
the  principal  and  interest  of  such  bonds. 

Taxes  a  Lien  onfProperty. 

SEC.  9.  All  taxes  levied  and  assessed  as  in  this  act  provided  shall  con- 
stitute a  lien  on  the  property  charged  therewith,  from  the  date  of  the 
levy  thereof  by  the  county  commissioners,  or  the  entry  thereof  on  the 
assessment  roll  of  the  county  auditor,  until  the  same  are  paid,  and  there- 
after, if  allowed  to  become  delinquent,  shall  be  enforced  in  the  same 
manner  as  is  now  provided  by  law  for  the  collection  of  state  and  county 
taxes.  And  no  additional  allowance,  fee,  or  compensation  whatever 
shall  be  paid  to  any  officer  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  10.  All  acts  and  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  with  this  act  are  hereby 
repealed . 


SECTIONS  OF  GENERAL  ACTS  IN  REVISED  LAWS  OF  NEVADA,  1912, 
APPLYING  TO  EDUCATIONAL  FUNDS 

1619.    Escheated  Estate  Funds  To  Be  Paid  to  the  State  for  Educational 
Purposes. 

SEC.  5.  Each  executor,  administrator  and  public  administrator,  on 
final  settlement  of  an  estate  and  proper  order  of  the  court  having  juris- 
diction in  the  matter  thereof,  or  before  final  settlement,  upon  the  regu- 
lar order  of  the  court  aforesaid,  shall  pay  over  all  moneys  of  such  estate  to 
the  lawful  heirs  or  legatees,  or  devisees,  thereof,  and  if  there  be  none  of 
either,  then  to  the  county  treasurer,  and  the  county  treasurer  shall  pay 
the  same  to  the  state  treasurer,  and  if  the  same  escheat  to  the  state,  the 
state  treasurer  shall  place  the  same  in  the  fund  devoted  and  pledged  to 
educational  purposes. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  91 

1625.    Recovery  Action  by  Heirs — If  Not  Sustained  Money  Must  Be  Paid 
Into  Irreducible  School  Fund. 

SEC.  12.  Any  money  paid  into  the  state  treasury  under  the  provisions 
of  this  act,  excepting  from  an  escheated  estate,  may  be  recovered  by  the 
rightful  heirs  or  legatees  thereof  in  the  following  manner,  viz:  Such 
heir  or  heirs,  legatee  or  legatees,  may  present  their  claim  therefor  to  the 
district  court  which  had  jurisdiction  of  the  final  settlement  of  the  estates 
to  which  such  money  belonged,  and  make  proof  of  the  validity  of  such 
claim,  after  notice  given  to  the  attorney-general  of  the  state,  to  the  sat- 
isfaction of  such  court,  under  such  rules  as  it  may  prescribe.  If  satis- 
fied on  the  hearing  that  such  claimant  or  claimants  are  rightfully 
entitled  to  the  same,  the  court  shall  enter  a  decree  that  such  money  be 
paid  to  him  or  them.  Such  decree  shall  then  be  certified  to  the  state 
board  of  examiners,  stating  the  amount  thereby  found  to  be  due,  and  the 
said  board  shall  allow  the  same,  certify  it  to  the  controller,  who  shall  draw 
his  warrant  therefor  on  the  treasurer,  and  who  shall  pay  the  same;  pro- 
vided, no  proceedings  shall  be  maintained  under  the  provisions  of  this 
section  of  this  act  unless  commenced  within  six  years  next  after  the  final 
settlement  of  the  estate  to  which  they  relate;  and  provided  further,  that 
all  costs  of  such  proceeding  shall  be  paid  by  the  applicant  or  applicants. 
If  not  applied  for  within  six  years,  as  above  provided,  or  if  applied  for 
and  not  obtained,  such  moneys  shall  then  be  placed  in  the  irreducible 
school  fund  of  this  state. 

6116.    Estate  of  Intestate— Descent  and  Distribution— When  to  Escheat  to 
the  State  for  Support  of  Common  Schools. 

SEC.  259.  When  any  person  having  title  to  any  estate,  not  otherwise 
limited  by  marriage  contracts,  shall  die  intestate  as  to  such  estate,  it 
shall  descend  and  be  distributed  subject  to  the  payment  of  his  or  her 
debts  in  the  following  manner: 

Sixth — If  the  intestate  shall  leave  no  husband  nor  wife  nor  kindred, 
the  estate  shall  escheat  to  the  state  for  the  support  of  the  common  schools. 

[The  first  five  paragraphs  of  this  section  have  no  bearing  on  eductional  funds. 
For  all  other  sources  of  income  for  Irreducible  School  Fund  see  article  11,  section 
3  of  Constitution  of  Nevada.] 


MONEYS  FROM  VARIOUS  SOURCES  THAT  GO  INTO   PUBLIC  SCHOOL 

FUNDS 

3952.  Fees  for  Official  Commissions  and  all  Fees  of  Office  of  Secretary  of 
State  to  go  into  Library  Fund— One-half  of  Surplus  Annually  To  Be 
Transferred  to  State  Distributive  School  Fund. 

SECTION  7.  Each  and  every  officer  of  this  state,  civil  and  military, 
except  commissioners  of  deeds  and  notaries  public,  shall,  at  the  time  of 
the  issuance  of  his  commission,  and  before  entering  upon  the  duties  of 
his  office,  pay  to  the  secretary  of  state  the  sum  of  five  dollars,  which, 
with  all  fees  of  whatever  character,  by  the  laws  now  in  force,  or  which 
may  hereafter  be  provided  to  be  charged  and  collected  in  the  office  of 
the  secretary  of  state,  shall  constitute  a  portion  of  the  library  fund;  and 
the  secretary  of  state  shall  exhibit  an  account  of,  under  oath,  and  pay 
to  the  state  treasurer,  at  the  end  of  each  quarter,  dating  from  the  first 
day  of  January,  all  moneys  collected  under  this  act,  and  the  same, 


92  SCHOOL  LAWS  OP  NEVADA 

together  with  such  revenues  as  are  hereinafter  provided,  shall  be  reserved, 
set  apart,  and  appropriated,  as  a  state  library  fund.  On  the  thirty-first 
day  of  December,  nineteen  hundred  and  seven,  and  annually  thereafter, 
the  state  treasurer  shall  take  from  the  said  library  fund  all  moneys  in 
excess  of  the  sum  of  five  thousand  dollars,  if  there  be  any  surplus,  and 
transfer  one-half  of  such  moneys  to  the  general  fund  of  the  state  treas- 
ury, and  the  other  half  to  the  general  state  school  fund  of  the  treasury. 
Revised  Laws  of  Nevada,  1912,  3952. 

2135.    Certain  Portion  of  Profits  of  Franchises  to  County  School  Fund. 

SEC.  7.  Every  applicant  for  a  franchise  for  any  of  the  purposes  men- 
tioned in  section  1  of  this  act  shall,  within  ten  days  after  such  franchise 
is  granted,  file  with  the  county  recorder  of  such  county  an  agreement 
properly  executed  by  the  grantee  of  such  franchise,  right  or  privilege  to 
pay  annually  on  the  first  Monday  of  July  of  each  year  to  the  county 
treasurer  of  the  county  wherein  such  franchise,  right  or  privilege  is  to  be 
exercised,  for  the  benefit  of  the  school  fund  of  such  county,  two  per 
cent  of  the  net  profits  made  by  such  grantee  in  the  operation  of  any  pub- 
lic utility  for  which  such  franchise  is  granted,  and  no  power,  function, 
right  or  privilege  shall  be  exercised  until  such  agreement  shall  be  filed. 
Revised  Laws  of  Nevada,  1912,  2135. 

2251.    Animals— May  Be  Sold— Proceeds,  How  Disposed  of— Common  School 
Fund. 

SEC.  3.  If  at  the  expiration  of  thirty  days  thereafter,  no  such  owner, 
owners,  nor  agent  shall  appear  and  legally  reclaim  such  animal  as  afore- 
said, then  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  person  having  possession  of  it  to 
deliver  the  same  to  the  constable  of  the  township  in  which  the  animal  has 
been  found  and  confined,  whose  duty  it  shall  be,  after  three  days'  notice  of 
the  intent,  to  make  sale  of  the  same  to  the  highest  cash  bidder,  and  after 
paying  all  the  necessary  expenses  incurred  in  the  premises,  then  to  pay 
the  residue  of  the  proceeds  of  such  sales  into  the  treasury  of  the  county 
in  which  such  sale  shall  have  taken  place,  for  the  benefit  of  the  common 
school  fund;  provided,  however,  that  if  the  owner  or  owners  of  such  prop- 
erty shall  make  claim  to  it  at  any  time  before  such  sale  can  legally  be 
made,  nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  to  exempt  such  owner  or 
owners  from  payment  of  all  expenses  incurred.  Revised  Laws  of  Nevada, 
1912,  2251. 

2281.    Moneys  Paid,  How  Disposed  of— County  School  Fund. 

SEC.  8.  All  moneys  paid  into  the  county  treasury,  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  act  as  above  provided,  shall  become  a  part  and  belong  to 
the  county  school  fund  of  the  county  in  which  the  proceedings  are  had, 
and  be  drawn  from  the  county  treasury  on  proper  warrant,  and  shall  be 
exclusively  appropriated  to  the  county  school  fund,  and  for  no  other 
purpose.  Revised  Laws  of  Nevada,  1912,  2281. 

3012.    Transfer  of  Moneys  from  Road  Fund  to  County  School  Fund,  When 
To  Be  Made. 

SEC.  5.  All  moneys  remaining  in  the  road  fund  belonging  to  any 
road  district  at  the  end  of  every  year,  or  belonging  to  any  district 
that  may  be  disorganized,  as  provided  by  this  act,  may,  on  petition  of  a 
majority  of  the  taxpayers  therein,  be  applied  by  the  county  commis- 
sioners to  the  building  of  any  bridge  or  special  improvement  of  any  high- 
way in  said  district,  or  the  county  in  which  said  district  is  situated,  or 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  93 

upon  such  petition  said  moneys  may  be  transferred  to  the  school  fund, 
and  applied  to  the  public  school  or  schools  of  said  district.  Revised 
Laws  of  Nevada,  1912,  3012. 

3760.    Fines  To  Go  to  Irreducible  School  Fund, 

SEC.  148.  The  full  amount  of  all  fines  imposed  and  collected  under, 
and  for  a  violation  of  any,  penal  law  of  this  state,  shall  be  paid  into  the 
state  treasury  to  the  credit  of  the  state  permanent  school  fund,  and 
costs  shall  in  no  case  be  deducted  from  the  fine  fixed  by  law,  or  imposed 
by  the  court.  Revised  Laws  of  Nevada,  1912,  3760. 


AMENDMENT  PROPOSED  TO  CONSTITUTION  FOR  INVESTMENT  OF 
PERMANENT  SCHOOL  FUND  IN  MORTGAGES  ON  AGRICULTURAL 
LANDS 

Assembly  Joint  and  Concurrent  Resolution,  relative  to  amending  section  three 
of  article  eleven  of  the  constitution  of  the  State  of  Nevada. 

Approved  March  26,  1913 

SECTION  3.  [The  proposed  amendment  broadens  the  scope  of  invest- 
ment of  the  state  permanent  school  fund  by  adding  after  the  words,  "or 
the  bonds  of  any  county  in  the  State  of  Nevada"  the  following:]  ;  or  in 
loans  at  a  rate  of  interest  of  not  less  than  six  per  cent  per  annum, 
secured  by  mortgage  on  agricultural  lands  in  this  state  of  not  less  than 
three  times  the  value  of  the  amount  loaned,  exclusive  of  perishable 
improvements,  of  unexceptional  title  and  free  from  all  encumbrances, 
said  loans  to  be  under  such  further  restrictions  and  regulations  as  may 
be  provided  by  law;  [What  follows  is  already  a  part  of  article  11.] 

NOTE — Article  11  is  printed  in  full  in  the  first  part  of  the  School  Code. 


VIRGINIA  CITY  SCHOOL  OF  MINES 

An  act  to  amend  an  act  entitled  "An  act  creating  a  school  of  mines,  to  be 
located  at  Virginia  City,  Nevada"  approved  March  20,  1903. 

Approved  March  20,  1911 

School  of  Mines  Created— Under  Direction  and  Control  of  State  Board  of 
Eucation— Salary  of  Principal  Fixed. 

SECTION  1.  Section  one  of  said  act  is  hereby  amended  so  that  the 
same  shall  read  as  follows: 

There  is  hereby  created  a  school  of  mines,  to  be  known  as  the  Virginia 
City  School  of  Mines,  to  be  located  at  Virginia  City,  Storey  County, 
Nevada,  to  be  under  the  direction  and  control  of  the  state  board  of  edu- 
cation. The  principal  in  charge  of  said  school  of  mines  shall  receive  a 
salary  of  two  thousand  dollars  per  annum,  payable  in  twelve  equal 
monthly  installments  on  the  first  day  of  each  and  every  month  during 
the  time  this  act  and  the  provisions  thereof  shall  remain  in  force  and 
effect. 

State  Board  Authorized  to  Expend  Money  For. 

SEC.  2.  The  said  state  board  of  education  are  hereby  authorized  and 
empowered  to  expend  for  the  support  and  maintenance  of  the  Virginia 


94  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

City  School  of  Mines  for  the  years  1911  and  1912,  in  addition  to  the  sal- 
ary of  the  principal  in  charge  of  said  school  of  mines,  the  sum  of  four 
hundred  and  twenty-five  dollars  ($425). 

NOTE— This  act  includes  the  original  act  of  1903  and^contains  all  the  law  now 
relating  to  the  Virginia  City  School  of  Mines. 


COMPULSORY  ATTENDANCE 

An  act  compelling  the  attendance  of  children  at  schools  where  tuition,  lodging, 
food  and  clothing  are  furnished  at  the  expense  of  the  United  States. 

Approved  March  26,  1913 
Compelling  the  Attendance  of  Pupils  on  Government  Schools— Exception, 

SECTION  1.  -That  whenever  the  government  of  the  United  States  erects, 
or  causes  to  be  erected  and  maintained,  a  school  for  general  educational 
purposes,  within  the  State  of  Nevada,  and  the  expense  of  the  tuition, 
lodging,  food  and  clothing  of  the  pupils  therein  is  borne  by  the  United 
States,  it  shall  be  compulsory  on  the  part  of  every  parent,  guardian,  or 
other  person  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  having  control  of  a  child  or  children 
between  the  ages  of  eight  and  eighteen  years,  eligible  to  attend  said 
school,  to  send  such  child  or  children  to  said  school  for  a  period  of  nine 
months  in  each  year,  or  during  the  entire  annual  term;  provided,  that  in 
case  the  government  of  the  United  States  does  not  make  provision  for  the 
free  transportation  of  said  child  from  their  homes  to  said  school,  then  he, 
she,  or  they  shall  not  be  liable  to  the  provisions  of  this  act,  unless  they 
reside  less  than  ten  miles  from  such  school. 

Principals  or  Superintendents  of  Said  Schools  to  Give  Personal  Notice  to 
Parents  or  Guardians. 

SEC.  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  all  principals  or  superintendents  of  the 
school  or  schools  mentioned  in  this  act,  before  attempting  to  enforce  the 
provisions  of  this  act,  hereinafter  mentioned,  to  serve,  or  cause  to  be 
served,  a  demand  for  the  attendance  of  certain  children,  naming  or  other- 
wise identifying  them,  and  also  designating  the  school  to  which  their 
attendance  is  required,  upon  the  parent,  guardian  or  other  person  having 
charge  of  such  child  or  children  as  may  be  eligible  to  attend  said  school 
over  which  he  has  charge,  and  a  copy  of  this  act;  and  such  parent, 
guardian  or  other  person  having  charge  of  said  child  or  children  shall 
have  ten  days  to  either  deliver  said  child  or  children  at  said  school,  or  to 
the  accredited  representative  of  said  school  if  more  than  ten  miles  dis- 
tant from  the  residence  of  said  child  or  children,  or  to  furnish  satisfac- 
tory proof  that  the  bodily  or  mental  condition  of  such  child  or  children 
is  such  as  to  prevent  his  attendance  or  cause  him  or  them  to  be  ineligible 
for  enrollment. 

Said  Officers  to  Bring  Suit  for  Collection  of  Fine. 

SEC.  3.  If,  at  the  expiration  of  ten  days  after  such  notice  or  demand, 
the  parents,  guardian,  or  other  person  having  charge  of  said  child  or 
children  shall  have  failed  or  refused  to  comply  with  this  act,  the  princi- 
pal or  superintendent  shall  cause  a  demand  to  be  made  upon  such 
parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  for  the  amount  of  the  penalty  herein- 
after provided;  and  if  such  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  shall  neglect 
or  refuse  to  pay  the  same  within  five  days  after  making  such  demand, 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  -  95 

the  superintendent  or  principal  shall  commence  proceedings  in  the  name 
of  the  state  for  the  recovery  of  the  fine  hereinafter  provided  before  any 
court  having  jurisdiction. 

Fine  or  Imprisonment,  When. 

SEC.  4.  Any  parent  or  guardian,  or  other  person  having  control  or 
charge  of  any  child  or  children,  failing  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of 
this  act,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  shall  be  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  ten  dollars  ($10)  nor  more  than  twenty-five  dol- 
lars ($25)  or  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  less  than  two  days  nor 
more  than  twenty-five  days  for  the  first  offense;  and  for  each  subsequent 
offense  said  parent,  guardian  or  other  person  shall  be  liable  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  twenty-five  dollars  ($25)  or  more  than  fifty  dollars  ($50), 
or  to  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  less  than  twenty-five  days 
or  more  than  fifty  days;  provided,  also,  that  to  all  fines  imposed  shall 
be  added  the  cost  of  collection ;  provided,  further,  that  proceedings  may 
be  begun  at  the  expiration  of  three  days  de  novo  after  each  refusal  of 
said  parent,  guardian  or  other  person  to  comply  with  the  demand  of  said 
principal  or  superintendent. 

Fines  go  to  County  School  Fund. 

SEC.  5.  All  fines  collected  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be 
paid  into  the  county  treasury,  the  same  to  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  the 
general  school  fund. 

Peace  Officers  to  Assist  in  Enforcement. 

SEC.  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  sheriffs,  constables,  policemen,  town 
and  city  marshals  in  the  state  to  take  cognizance  of  this  act  and  assist 
principals  and  superintendents  of  schools  in  carrying  out  its  provisions. 

Punishment  for  Intimidation  of  Guardians— Proviso. 

SEC.  7.  Any  person  or  persons  who  shall  directly  or  indirectly  per- 
suade, advise,  or  intimidate  in  any  manner  the  parent  or  guardian  of 
any  child  or  children  coming  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  from  com- 
plying with  the  demand  of  a  principal  or  superintendent  of  a  school  who 
is  endeavoring  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  guilty  of 
the  same  offense  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  fines  and  punishment 
as  the  parent  or  guardian ;  provided,  that  this  section  shall  not  apply  to 
the  attorney  or  legal  adviser  of  any  parent  or  guardian  in  giving  advice 
in  his  legal  capacity. 

Jurisdiction. 

SEC.  8  The  court  of  any  justice  of  the  peace  within  the  county  where 
the  child  or  children  live,  may  constitute  a  court  of  jurisdiction. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  9.  All  acts  and  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  with  this  act  are  hereby 
repealed . 

UNIVERSITY  OF  NEVADA 

An  act  to  fix  the  name  of  the  state  university  of  Nevada. 
Approved  March  20,  1907 

SECTION  1.  The  legal  and  corporate  name  of  the  state  university  shall 
be  the  University  of  Nevada. 


96  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

An  act  relating  to  the  state  university  and  matters  properly  connected 

therewith. 

Approved  February  7,  1887 
Literary  and  Scientific  Course  at  State  University. 

SECTION  1.  There  shall  be  established  in  the  state  university  of 
Nevada,  a  school  for  the  instruction  of  teachers,  in  which  shall  be  taught 
all  the  branches  of  instruction  which  are  taught  in  the  common  schools 
of  this  state,  together  with  the  theory  and  practice  of  teaching,  school 
law,  botany,  physiology,  and  geology.  There  shall  also  be  taught  in  said 
university,  chemistry,  assaying,  mineralogy,  surveying,  and  geology,  so 
far  as  they  relate  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  mining,  agriculture,  and 
the  mechanic  arts.  There  shall  also  be  taught  in  the  preparatory 
department  of  said  university,  typewriting,  shorthand,  telegraphy,  book- 
keeping and  commercial  law,  so  far  as  they  relate  to  the  practical  affairs 
of  life.  As  amended,  Stats.  1891,  p.  92. 

Five  Regents  Authorized— Three  Elected  at  Every  General  Election. 

SEC.  2.  From  and  after  the  first  day  of  January,  A.  D.  1907,  the 
board  of  regents  of  the  state  university  shall  consist  of  five  members; 
those  who  are  elected  for  the  term  of  four  years  to  be  known  as  "long- 
term  regents"  and  those  who  are  elected  for  the  term  of  two  years  to  be 
known  as  "short-term  regents,"  and  to  hold  their  offices  for  the  several 
periods  for  which  they  are  elected,  and  until  their  successors  are  elected 
and  qualified.  At  the  general  election  held  in  1906  there  shall  be  elected 
two  long-term  regents,  who  shall  hold  their  office  for  the  term  of  four 
years,  and  two  short-term  regents,  who  shall  hold  their  office  for  the 
period  of  two  years.  Thereafter,  at  each  general  election,  there  shall  be 
elected  two  regents  for  the  long  term  and  one  regent  for  the  short  term 
in  the  same  manner  as  other  state  officers  are  elected.  The  persons 
elected  as  regents  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  before  entering  upon 
the  discharge  of  their  office,  shall  take  and  subscribe  to  the  official  oath 
and  file  the  same  in  the  office  of  the  secretary  of  state.  In  case  of 
vacancy  in  said  board  of  regents,  the  governor  shall  fill  the  same  by 
appointment  until  the  next  general  election,  when  such  vacancy  shall  be 
filled  by  election.  The  term  of  office  of  each  regent  shall  begin  on  the 
first  Monday  of  January  after  his  election.  As  amended,  Stats.  1905,  p.  190. 

Powers  and  Duties  of  Regents. 

SEC.  3.     The  powers  and  duties  of  the  board  of  regents  are  as  follows: 

First — To  prescribe  rules  for  their  own  government,  and  for  the  gov- 
ernment of  the  university. 

Second — To  prescribe  rules  for  the  reports  of  officers  and  teachers  of 
the  university. 

Third — To  prescribe  the  course  of  study,  the  time  and  standard  of 
graduation,  and  the  commencement  and  duration  of  the  terms,  and  the 
length  of  the  vacations  of  the  university. 

Fourth — To  prescribe  the  text-books,  and  provide  apparatus  and  fur- 
niture for  the  use  of  pupils. 

Fifth — To  appoint  a  president  of  the  university,  who  shall  have  a 
diploma  from  some  recognized  college  of  learning  of  good  standing,  or 
some  state  normal  school,  who  has  had  at  least  five  years  of  practical 
experience  as  an  instructor;  who  is  familiar  with  the  modern  methods 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  97 

of  imparting  instruction  generally  approved  in  the  United  States,  and 
who  shall  he  endorsed  as  to  moral  character  and  qualifications  as  an 
instructor  by  the  president  and  faculty  of  three  institutions  of  learning 
authorized  by  law  to  confer  degrees. 

Sixth — To  prescribe  the  duties  of  the  president,  and  fix  his  salary  and 
the  salaries  of  all  other  teachers  in  the  university. 

Seventh — To  require  the  president,  under  their  direction,  to  establish 
and  maintain  training  and  model  schools,  and  require  the  pupils  of  the 
university  to  teach  and  instruct  classes  therein. 

Eighth — To  control  the  expenditures  of  all  moneys  appropriated  for 
the  support  and  maintenance  of  the  university,  and  all  moneys  received 
from  any  source  whatsoever. 

Ninth — To  keep  open  to  public  inspection  an  account  of  receipts  and 
expenditures. 

Tenth — To  annually  report  to  the  governor  a  statement  of  all  their 
transactions,  and  of  all  other  matters  pertaining  to  the  university. 

Eleventh — To  transmit  with  such  report  a  copy  of  the  president's 
annual  report. 

Twelfth — To  revoke  any  diploma  by  them  granted  on  receiving  satis- 
factory evidence  that  the  holder  thereof  is  addicted  to  drunkenness,  is 
guilty  of  gross  immorality,  or  is  reputably  dishonest  in  his  or  her  deal- 
ings; provided,  that  such  person  shall  have  at  least  thirty  days'  previous 
notice  of  such  contemplated  action,  and  shall,  if  he  or  she  ask  it,  be  heard 
in  his  or  her  own  defense. 

Chairman  To  Be  Appointed. 

SEC.  4.  The  board  of  regents  shall  have  the  power  to  appoint  a  chair- 
man, who  shall  receive  no  compensation  therefor,  nor  shall  any  member 
receive  any  compensation  for  his  services  except  necessary  expenses  in 
attending  meetings  of  the  board.  The  board  of  regents  may  employ  a 
clerk  of  said  board,  who  shall  receive  a  salary  of  twenty-five  dollars  per 
month,  and  who  shall  keep  a  full  record  of  all  proceedings  of  the  board, 
which  shall  at  all  times  be  open  to  public  inspection,  and  said  clerk  shall 
not  be  a  teacher  in  said  university. 

SEC.  5.  The  board  must  hold  four  regular  meetings  in  each  year,  and 
may  hold  special  meetings  at  the  call  of  the  chairman  of  the  board. 

SEC.  6.  The  president  of  the  university  must  make  a  detailed  annual 
report  to  the  board  of  regents,  with  a  catalogue  of  pupils,  and  such  other 
particulars  as  the  board  may  require  or  he  may  think  useful. 

Academic  Degree— How  Issued— State  Normal  School— State  High-School 
Certificates— Life  Diploma— Grammar-Grade  Diploma— Cause  for  Revo- 
cation—Diploma of  Graduation. 

SEC.  7.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  president  of  the  university, 
the  board  of  regents  shall  issue  to  those  who  worthily  complete  the  full 
course  of  study  in  the  school  of  mines,  or  in  the  school  of  agriculture,  or 
in  the  school  of  liberal  arts,  or  in  any  equivalent  course  that  may  here- 
after be  prescribed,  a  diploma  of  graduation,  conferring  the  proper 
academic  degree,  from  the  Nevada  state  university;  and  no  diploma 
bearing  the  distinctive  title,  "Nevada  State  University"  shall  be  issued 
to  any  one  who  has  not  completed  the  full  course  of  study  as  above  set 
forth.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  president  of  the  university,  the 
board  of  regents  shall  issue  to  those  who  worthily  complete  the  full  four 
years'  course  of  study  prescribed  in  the  Nevada  state  normal  school,  a 


98  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

department  of  the  state  university,  a  diploma  of  graduation,  and  said 
diploma  shall  bear  the  heading,  "The  Nevada  State  Normal  School," 
and  to  all  persons  receiving  this  diploma,  the  state  board  of  education 
shall  issue  a  state  high-school  certificate  of  the  first  grade,  good  for  five 
years.  To  the  holders  of  the  above  state  high-school  certificates  of  the 
first  grade,  the  state  board  of  education  shall  grant  a  life  diploma  when 
said  graduates  of  the  Nevada  state  normal  school  shall  have  completed 
at  least  five  years  of  successful  instruction  in  the  public  schools  of 
Nevada,  or  of  any  other  state.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  presi- 
dent of  the  university,  the  board  of  regents  shall  issue  to  those  who 
worthily  complete  the  three  years'  course  of  study  prescribed  in  the 
Nevada  state  normal  school,  a  grammar-grade  diploma  of  graduation, 
and  said  diploma  shall  bear  the  heading,  "Nevada  State  Normal  School 
Grammar-Grade  Diploma,"  and  to  all  persons  receiving  this  grammar- 
grade  diploma,  the  state  board  of  education  shall  grant  a  grammar-grade 
state  certificate  good  for  five  years.  The  board  of  regents  may  require 
said  normal  school  graduates,  before  granting  the  diplomas  herein  pro- 
vided for,  to  sign  the  following  obligation :  "  I  hereby  agree  to  report  to 
the  president  of  the  university,  by  letter,  at  least  twice  a  year  for  three 
years  after  my  graduation,  and  once  a  year  thereafter,  so  long  as  I  con- 
tinue in  the  profession  of  teaching,  and  when  I  shall  leave  the  profession 
I  will  report  the  fact  to  him,  with  the  cause  therefor.  A  failure  to  make 
such  reports  may  be  considered  sufficient  cause  for  the  revocation  of  my 
diploma."  And  further,  it  is  hereby  expressly  provided  that  the  gradu- 
ates of  the  Nevada  state  normal  school  for  the  year  1895  shall  receive 
their  diplomas  and  state  certificates  according  to  the  act  of  March  19, 
1891,  hereby  amended.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  president  of 
the  university  the  board  of  regents  shall  issue  to  those  who  worthily 
complete  the  full  course  of  study  in  any  other  department  of  the  univer- 
sity, not  equivalent  to  a  regular  university  course,  a  diploma  of  gradua- 
tion, but  said  diploma  shall  bear  the  name  of  the  department  from  which 
it  is  issued,  and  in  no  case  to  bear  the  heading  of  the  regular  university 
diploma.  As  amended,  Revised  Laws  of  Nevada,  1912,  4.64.6. 

Duty  of  President  of  University. 

SEC.  8.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  president  of  the  university,  to 
instruct  in  the  university,  and,  under  the  direction  of  the  board  of 
regents,  to  manage  all  matters  connected  with  the  institution,  to  employ 
assistant  teachers  and  servants,  purchase  supplies,  and  make  monthly 
statements  to  the  board  of  regents  of  all  receipts  and  expenditures,  sup- 
ported by  vouchers. 

No  Discrimination. 

SEC.  9.  There  shall  be  no  discrimination  in  the  admission  of  pupils 
on  account  of  sex,  race,  or  color;  but  no  per-eon  shall  be  admitted  who  is 
not  of  good  moral  character,  and  who  has  not  arrived  at  the  age  of  fif- 
teen years,  and  passed  such  an  examination  as  shall  be  prescribed  by  the 
board  of  regents,  and  no  person  under  said  age  shall  hereafter  be  taught 
in  said  institution. 

SEC.  10.     Tuition  shall  be  free. 

SEC.  11.  The  state  superintendent  of  public  instruction  must  visit  the 
university  at  least  every  three  months,  inquire  into  its  condition  and 
management  and  report  to  the  board  of  regents  quarter-yearly  the  con- 
dition of  the  institution,  with  such  suggestions  as  he  may  deem  proper. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OP  NEVADA  99 

Duties  of  Board  of  Examiners. 

SEC.  12.  All  expenses  incurred,  of  every  name  and  nature,  involving 
the  payment  of  money  by  or  under  the  direction  of  the  board  of  regents 
of  the  university,  shall  be  passed  upon  by  the  board  of  examiners  as 
other  accounts  against  the  state,  and  be  paid  out  of  the  moneys  appro- 
priated for  the  university. 

SEC.  13.  [Repealing  certain  laws  and  sections  of  laws  regarding  the 
university.  See  Stats.  1887,  p.  45.] 


ORES  TO  BE  ANALYZED  AT  UNIVERSITY 

An  act  supplemental  to  an  act  entitled  "An  act  relating  to  the  state  university , 
and  matters  properly  connected  therewith"  approved  February  7,  1887 . 

Approved  March  16,  1895. 
Relating  to  Chemical  Analysis  at  State  University. 

SECTION  1 .  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  president  of  the  state  univer- 
sity, in  addition  to  his  other  duties  as  fixed  by  law,  to  cause  to  be  anal- 
yzed by  an  assistant,  teacher,  or  teachers  employed 'at  the  state  university, 
any  ores,  mineral,  soil,  or  water  taken  from  within  the  boundaries  of  the 
State  of  Nevada,  and  sent  by  any  citizen  of  said  state  for  that  purpose. 
Any  citizen  of  the  state  may  send  any  such'substances  and  have  the  same 
analyzed  free  of  charge,  and  the  result  of  the  same  returned  to  him  by 
mail  with  as  near  as  possible  an  explanation  of  their  uses  and  value  in 
market,  and  there  shall  be  kept  at  the  state  university  a  book  of  record 
open  for  inspection,  under  such  rules  as  may  be  made  by  the  regents,  of 
all  mineral,  ores,  or  other  matters  so  sent,  with  the  history  of  such  min- 
eral or  other  matters,  stating  the  name  of  the  person  or  persons  from 
whom  received,  the  district  and  county  from  which  it  came,  and  all 
other  matters  that  may  be  beneficial  touching  the  same.  A  duplicate 
of  the  sample  analyzed,  as  far  as  practicable,  shall  be  kept  at  the  univer- 
sity, properly  labeled,  so  as  to  correspond  to  the  record,  and  properly 
preserved . 

Relating  to  Analysis  in  Duplicate. 

SEC.  2.  If  the  same  kind  of  matter  for  analysis  is  sent  from  the  same 
place  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to  analyze  the  same,  but  a  duplicate  of 
the  analysis  shall  be  sent  by  mail  to  the  person  desiring  the  same. 

SEC.  3.     Samples  for  analysis  shall  be  analyzed  in  the  order  received. 

Assays  for  Gold  and  Silver. 

SEC.  4.  Sample  assays  for  gold  or  silver  shall  be  made,  and  when  the 
value  per  ton  exceeds  five  dollars  in  gold,  the  returns  shall  state  the  fact 
thus,  "Test  for  gold."  And  when  the  value  per  ton  exceeds  five  dollars 
in  silver  the  returns  shall  state  the  fact  thus,  "Test  for  silver."  As 
amended,  Stats.  1897,  p.  91. 


100  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

HONORARY  BOARD    OF  VISITORS 

An  act  creating  the  honorary  board  of  visitors  of  the  Nevada  state 
university,  and  other  matters  relating  thereto. 

Approved  March  11,  1895 
Board  Created— Term  of  Office. 

SECTION  1.  There  is  hereby  created  a  board  to  be  known  as  the  honor- 
ary board  of  visitors  of  the  Nevada  state  university.  Said  board  shall 
consist  of  one  member  from  each  county,  and,  in  addition  thereto,  the 
chief  justice  of  the  supreme  court  shall  be  ex  officio  a  member  and  chair- 
man of  said  board.  In  the  absence  of  the  said  chief  justice  the  mem- 
bers of  the  board  may  elect  one  of  their  own  number  as  temporary 
chairman.  The  term  of  office  of  the  members  of  said  board  shall  be  two 
years  from  the  date  of  their  appointment,  and  until  their  successors  are 
appointed.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913, 158,  159. 

Governor  to  Appoint— Qualifications  for  Membership  on  Board. 

SEC.  2.  The  governor  shall  appoint  and  commission,  within  forty  days 
after  the  passage  of  this  act,  from  each  county,  one  suitable  and  discreet 
person  who  is  interested  in  higher  education  and  who  is  an  actual  resi- 
dent of  said  county  as  a  member  of  said  board. 

Duties  of  Board. 

SEC.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  board  of  visitors  to  meet  annually 
at  the  seat  of  the  Nevada  state  university  during  commencement  week, 
and  inspect  the  grounds,  buildings,  and  equipment  of  said  university, 
and  also  to  inquire  into  the  actual  state  of  the  discipline,  instruction,  police 
administration,  and  other  affairs  or  concerns  of  the  university.  The 
board  of  visitors  shall  report  fhereon  to  the  governor  within  thirty  days 
after  each  annual  meeting,  for  the  information  of  the  people  of  the  state 
and  of  the  next  succeeding  legislature  of  the  state,  their  action  as  such 
visitors,  with  their  views  and  recommendations  concerning  the  univer- 
sity, such  as  they  shall  deem  wise  and  just  and  for  the  best  interests  of 
the  university. 

Notice  to  Board. 

SEC.  4.  The  president  of  the  university  shall  cause  at  least  thirty 
days'  notice  to  be  given  to  the  members  of  the  honorary  board  of  visit- 
ors of  the  time  and  place  of  their  annual  meeting. 

No  Compensation. 

SEC.  5.  No  compensation  shall  be  made  to  the  members  of  said  board 
of  visitors  for  their  services  or  for  their  traveling  expenses,  but  the  board 
of  regents  shall  pay  out  of  the  university  contingent  fund  their  expenses 
for  board  and  lodging  while  at  the  university. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  101 

PUBLIC  MONEYS  DEDICATE 

An  act  setting  aside  and  appropriating  certain  moneys  for  the  maintenance 
and  support  of  the  University  of  Nevada,  and  defining  the  powers  and 
duties  of  the  board  of  regents  and  of  the  state  controller  in  relation  thereto . 

fApproved^March  26,  1913.  E^aSSJai 

Certain  Public  Moneys  Dedicated  Exclusively  to  Support  of  University. 

SECTION  1 .  The  interest  derived  from  the  investment  of  all  moneys  aris- 
ing from  the  sale  of  the  90,000  acres  of  land  granted  to  the  State  of 
Nevada  by  act  of  congress  approved  July  2,  1862;  the  interest  derived 
from  the  investment  of  all  moneys  arising  from  the  sale  of  the  seventy- 
two  sections  of  land  granted  to  the  State  of  Nevada  by  act  of  congress 
approved  July  4,  1866,  for  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  a  uni- 
versity; all  money  paid  as  interest  on  deferred  installments  on  purchase 
of  lands  named  in  this  act  which  may  be  sold  under  contract  as  provided 
in  section  9  of  an  act  entitled  "  An  act  to  provide  for  the  selection  and 
sale  of  lands"  etc.,  approved  March  4,  1871;  and  all  money  arising  from 
the  ad  valorem  tax  on  taxable  property  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  includ- 
ing net  proceeds  of  mines  and  mining  claims,  for  university  purposes, 
is  hereby  set  aside  and  inviolably  appropriated  for  the  support  and  main- 
tenance of  the  University  of  Nevada,  and  shall  be  paid  out  for  the  pur- 
poses designated  in  the  acts  creating  the  several  funds  without  further 
appropriation. 

Board  of  Regents  Sole  Trustees  of  Such  Funds— State  Board  of  Examiners 
to  Pass  on  all  Claims. 

SEC.  2.  The  board  of  regents  of  said  university  and  agricultural  and 
mechanical  college,  as  provided  in  section  4  of  article  11  of  the  consti- 
tution of  Nevada,  are  the  sole  trustees  to  receive  and  disburse  all  funds 
of  said  university  and  agricultural  and  mechanical  college  for  the  pur- 
poses provided  in  section  1  of  this  act;  provided,  that  all  claims,  before 
payment,  of  every  name  and  nature  involving  the  payment  of  money 
by  or  under  the  direction  of  the  board  of  regents  from  the  funds  so  set 
aside  and  appropriated,  shall  be  passed  upon  by  the  board  of  exam- 
iners. 

State  Controller  to  Report  in  Detail  to  Regents. 

SEC.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  state  controller  to  report  to  the 
board  of  regents  of  said  university  and  agricultural  and  mechanical  col- 
lege, on  or  before  the  last  day  of  each  and  every  month,  the  detail  of  all 
Income  received  for  university  purposes  from  whatsoever  source. 


FISH  AND  GAME  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 


Note — Figures  at  beginning  of  titles  refer  to   corresponding  sections   of  the 
Revised  Laws. 


MUST  BE  BEAD  IN  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

AN  ACT  CONCERNING  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS. 

Approved  March  20,  1911 

3347 — Duties  of  Teachers — Children  To  Be  Instructed  Relative  to  Pres- 
ervation of  Birds,  Fish,  and  Game. 

SECTION  1.  It  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  each  and  every  teacher  in 
the  public  schools  of  this  State  to  give  oral  instruction,  at  least  once  a 
month,  to  all  children  attending  such  schools,  relative  to  the  preserva- 
tion of  song-birds,  fish  and  game;  and  to  read  or  cause  to  be  read  to 
such  children,  at  least  twice  during  each  school  year,  the  fish  and  game 
laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada. 

3348 — Teachers  to  Comply  with  Provisions  of  this  Act. 

SEC.  2.  No  teacher  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  any  portion  of  the 
public  school  moneys  as  compensation  for  services,  unless  such  teacher 
shall  have  complied  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

SEC.  3.  This  Act  shall  take  effect  and  be  in  force  from  and  after  its 
passage. 


PRESERVATION  OF  FISH 

AN  ACT  TO  PROVIDE  FOR  THE  PRESERVATION  OF  FISH  IN  THE  WATERS  OF 
THIS  STATE,  AND  MATTERS  PROPERLY  RELATING  THERETO 

Approved  March  14,  1903 

2047 — Unlawful  to  Pollute  Streams — Misdemeanor. 

SECTION  1.  Every  person  who  places  or  allows  to  pass,  or  who  places 
where  it  can  pass  or  fall  into  or  upon  any  of  the  waters  of  this  State  at 
any  time,  any  lime,  gas,  tar,  coculus  indicus,  slag,  acids  or  other  chemi- 
cal, sawdust,  shavings,  slabs,  edgings,  mill  or  factory  refuse,  or  any  sub- 
stance deleterious  to  fish,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor, 
and  is  punishable  by  a  fine  not  less  than  two  hundred  and  fifty  nor  more 
than  five  hundred  dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  in  the 
county  in  which  the  conviction  shall  be  had,  for  not  less  than  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty-five  or  two  hundred  and  fifty  days ;  provided,  that  the 
provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  mills  or  works  for  the  reduc- 


104  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

tion  of  ores,  nor  against  the  owners  or  operators  of  such  mills  or  works 
so  far  as  concerns  the  operator  of  such  mills  or  works.  Stats.  1903, 
p.  115. 

2043 — Misdemeanor  in  Certain  Cases. 

SEC.  2.  All  persons,  firms,  companies,  associations,  or  corporations, 
who  have  erected,  or  who  may  hereafter  erect,  any  dams,  water  weirs 
or  other  obstructions  to  the  free  passage  of  fish  in  the  rivers,  streams, 
lakes  or  other  waters  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  shall  construct  and  keep 
in  repair  fish-ways  or  fish-ladders  at  all  such  dams,  water  weirs,  or  other 
obstruction;  so  that  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  fish  may  ascend  above 
such  dams,  water  weirs  or  other  obstructions,  to  deposit  their  spawn. 
Any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  association  or  corporation  fail- 
ing to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  this  section  after  having  been 
notified  and  required  so  to  do  by  the  proper  authority,  shall  be  deemed 
guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof,  shall  be  punished 
by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  fifty  nor  more  than  five  hundred  dollars,  or 
by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  for  not  less  than  twenty-five  days 
nor  more  than  one  one  hundred  and  fifty  days.  Stats.  1903,  p.  115. 

2049 — Fish-ways  and  Ladders. 

SEC.  10.  Any  person  or  persons  who  shall  at  any  time  wilfully  or 
knowingly  destroy,  injure  or  obstruct  any  fish-way  or  fish-ladder, 
or  any  person  or  persons  who  shall  at  any  time  take  or  catch  any  fish 
in  any  manner  within  one  hundred  feet  of  any  dam  containing  a 
fish-way  or  fish-ladder,  which  is  required  by  law,  shall  be  deemed 
guilty  of  [a]  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  pun- 
ished as  provided  in  section  11  of  this  Act.  Nothing  in  this  section 
shall  be  so  construed  as  to  prohibit  the  taking  of  fish  for  spawning  or 
transplanting  purposes,  by  the  State  Board  of  Fish  Commissioners  or 
other  authorized  persons. 

2050 — Punishment  for  Violation  of  Certain  Sections. 

SEC.  11.  Any  person  or  persons  violating  the  provisions  of  sections 
3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9  or  10  of  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misde- 
meanor and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  twenty  nor  more  than  one  hundred  dollars  or  by  imprisonment 
in  the  county  jail  for  not  less  than  ten  nor  more  than  fifty  days,  or  by 
both  such  fine  and  imprisonment.  See  Statutes  1903,  p.  117. 

2051 — Unlawful  to  Transplant  or  Transport  in  Certain  Cases. 

SEC.  12.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  company, 
association,  or  corporation,  to  at  any  time  transport  or  offer  for  trans- 
portation to  any  place  outside  of  this  State  any  lake,  river,  or  brook 
trout  or  land-locked  salmon,  which  are  intended  to  be  offered  for  sale ; 
and  any  person  who  shall  so  transport  or  offer  for  transportation  any 
lake,  river,  or  brook  trout,  or  land-locked  salmon,  white  fish  or  wide- 
mouthed  bass  which  are  thereafter  offered  for  sale,  or  sold  at  any  place 
outside  of  this  State,  or  are  offered  for  sale  after  being  transported 
outside  of  this  State,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and 
upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
fifty  nor  more  than  five  hundred  dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in  the 
county  jail  for  not  less  than  twenty-five  nor  more  than  two  hundred 
and  fifty  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  105 

GAME  WARDEN 

AN  ACT  TO  PREVENT  THE  UNLAWFUL  DESTRUCTION  OF  FISH  AND  GAME  ; 
TO  PROVIDE  FOR  THE  APPOINTMENT  OF  FISH  AND  GAME  WARDENS 
IN  THE  SEVERAL  COUNTIES  OF  THIS  STATE,  AND  TO  DEFINE  THEIR 
DUTIES  AND  COMPENSATION. 

Approved  March  12,  1901,  p.  57 

2052 — Fish  and  Game  Warden  To  Be  Appointed — Warden  to  File 

Bond. 

SECTION  1.  It  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  several  Boards  of 
County  Commissioners  in  this  State,  at  their  first  regular  meeting  in 
April,  nineteen  hundred  and  one,  and  annually  thereafter,  upon  the 
petition  of  twenty  or  more  resident  taxpayers,  to  appoint  a  Fish  and 
Game  Warden  for  their  respective  counties,  who  shall  reside  in  the 
county  from  which  he  is  appointed.  Each  Warden  so  appointed,  before 
entering  upon  the  duties  of  his  office,  shall  take  his  oath  of  office,  and 
give  an  undertaking  to  the  State  of  Nevada  for  the  use  of  the  respective 
counties  thereof,  with  two  or  more  sureties,  to  be  approved  by  the 
Board  of  County  Commissioners  conditionally  [conditioned]  for  the 
faithful  performance  of  his  duties,  and  in  such  sum  as  the  County  Com- 
missioners of  the  several  counties  may  deem  sufficient  for  the  faithful 
performance  of  the  duties  of  his  office  and  the  enforcement  of  the 
requirements  of  this  Act. 

2053 — Warden  Can  Make  Arrests,  and  Appoint  Deputies — Responsible 

for  Compensation  of  Deputies. 

SEC.  2.  Said  Warden  is  hereby  empowered  [and  it  shall  be  his  duty] 
to  enforce  the  state  laws  and  all  county  and  municipal  ordinances  rela- 
tive to  the  protection  of  fish  and  game ;  and  he  shall  be  vested  with  the 
power  to  make  arrests  for  the  violation  of  such  laws  and  ordinances  in 
any  county  in  this  State;  to  appoint  a  deputy  or  deputies  who  shall 
have  power  to  transact  all  official  business  appertaining  to  said  officer, 
to  the  same  extent  as  their  principal ;  provided,  that  said  Warden  shall 
be  responsible  for  the  compensation  of  such  deputy  or  deputies,  and 
shall  be  responsible  on  his  official  bond  for  all  malfeasance  or  non- 
feasance  of  the  same.  Bonds  for  the  faithful  performance  of  the  duties 
of  his  official  deputy  or  deputies  may  be  required  of  said  deputy  or 
deputies  by  .said  principal. 

2054 — To  Report  Quarterly — Can  Be  Removed. 

SEC.  3.  Said  Fish  and  Game  Warden  shall  report  quarterly  to  the 
Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  his  county,  giving  a  detailed  state- 
ment of  all  arrests  made,  convictions  had,  fines  collected,  and  gen- 
erally in  regard  to  the  management  of  his  office.  Such  officers  may  be 
removed  by  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners,  for  intemperance, 
neglect  of  duty  or  other  good  and  sufficient  reasons. 

2055 — Salary  of,  How  Paid — Proviso. 

SEC.  4.  The  salary  of  the  Fish  and  Game  Wardens  shall  be  fixed  by 
the  County  Commissioners  of  the  various  counties  of  this  State  out  of 
the  Fish  and  Game  Preservation  Fund;  provided,  that  in  case  of  a 
deficiency  in  the  Fish  and  Game  Preservation  Fund,  such  deficiency 


106  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

shall  be  paid  out  of  the  general  fund  of  the  various  county  treasuries. 
The  salary  of  said  Fish  and  Game  Wardens  shall  not  be  more  than  one 
hundred  dollars,  nor  less  than  twenty  dollars  per  month.  Said  Warden 
shall  be  allowed  a  sum  not  to  exceed  twenty-five  dollars  per  month 
for  expenses  incurred  by  him  in  the  performance  of  his  duties.  As 
amended,  Stats.  1909,  p.  327. 


CLOSED  SEASON  FOR  FISH  MAY  BE  EXTENDED 

AN  ACT  GIVING  AUTHORITY  TO  THE  BOARDS  OF  COUNTY  COMMISSIONERS 
OF  THE  SEVERAL  COUNTIES  OF  THIS  STATE  TO  EXTEND  THE  CLOSED 
SEASON  FOR  FISHING  IN  STREAMS  AND  WATERS  OF  A  CERTAIN  CLASS, 
AND  PROVIDING  FOR  THE  ENFORCEMENT  OF  THE  SAME. 

Approved  March  16,  1905,  p.  192 

2056— To  Protect  Certain  Stocked  Waters. 

SECTION  1.  The  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  the  several  coun- 
ties of  this  State,  each  within  its  own  county,  are  hereby  authorized  to 
extend  the  closed  season  for  fishing  in  streams  and  waters  within  their 
county  which  now  are,  or  hereafter  shall  have  been,  stocked  with  food 
fishes  by  others  than  the  State  or  its  Fish  Commissioner,  or  authorized 
agent,  to  such  periods  as  may  in  their  opinion  be  required  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  fish  in  said  stream  and  waters,  to  the  end  that  the  supply 
of  fish  for  food  may  be  permanently  increased. 

2057 — Board  to  Publish  Order — Provisos. 

SEC.  2.  This  Act  shall  be  made  effective  by  an  order  of  the  Board  of 
County  Commissioners  published  in  a  newspaper  within  the  county, 
which  order  shall  name  the  stream  or  streams  and  waters  within  the 
county  in  which  the  catching  of  fish  is  to  be  restricted,  and  shall  state 
the  period  over  which  the  closed  season  is  to  extend ;  provided,  that  no 
such  order  shall  be  effective  without  such  publication  for  the  period  of 
at  least  one  month  before  the  date  upon  which  the  order  is  to  take 
effect ;  and  further  provided,  that  no  such  publication  shall  be  made  at 
an  expense  to  the  county  of  more  than  three  dollars. 

2058 — Misdemeanor — Penalty. 

SEC.  3.  Any  person  who  shall  violate  the  provisions  of  said  order  of 
the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor, 
and  shall  be  fined  not  to  exceed  thirty  ($30)  dollars,  or  imprisoned  in 
the  county  jail  not  to  exceed  fifteen  (15)  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and 
imprisonment,  in  the  discretion  of  the  court,  for  each  offense. 


. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  107 

PROTECTION  OF  FISH 

AN  ACT  TO  PROVIDE  FOR  THE  PROTECTION  AND  THE  PRESERVATION  OF 
TROUT  AND  OTHER  FISH  IN  THE  WATERS  OF  THE  STATE  OF  NEVADA 
AND  OTHER  MATTERS  PERTAINING  THERETO,  AND  TO  STATE  IN  PART 
WHAT  SHALL  BE  EVIDENCE  OF  ITS  VIOLATION,  AND  TO  PRESCRIBE 
PENALTIES  FOR  ITS  VIOLATION,  AND  TO  PROVIDE  FOR  ITS  ENFORCE- 
MENT, AND  TO  REPEAL  ALL  ACTS  AND  PARTS  OF  ACTS  IN  CONFLICT 
HEREWITH. 

Approved  March  15,  1911,  p.  61 

2059— Closed  Season  for  Fish. 

SECTION  1.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm, 
company,  or  corporation  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  or  to  attempt  to  take, 
catch  or  kill,  any  river  trout,  lake  trout,  or  brook  trout,  whitefish, 
land-locked  salmon,  royal  chinook  salmon,  or  large-mouthed  or  small- 
mouthed  black  bass,  in  or  from  any  of  the  streams,  lakes,  rivers,  or 
other  waters  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  between  the  sixteenth  day  of 
October  of  each  year  and  the  thirtieth  day  of  April  of  the  succeeding 
year,  both  dates  being  included. 

2060 — Unlawful  to  Sell  Fish  or  Have  in  Possession  During  Closed 

Season. 

SEC.  2.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, or  corporation  in  the  State  of  Nevada  to  buy,  sell,  or  offer  or 
expose  for  sale  or  to  have  in  his,  their,  or  its  possession,  any  river  trout, 
lake  trout,  or  brook  trout,  salmon,  whitefish,  or  large-mouthed  or  small- 
mouthed  black  bass  taken  or  caught  from  any  waters  of  this  State 
within  the  closed  season  specified  in  this  Act. 


61 — Certain  Methods  of  Taking  Fish  Prohibited. 

SEC.  3.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, or  corporation  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  or  to  attempt  to  take, 
catch  or  kill,  in  or  from  any  stream,  lake  or  river,  or  any  other 
waters  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  any  trout,  salmon,  whitefish,  bass, 
perch,  or  any  other  fish  of  any  species  whatever  with  any  seine,  net, 
spear,  set-line,  set-hooks,  grab-hook,  trot-line  or  snag-line,  or  in  the 
manner  known  as  snagging,  or  with  any  weir-fence,  trap,  giant  pow- 
der, or  other  explosive,  or  explosive  compound,  or  with  or  by  means 
of  any  bait  constituted  or  prepared  in  whole  or  in  part  of  or  from  the 
spawn,  eggs  or  ova  of  trout,  salmon,  or  of  any  other  species  of  fish  what- 
ever; or  with  or  by  any  means  whatever  except  with  hook  and  line 
attached  to  a  rod  held  in  the  hands  and  in  the  manner  known  as  ang- 
ling ;  that  is,  with  baited  hook,  fly  hook,  spoon  hook,  or  other  anglers ' 
lure. 

2062 — Regulations  Concerning  Hotels  and  Dealers. 

SEC.  4.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, or  corporation,  cold-storage  company,  tavern,  or  hotel  keeper, 
restaurant  or  eating-house  keeper,  butcher  or  market  man,  in  this 
State  to  buy,  sell,  or  offer  or  expose  for  sale,  or  to  have  in  his,  their, 
or  its  possession,  any  trout,  salmon,  whitefish,  or  fish  of  any  species 
whatever  taken  from  any  of  the  waters  of  the  State  of  Nevada  by  or 


108  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

with  any  of  the  means  specified  as  unlawful  in  this  Act  or  in  any  pre- 
ceding Act. 

2063— Fish  Less  Than  Certain  Lengths  Must  Not  Be  Caught. 

SEC.  5.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany or  corporation,  to  kill,  or  to  retain  in  his,  their,  or  its  possession 
any  lake  trout,  river  trout,  land-locked  salmon,  or  royal  chinook  salmon, 
taken  from  the  waters  of  this  State  less  than  seven  inches  in  length ;  or 
any  large-mouthed  or  small-mouthed  black  bass,  or  Sacramento  perch, 
less  than  eight  inches  in  length,  or  any  red-spotted  eastern  brook  trout 
(Salvelinus  fontinalis)  less  than  six  inches  in  length. 

2064 — Transportation  Companies  Prohibited  from  Carrying  More  Than 

Certain  Weight  of  Fish — Proviso. 

SEC.  6.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  railroad, 
railway  company  or  corporation,  express  company,  stage  line,  trans- 
portation company,  or  any  common  carrier  in  the  State  of  Nevada  to 
accept  or  to  receive  for  shipment  or  for  transportation  from  any  one 
person  or  in  the  name  of  any  one  firm,  company,  or  association,  in  any 
one  calendar  day,  more  than  ten  pounds  of  trout,  land-locked  salmon, 
or  royal  chinook  salmon,  or  of  large-mouthed  or  small-mouthed  black 
bass,  taken  or  caught  in  or  from  any  of  the  waters  of  the  State  of 
Nevada ;  provided,  that  nothing  in  this  section  shall  be  so  construed  as 
to  prevent  the  shipment,  or  receipt  or  acceptance,  of  ten  trout  on  one 
calendar  day  from  any  single  consignor,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for 
any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  association,  or  corporation,  trans- 
portation company,  or  common  carrier  to  offer  or  present  or  to  receive 
or  accept  for  shipment,  carriage  or  transportation  any  box,  bundle, 
package,  basket,  or  other  container  whatsoever  in  which  are  enclosed 
any  of  the  fishes  herein  specified,  unless  the  box,  bundle,  basket,  pack- 
age, or  other  container  aforesaid  shall  be  so  wrapped,  tied,  or  con- 
structed that  it  shall  be  easily  opened  for  inspection  or  examination, 
and  unless  it  shall  bear  a  conspicuous  label,  easily  read,  which  shall 
state  the  contents  thereof,  together  with  the  name  and  address  of  the 
consignor  thereof  and  the  name  and  address  of  the  consignee;  and 
false  statement  on  the  aforesaid  label  either  as  to  the  contents  enclosed 
or  as  to  the  true  name  or  address  of  the  consignor  thereof  or  of  the 
consignee  shall  be  construed  as  a  violation  of  this  Act. 

2065 — Ten  Pounds  Limit  of  Catch  for  One  Day;  but  Ten  Fish  May  Be 

Taken. 

SEC.  7.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, or  corporation  to  take,  catch,  or  kill  from  any  of  the  waters  of 
the  State  of  Nevada  or  to  have  in  his,  their,  or  its  possession  on  any  one 
calendar  day  more  than  ten  pounds  of  trout,  or  of  land-locked  salmon, 
or  royal  chinook  salmon,  or  large-mouthed  or  small-mouthed  black  bass, 
or  Sacramento  perch,  or  whitefish  caught  in  the  waters  of  this  State; 
provided,  that  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  so  interpreted  as  to  prevent 
or  to  prohibit  the  taking  of  ten  trout  or  salmon,  or  other  fish  specified  in 
this  Act. 

2066— Unlawful  to  Fish  Within  100  Feet  of  Dam. 

SEC.  8.     It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons  in  the  State 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OP  NEVADA  109 

of  Nevada  at  any  time  or  season  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  or  to  attempt  so 
to  take,  catch  or  kill,  any  lake  trout,  river  trout,  brook  trout,  land- 
locked salmon,  royal  chinook  salmon,  large-mouthed  or  small-mouthed 
black  bass,  Sacramento  perch,  or  any  other  species  of  fish  whatever, 
within  a  distance  of  one  hundred  feet  above  or  below  any  dam  in  this 
State  containing  a  fish-way  or  fish-ladder. 

2067 — Same  Applying  to  Irrigation  Works. 

SEC.  9.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany or  corporation  in  the  State  of  Nevada  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  or  to 
attempt  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  any  lake  trout,  river  trout,  brook  trout, 
land-locked  salmon,  royal  chinook  salmon,  whitefish,  large-mouthed  or 
small-mouthed  black  bass,  Sacramento  perch,  or  any  other  fish  of  any 
species  whatever,  at  any  time  or  season,  whatever,  within  a  distance 
of  one  mile  below  any  dam  of  the  United  States  Reclamation  Service 
containing  a  fish-way  or  fish-ladder,  and  lying  within  the  State  of 
Nevada. 

2068 — Night  Fishing  Defined  and  Prohibited. 

SEC.  10.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany or  corporation,  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  or 
attempt  to  take,  catch  or  kill,  any  lake  trout,  river  trout,  or  brook  trout, 
land-locked  salmon,  royal  chinook  salmon,  large-mouthed  or  small- 
mouthed  black  bass,  Sacramento  perch,  or  any  other  fish  of  any  species 
whatever  from  any  of  the  waters  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  on  any  cal- 
endar day  after  two  hours  after  sunset,  and  on  any  calendar  day  before 
one  hour  before  sunrise. 

2069 — Fish  Commission  and  Peace  Officers  Required  to  Enforce  this 

Act — Reasonable  Search  Allowed — Proviso. 

SEC.  11.  The  Fish  Commissioners  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Nevada  State  Police,  and  every  Fish  or  Game  Warden 
throughout  the  State,  and  every  Sheriff  and  Constable  in  his  respective 
county  is  and  are  hereby  authorized  and  required  to  enforce  this  Act 
and  to  seize  any  game  or  fish  taken  or  held  in  possession  in  violation  of 
this  Act,  and  he  or  they  shall  have  full  power  and  authority  and  it  shall 
be  the  duty  of  every  such  officer  with  or  without  a  warrant,  to  open, 
enter,  or  examine  all  camps,  wagons,  cars,  automobiles,  stages,  tents, 
packs,  warehouses,  stores,  outhouses,  stables,  barns,  and  other  places, 
boxes,  barrels,  baskets  and  packages,  where  he  has  reason  to  believe  any 
fish  taken  or  held  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  is  or 
are  to  be  found,  and  to  seize  the  same ;  provided,  that  a  dwelling  house 
actually  occupied  can  be  entered  for  examination  only  in  pursuance  of 
a  warrant. 

2070 — Officers  May  Call  for  Extra  Assistance  in  Making  Arrests. 

SEC.  12.  In  case  Indians  or  any  other  persons  in  the  State  of  Nevada 
shall  engage  in  the  killing  of  trout  or  other  fishes  in  violation  of  any  of 
the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  shall  be  in  such  numbers  as  to  be  beyond 
the  reasonable  power  of  any  Fish  or  Game  Warden  of  the  State  Fish 
Commission  to  control,  or  in  case  of  forcible  resistance  to  the  enforce- 
ment thereof,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Sheriff,  or  Sheriffs  of  the 
county  or  counties  where  such  violation  exists,  upon  the  demand  of  such 


110  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

Commissioners  or  any  Warden  to  aid  him  in  the  enforcement  of 
this  Act,  and  to  call  to  his  assistance  at  once  a  sufficient  number  of  per- 
sons to  enforce  the  same  promptly  and  effectually ;  or  if  by  him  deemed 
necessary,  said  Commissioners  or  said  Warden  may  call  such  assistance 
without  the  intervention  of  the  Sheriff.  The  failure  without  good 
cause  of  any  person  or  persons  to  respond  and  to  render  such  assistance 
shall  be  deemed  a  violation  of  this  Act. 

2071— Penalties,  What  Declared  To  Be. 

SEC.  13.  Any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  or  corporation, 
association,  or  common  carrier  in  this  State  who  shall  violate  any  of  the 
provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor;  and 
upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  fined  in  any  sum  not  less  than  twenty- 
five  dollars,  nor  more  than  five  hundred  dollars,  or  by  imprisonment 
in  the  county  jail  in  the  county  where  the  conviction  is  had  for  any 
term  not  exceeding  six  months,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 
It  shall  be  no  defense  in  a  prosecution  for  violation  of  any  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  that  the  trout  or  other  fish  in  question  were  taken 
or  killed  outside  the  State  of  Nevada;  nor  shall  it  be  any  defense  in 
any  prosecution  for  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  that 
the  trout  or  fish  were  taken  or  killed  by  one  other  than  he  in  whose 
possession  said  trout  or  other  fish  were  found.  The  act  of  passing  a 
line  into  or  on  any  of  the  waters  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  as  though  in 
the  act  of  fishing,  shall  be  in  itself  sufficient  evidence  of  an  attempt  to 
take  or  catch  fish  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act.  The  presence  in  or 
on  the  body  in  flank,  back,  or  belly  of  any  of  the  fishes  herein  specified 
of  deep  incised  wounds  or  cuts  such  as  are  made  by  spears,  grab-hooks, 
trout-hooks,  or  snag-hooks,  shall  be  construed  as  in  itself  sufficient  evi- 
dence that  the  said  fish  were  taken  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this 
Act. 

2072 — Does  Not  Apply  to  Private  Fish  Ponds  or  Streams. 

SEC.  14.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  as  to  prohibit  the 
taking  of  trout  or  other  fish,  by  the  rightful  owners  thereof  or  by  their 
agents  in  any  manner,  at  any  season  whatever,  from  the  waters  of  pri- 
vate ponds  by  them  constructed  or  maintained  for  the  purpose  of  rais- 
ing trout  or  other  fishes ;  nor  to  prohibit  the  sale  of  trout  or  other  fishes 
or  of  their  fry  or  ova  from  private  hatcheries  lying  wholly  or  in  part 
within  the  State  of  Nevada. 

2073 — Fish  and  Eggs  May  Be  Taken  for  Scientific  Purposes. 

SEC.  15.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  hinder  or  to 
prevent  or  prohibit  the  taking  of  trout  or  of  other  fishes,  or  of  their 
fry,  eggs  or  ova,  at  any  time,  in  any  manner  or  by  any  means  or  in  any 
suitable  place  or  location  by  the  Nevada  Fish  Commission  or  by  their 
agents  or  by  any  one  whom  they  may  authorize,  for  the  purposes  of 
breeding  or  propogation,  or  of  scientific  study  or  investigation. 

SEC.  16.     [Repealing  clause.] 

2075 — Un constitutionality  of  Any  Portion  of  this  Act  Not  to  Affect 

Other  Portions. 

SEC.  17.  If  in  connection  with  any  prosecution  for  violation  of  any 
of  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  or  in  any  other  way,  any  section  of  this 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  111 

Act  shall  be  hereafter  adjudged  unconstitutional,  or  inoperative,  or 
invalid  and  of  no  force  and  effect,  then  the  unconstitutionally,  inva- 
lidity, or  inefficiency  of  said  section  shall  not  extend  to  any  other  section 
or  sections  of  this  Act  which  are  not  so  adjudged  unconstitutional, 
inoperative,  invalid,  or  inefficient,  nor  to  the  constitutionality,  validity, 
or  the  force  and  effect  of  the  entire  Act. 


PRIVATE  FISH  HATCHERIES 

AN  ACT  PROVIDING  FOR  THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  PRIVATE  FISH  HATCH- 
ERIES FOR  ARTIFICAL  PROPAGATION,  CULTURE  AND  MAINTENANCE 
OF  FOOD  FISHES,  FOR  THEIR  REGULATION  AND  LICENSING,  AND  FOR 
THE  SALE,  SHIPMENT,  TRANSPORTATION  AND  DISPOSITION  OF  FISH 
RAISED  AND  PROPAGATED  THEREIN  OR  THEREBY,  AND  PRESCRIBING 
A  PENALTY  FOR  THE  VIOLATION  OF  THE  PROVISIONS  THEREOF. 

Approved  March  20,  1911,  p.  279 

2076 — Private  Fish  Hatcheries,  How  Established. 

SECTION  1.  Any  person  may  establish  a  private  fish  hatchery  for 
the  artificial  propagation,  culture  and  maintenance  of  food  fishes ;  and 
any  person  lawfully  conducting  any  such  private  fish  hatchery,  and 
engaged  in  the  artificial  propagation,  culture  and  maintenance  of  fishes, 
may  take  them  in  his  own  enclosed  waters  wherein  the  same  are 
so  cultivated  and  maintained,  at  any  time  and  for  the  purposes  herein 
mentioned  and  none  other. 

2077— Products  May  Be  Sold. 

SEC.  2.  The  products  of  such  fish  hatchery,  fish  spawn,  fry  and  fish 
may  be  sold  at  any  time  of  the  year  by  such  hatchery,  or  their  then 
vendees,  after  having  first  complied  with  the  terms  of  this  Act,  and  the 
regulations  of  the  State  Fish  Commission  in  relation  thereto. 

2078 — Restrictions  Regarding  Sales. 

SEC.  3.  No  fish,  spawn,  fry  or  fish  from  any  private  hatchery  shall 
be  sold  under  the  terms  of  this  Act  unless  location  and  plan  of  such 
hatchery  be  approved  by  the  State  Fish  Commission,  and  the  same  duly 
licensed  as  a  private  hatchery. 

2079 — County  License  for  Hatchery. 

SEC.  4.  Each  private  fish  hatchery,  before  it  shall  be  entitled  to  the 
benefits  of  this  Act,  shall  pay  to  the  County  Treasurer  of  the  county 
wherein  such  hatchery  is  located,  an  annual  license  fee  of  ten  dollars 
($10),  and  such  fee  shall  be  credited  to  the  Game  and  Fish  Preserva- 
tion Fund  of  such  county. 

2080 — License  for  Dealers. 

SEC.  5.  Every  person,  firm,  or  corporation  engaged  in  the  business 
of  buying  and  selling,  packing  and  preserving,  or  otherwise  dealing  in 
trout  or  other  food  fishes,  obtained  from  private  hatcheries  of  this  State, 
shall  procure  a  license  for  such  business  from  the  Fish  and  Game 
Warden  of  the  county  wherein  such  selling,  packing,  and  preserving  is 
done,  and  shall  pay  an  annual  license  fee  of  $2.50. 


112  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

2081 — Invoice  to  Go  with  Every  Sale  of  Fish. 

SEC.  6.  When  the  proprietor  of  any  licensed  fish  hatchery  shall  sell 
or  dispose  of  any  fish  as  herein  provided,  he  shall  at  the  same  time 
deliver  to  the  purchaser  or  donee  or  attach  thereto  an  invoice  signed  by 
the  proprietor,  or  his  agent,  stating  the  number  of  his  license,  and  the 
name  of  such  hatchery,  the  date  of  disposition,  the  kind,  and  as  near 
as  practicable  the  weight  and  number  of  such  fish,  the  name  and  address 
of  the  purchaser,  consignee  or  donee.  Such  invoice  shall  authorize 
transportation  and  use  for  six  days  after  this  date,  and  shall  be  sub- 
stantially in  the  following  form : 

STATE  OF  NEVADA,  DEPARTMENT  OF  FISH  COMMISSION 

Private  Hatchery  Invoice 
Name  of  Hatchery, 

Number  of  License, Date, ,  191 

Kind  and  number  of  fish, 

Weight  of  same, pounds. 

Name  of  Consignee, 

Address  of  Consignee, 

This  authorizes  transportation  within  this  State,  possession 
and  sale  for  six  days  after  date,  if  attached  to  article. 

By ,  Proprietor 

,  Agent. 

Such  proprietor  or  his  agent  shall  at  the  same  time  mail,  postpaid,  or 
otherwise  deliver,  a  duplicate  of  such  invoice  to  the  County  Fish  and 
Game  Warden  of  the  county  in  which  such  hatchery  is  located;  pro- 
vided, that  no  invoice  shall  be  required  in  case  of  fish  lawfully  taken 
or  killed  in  such  private  hatchery  during  the  open  season  therefor,  and 
within  the  quantity  provided  by  law  while  in  the  possession  of  the  per- 
son killing  the  same,  during  the  open  season  and  for  five  days  there- 
after. 

2082 — Invoice  Attached  to  Shipment. 

SEC.  7.  When  any  such  fish  for  which  an  invoice  is  required  is  to  be 
shipped  by  rail,  express  or  other  carrier,  public  or  private,  the  invoice 
shall  be  securely  attached  thereto,  or  to  the  package  containing  the 
same,  in  plain  sight  and  the  same  may  then  be  lawfully  carried  and 
delivered  within  this  State  to  the  consignee  named  in  such  invoice.  If 
such  fish  is  held,  exposed  or  offered  for  sale,  or  sold  by  the  consignee,  or 
kept  in  any  storage,  hotel,  restaurant,  cafe  or  boarding-house,  such 
invoice  shall  be  kept  attached  thereto  as  aforesaid  until  the  same  shall 
have  been  prepared  for  consumption.  In  case  of  a  sale  or  disposal  of 
a  part  of  such  fish,  the  vendor  shall  at  the  same  time  make  a  copy  of 
such  invoice  and  indorse  thereon  the  date  of  sale,  the  number  and  kind 
of  fishes  disposed  of,  and  the  name  of  the  purchaser,  and  sign  and 
deliver  the  same  to  the  purchaser,  or  donee,  who  shall  keep  it  attached 
as  aforesaid  until  the  fish  is  prepared  for  consumption,  and  the  same 
shall  have  the  same  force  and  effect  as  the  original  invoice. 

2083 — False  Invoice  Illegal. 

SEC.  8.     Any  wilful  misstatement  in,  or  any  omission  of  a  substan- 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  113 

tial  requirement  from  any  invoice  or  copy  thereof,  shall  render  the 
same  void  and  be  deemed  a  violation  of  this  Act,  and  the  possession  of 
such  fish  shall  be  unlawful,  and  the  possession  of  any  fish  without  such 
invoice  or  a  copy  thereof,  attached  thereto,  when  so  as  above  required, 
shall  be  unlawful.  The  proprietor  of  every  private  hatchery,  licensed 
under  the  preceding  sections,  shall,  whenever  required  by  the  State  Fish 
Commission,  make  and  send  to  the  Commission  a  report  showing  as 
near  as  practicable  the  kind  and  number  of  the  fish  added  and  disposed 
of  during  the  year  preceding,  and  on  hand  at  the  date  of  the  invoice. 

2084— Penalty. 

SEC.  9.  Any  person  or  persons,  or  the  agent  of  any  corporation  or 
company,  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be  deemed 
guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  on  conviction  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine 
of  not  less  than  one  hundred  dollars  ($100),  nor  more  than  two  hun- 
dred dollars  ($200),  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  exceed- 
ing one  hundred  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 


OPEN  AND  CLOSED  SEASONS  FOR  GAME 

AN  ACT  PROVIDING  FOR  THE  PROTECTION  AND  PRESERVATION  OF  GAME, 
AND  REPEALING  ALL  ACTS  AND  PARTS  OF  ACTS  IN  CONFLICT  THERE- 
WITH. 

Approved  March  24,  1909,  p.  213 

2085—  Protection  of  Wild  Game. 

SECTION  1.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm, 
company,  corporation,  or  association,  to  kill,  catch,  destroy,  wound, 
snare,  trap,  injure,  or  pursue  with  attempt  to  kill,  capture,  or  destroy, 
any  bluebird,  thrush,  mocking  bird,  oriole,  humming  bird,  robin,  mea- 
dow lark,  or  any  other  insectivorous,  plume  or  song-birds  within  this 
State. 

2086—  Imported  Birds  Protected. 

SEC.  2.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation  or  association,  to  take,  kill,  wound,  trap,  net,  weir, 
destroy,  injure,  or  pursue  with  attempt  to  take,  kill,  injure  or  destroy 
any  pheasants,  bob-white  quail,  partridge,  or  any  other  variety  of 
imported  game  birds  within  this  State. 


2^1—  Close  Season  for  Sage  Birds. 

SEC.  3.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation,  or  association,  after  the  1st  day  of  October  and 
before  the  15th  day  of  July  of  each  and  every  year,  to  kill,  catch,  trap, 
cage,  weir,  destroy,  injure,  or  pursue  with  attempt  to  kill,  catch,  cap- 
ture, injure  or  destroy  any  sagecock  or  sagehen  within  this  State. 

2088—  For  Grouse. 

SEC.  4.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation  or  association,  to  kill,  catch,  destroy,  injure,  snare, 
weir,  wound,  or  pursue  with  attempt  to  take,  kill,  injure  or  destroy,  any 


114  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

grouse  after  the  fifteenth  day  of  December  and  before  the  first  day  of 
October  of  each  year,  within  this  State.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  409. 
SEC.  4!/2.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation  or  association,  to  kill,  catch,  destroy,  injure,  snare, 
weir,  wound,  or  pursue  with  attempt  to  take,  kill,  injure  or  destroy,  any 
mountain  quail  after  the  first  day  of  January  and  before  the  first  day  of 
October  of  each  year,  within  this  State.  Added  by  Stats.  1913,  409. 

2089— For  Ducks,  Geese,  Etc. 

SEC.  5.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation  or  association,  at  any  time  after  March  15  and  before 
September  15  of  each  and  every  year,  to  kill,  catch,  net,  cage,  pound, 
weir,  trap  or  pursue  with  intent  to  catch,  capture,  injure  or  destroy,  any 
wild  duck,  sandhill  crane,  plover,  curlew,  snipe,  woodcock,  swan  or  wild 
goose  within  this  State ;  provided,  however,  that  the  Board  of  County. 
Commissioners  of  any  county  in  this  State,  may  upon  receipt  of  a  peti- 
tion signed  by  twenty-five  residents  of  the  county,  by  an  order  made  and 
entered  upon  their  minutes,  declare  the  season  for  that  year  for  any 
of  the  birds  named  in  this  section,  to  be  open  from  the  first  day  of  Sep- 
tember. As  amended,  Stats.  1913, 102. 

2090— Valley  Quail. 

SEC.  6.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation  or  association,  at  any  time  after  the  15th  day  of 
January,  and  before  the  15th  day  of  October  of  each  and  every  year, 
to  kill,  catch,  trap,  cage,  net,  weir,  pound,  destroy  or  pursue  with 
attempt  to  catch,  capture,  injure  or  destroy,  any  valley  quail  within 
this  State. 

2091 — Nests  and  Eggs  Protected — Exception. 

SEC.  7.  It  shall  be  unlawful  at  any  and  all  times  of  the  year  for  any 
person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation,  or  association,  to  disturb 
or  destroy  the  nest  of,  or  to  take  or  remove  from  any  nest  of  any  wild 
fowl  or  game  bird  mentioned  in  this  Act,  any  egg  or  eggs  of  such  wild 
fowl  or  game  bird,  or  to  have  in  their  possession,  or  to  sell  or  to  offer  for 
sale  or  exchange,  except  for  scientific  purposes,  or  for  the  purpose  of 
propagation,  any  such  eggs  or  nests,  within  this  State. 

2092 — Number  Taken  Limited. 

SEC.  8.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  prohibit  any  person 
from  selling  game  killed  by  himself,  but  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation  or  association,  to  pur- 
chase such  game  for  the  purpose  of  barter  or  sale,  and  it  shall  also  be 
unlawful  for  any  person  to  kill  or  have  in  his  possession  a  greater  num- 
ber than  twenty  ducks,  fifteen  mountain  quail,  ten  sage  birds,  six 
grouse,  fifteen  valley  quail,  five  plover,  ten  geese,  three  swan  or  fifteen 
snipe  in  any  one  day,  within  this  State. 

Part  of  the  above  section  relating  to  sale  of  game  repealed  by  Stats.  1913, 
p.  366.  See  page  24  of  this  pamphlet. 

2093 — Open  Season  for  Deer  and  Antelope. 

SEC.  9.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation,  or  association,  after  the  15th  day  of  November  and 
before  the  15th  day  of  October  of  each  and  every  year,  to  kill,  catch, 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OB  NEVADA  115 

trap,  wound  or  pursue,  with  an  attempt  to  catch,  capture  or  destroy, 
any  deer  or  antelope;  provided,  that  the  limit  for  deer  and  antelope 
shall  be  two  in  any  one  open  season  or  year ;  and  provided  further,  it 
shall  be  unlawful  to  kill,  catch,  trap,  wound  or  pursue  with  attempt  to 
catch,  injure,  kill  or  destroy  any  antelope  [,]  doe  or  female  deer  or 
spotted  fawn  at  any  time.  And  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to 
kill,  catch,  trap,  wound  or  pursue  any  mountain  sheep  or  mountain  goat 
at  any  time  before  the  first  day  of  January ^  1920.  As  amended,  Stats. 
1913,  410. 

2094 — Number  of  Deer  Limited  to  Two. 

SEC.  10.  It  shall  be  unlawful  in  this  State  for  any  person  or  persons 
to  have  in  their  possession  any  deer  or  antelope  from  and  after  Novem- 
ber 1st  of  each  year  and  until  September  15th  of  the  year  next  succeed- 
ing, and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons  to  sell  or  offer 
for  sale  or  to  trade  or  barter  or  offer  to  trade  or  barter  any  number  of 
deer  or  antelope  in  excess  of  two  during  the  time  intervening  between 
the  15th  day  of  September  and  the  1st  day  of  November  of  any  year. 

2095 — Unlawful  to  Have  Game  in  Possession  During  Close  Season — 

Proviso. 

SEC.  11.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation  or  association,  to  have  in  his  or  their  possession,  or  to 
sell,  buy,  transport,  or  give  away,  or  offer  or  expose  for  sale,  or  pur- 
chase from  any  person  whomsoever,  either  Indian  or  other  person,  any 
of  the  birds,  animals,  or  wild  game  mentioned  in  this  Act  during  the 
season  within  the  killing,  injuring,  pursuing,  trapping,  pounding,  weir- 
ing, caging,  selling,  buying,  transporting,  giving  away,  offering  or 
exposing  for  sale,  or  having  in  his  or  their  possession  is  herein  pro- 
hibited ;  provided,  however,  that  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  so  con- 
strued as  to  prohibit  any  resident  person  or  persons,  firm,  company, 
corporation,  or  association  from  taking  (upon  a  written  permit  from 
the  State  Board  of  Game  and  Fish  Commissioners)  any  bird,  animal,  or 
fowl  or  the  nest  or  eggs  of  any  bird  or  fowl  for  the  purpose  of  propa- 
gation or  domestication  or  for  scientific  purposes. 

2096— Catch  Limited—Night  Fishing  Prohibited. 

SEC.  12.  Catch  of  trout  or  black  bass  not  to  exceed  twenty  (20) 
fish  in  any  one  day  by  any  one  person.  Night  fishing  or  night  hunt- 
ing prohibited.  Fishing  season  March  30  to  September  15. 

[This  section  not  covered  by  title,  and  probably  repealed  by  sec.  2065,  Rev. 
Laws,  except  as  to  "night  hunting."] 

2097 — Penalties — Ignorance  No  Defense. 

SEC.  13.  Any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation  or  asso- 
ciation, or  common  carrier,  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act, 
shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof 
shall  be  fined  in  any  sum  not  less  than  twenty-five  (25)  dollars,  nor 
more  than  five  hundred  (500)  dollars,  or  imprisoned  in  the  county  jail 
in  the  county  where  the  conviction  is  had  for  any  term  not  exceeding  six 
months,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment.  It  shall  be  no  defense 
in  the  prosecution  for  the  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act, 
that  the  animals  or  birds  were  taken  or  killed  outside  of  the  State  of 
Nevada ;  nor  shall  it  be  any  defense  in  the  prosecution  for  the  violation 


116  SCHOOL  X/AWS  OF  NEVADA 

of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  that  the  animals  or  birds  were 
taken  or  killed  by  one  other  than  he  in  whose  possession  said  animals  or 
birds  were  found;  nor  shall  it  be  any  defense  in  the  prosecution  for 
the  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  that  the  person  did 
not  know  that  hunting  was  not  allowed  upon  the  premises  on  which  he 
was  trespassing. 

2098; — County  Commissioners  to  Pass  Ordinance,   When — Ordinance 

Published. 

SEC.  14.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  County  Commission- 
ers of  any  county  within  this  State,  when  petitioned  by  fifty  taxpayers 
within  their  county,  for  the  protection  of  any  variety  of  birds,  fowls 
or  animals,  to  draw  and  pass  an  ordinance  protecting  such  birds,  fowls 
or  animals  for  the  length  of  time  as  prayed  for  in  the  petition,  or  to 
change  or  shift  the  open  season  on  said  birds,  fowls  or  animals,  but  not 
to  increase  the  length  of  said  open  season,  and  to  fix  a  penalty  for  the 
violation  of  said  ordinance;  said  penalty  to  be  in  conformity  with 
section  13  of  this  Act.  When  said  ordinance  is  properly  drawn  and 
signed  by  the  chairman  of  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  it 
shall  be  published  in  the  county  for  a  period  of  four  issues,  and  posted 
in  three  public  places  in  the  county,  one  of  which  shall  be  in  front  of 
the  courthouse,  and  thereafter  it  shall  be  in  full  force  and  effect.  As 
amended,  Stats.  1913,  410. 

2099 — Repeal — Transportation  Companies  Liable. 

SEC.  15.  All  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  with  this  Act  are 
hereby  repealed.  Every  railroad  company,  express  company,  transpor- 
tation company  or  other  common  carrier,  their  officers,  agents  and  serv- 
ants, and  every  other  person  who  shall  transport,  carry,  or  take  out  of 
the  State,  or  who  shall  receive  for  the  purpose  of  transporting,  or  carry- 
ing from  this  State,  any  deer,  buck,  doe  or  fawn,  or  any  mountain  sheep 
or  antelope,  or  any  quail,  sage  chicken,  prairie  chicken,  grouse,  wild 
ducks,  or  goose,  or  any  other  bird  or  animal  mentioned  in  this  Act,  shall 
be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

2100— Beaver. 

SEC.  16.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation  or  association,  to  catch,  kill,  destroy,  trap,  net,  weir 
or  cage  any  beaver  within  this  State  before  the  first  day  of  April,  A.  D. 
1920.  Stats.  1909,  p.  212.  

LICENSES 

AN  ACT  TO  REGULATE  AND  LICENSE  THE  HUNTING  OF  GAME  BIRDS  AND 
ANIMALS  AND  THE  TAKING  OR  CATCHING  OF  FISH.  AND  TO  PROVIDE 
REVENUE  THEREFROM  FOR  GAME  AND  FISH  PRESERVATION  AND 
PROTECTION,  AND  TO  PRESCRIBE  A  PENALTY  FOR  THE  VIOLATION 
THEREOF,  AND  TO  MAKE  AN  APPROPRIATION  FOR  THE  PURPOSE  OF 
CARRYING  OUT  OF  THE  OBJECTS  OF  THIS  ACT. 

Approved  February  26,  1909,  p.  38 

2101 — Hunters  Must  Procure  License. 

SECTION  1.  Every  person  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  who  hunts,  pur- 
sues or  kills  any  of  the  wild  birds  or  animals,  or  who  takes  or  catches 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  117 

any  of  the  fishes  that  are  protected  by  the  laws  of  this  State,  without 
first  procuring  a  license  therefor,  as  provided  in  this  Act,  is  guilty  of  a 
misdemeanor. 

2102 — Clerk  to  Issue  License. 

SEC.  2.  Licenses  granting  the  privilege  to  hunt,  pursue  or  kill  wild 
birds  or  animals,  or  to  take  or  catch  fish  during  the  open  season  as  fixed 
by  law,  shall  be  issued  and  delivered,  upon  application,  by  the  County 
Clerk  of  any  of  the  counties  of  this  State,  or  by  the  Fish  and  Game 
Warden  of  any  of  the  counties  of  this  State,  which  license  shall  have 

stamped  thereon  the  words  "Hunting  License  No ,  State  of  Nevada. 

Expires  February  28,  19 ,"  with  the  registration  number  and  appro- 
priate year  stamped  therein.  Said  licenses  shall  be  prepared  and  fur- 
nished to  the  County  Clerk  by  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners, 
which  board  shall  take  receipt  therefor  by  number  and  quantity  from 
the  County  Clerk,  and  the  County  Clerk  shall  be  responsible  therefor 
and  shall  account  for  the  same  to  the  Auditor  of  said  county  every  three 
months  after  receipt  thereof. 

2103 — Cost  of  License. 

SEC.  3.     The  license  herein  provided  for  shall  be  issued  as  follows : 

First — To  any  citizen  of  the  United  States  who  is  a  bona  fide  resi- 
dent of  the  State  of  Nevada,  upon  the  payment  of  one  dollar. 

Second — To  any  citizen  of  the  United  States,  riot  a  bona  fide  resident 
of  the  State  of  Nevada,  upon  the  payment  of  ten  dollars. 

Third — To  any  person  not  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  upon  the 
payment  of  twenty-five  dollars ; 

Provided,  that  a  license  for  fishing  only  and  good  for  but  thirty 
days  shall  be  issued  to  any  applicant  therefor  upon  the  payment  of 
two  dollars. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  at  all  times  to  kill,  injure  or  maim  any  mountain 
sheep,  or  mountain  goat  until  January  1,  1920.  As  amended,  Stats. 
1913,  382. 

2104 — Applicant  Must  Give  Certain  Facts. 

SEC.  4.  Every  person  applying  for  and  procuring  a  license  as  herein 
provided,  shall  give  to  the  County  Clerk  his  name  and  resident  address, 
which  information  shall  be  by  the  Clerk  or  board  entered  in  a  book 
kept  for  that  purpose,  and  provided  by  said  Board  of  County  Commis- 
sioners, together  with  a  statement  of  the  date  of  issuance,  the  number 
of  license  issued  to  such  person  and  description  of  such  person,  by  age, 
height,  race,  and  color  of  the  eyes  and  hair. 

2105 — Licenses  Valid,  When. 

SEC.  5.  All  licenses  issued  as  herein  provided  shall  be  valid,  and 
shall  authorize  the  person  to  whom  issued,  to  hunt,  pursue  and  kill 
game  birds  and  animals  and  to  take  or  catch  fish  during  the  open 
season  fixed  therefor  by  law,  on  and  from  the  first  day  of  March,  1909, 
until  the  date  of  expiration  stamped  thereon,  but  no  license  shall  con- 
tinue in  force  for  a  period  longer  than  one  year. 

2106 — Licenses  Credited  to  Game  and  Fisli  Preservation  Fund. 

SEC.  6.  All  moneys  collected  for  licenses  as  provided  herein,  shall  be 
paid  into  the  county  treasury  to  the  credit  of  the  Game  and  Fish  Pres- 


118  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

ervation  Fund,  which  fund  is  hereby  created,  and  the  moneys  in  said 
fund  shall  be  applied  to  the  payment  of  the  expenses  incurred  in  the 
prosecution  of  offenders,  and  for  the  revenue  to  pay  Fish  and  Game 
Wardens  and  deputies  when  necessary  to  hire  Deputy  Fish  and  Game 
Warden  or  Wardens. 

2107 — Only  One  License — Not  Transferable. 

SEC.  7.  Not  more  than  one  license  shall  be  issued  to  any  one  person 
for  the  same  fiscal  year,  except  upon  an  affidavit  by  the  applicant  that 
the  one  issued  has  been  lost  or  destroyed,  and  no  license  issued  as  herein 
provided  shall  be  transferable  or  used  by  any  other  person  than  the  one 
to  whom  it  was  issued. 

2108 — Must  Exhibit  License. 

SEC.  8.  Everj^  person  having  a  license  as  provided  herein,  who  while 
hunting  or  fishing  refuses  to  exhibit  such  license  upon  the  demand  of 
any  officer  authorized  to  enforce  the  fish  and  game  laws  of  the  State,  or 
any  other  peace  officer  of  the  State,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor, 
and  every  person  lawfully  having  said  license,  who  transfers  or  dis- 
poses of  the  same  to  another  person  to  be  used  as  a  hunting  or  fishing 
license,  shall  forfeit  the  same. 

2109— Penalty. 

SEC.  9.  Every  person  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
shall,  upon  conviction  thereof,  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
$10,  nor  more  than  $100,  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  for  a 
term  of  not  less  than  five,  nor  more  than  fifty  days,  or  by  both  such 
fine  and  imprisonment. 

2110 — County  Money  Appropriated  to  Carry  Out  Provisions  of  Act. 

SEC.  10.  There  is  hereby  appropriated  out  of  any  moneys  in  the 
county  treasury,  not  otherwise  appropriated,  the  sum  of  seventy-five 
dollars  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  to  be 
used  by  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  for  the  printing  and  bind- 
ing of  suitable  books  and  blanks  required  herein,  and  for  the  purchase 
of  metal  licenses.  The  County  Auditor  is  hereby  directed  to  draw  his 
warrant  for  said  amount  in  favor  of  said  Board  of  County  Commission- 
ers at  such  times  and  in  such  amounts  as  may  be  needed  from  time  to 
time,  and  the  Treasurer  is  hereby  directed  to  pay  the  same. 

2111 — Exception — Women  and  Boys. 

SEC.  11.  The  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  not  apply  to  any  person 
who,  on  his  own  land,  during  the  open  season,  hunts,  pursues  or  kills 
any  of  the  wild  birds  or  animals,  or  takes  or  catches  any  of  the  fish  pro- 
tected by  the  laws  of  this  State,  nor  to  women  or  to  boys  under  fourteen 
years  of  age. 

2112 — License  Procured  in  Home  County — Valid  Anywhere  in  State. 
SEC.  12.  The  license  herein  provided  for  shall  be  procured  from  the 
county  of  which  the  applicant  is  a  resident,  and  may  be  used  in  any 
county  in  the  State  of  Nevada.  Nonresidents  of  the  State  may  pro- 
cure a  license  in  any  county. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  119 

SHIPMENT  OF  GAME  PROHIBITED 
AN  ACT  TO  PREVENT  THE  SHIPMENT  OF  WILD  GAME  FROM  THIS  STATE. 

Approved  February  16,  1899,  p.  21 
2113— Penalty. 

SECTION  1.  Every  railroad  company,  express  company,  transporta- 
tion company,  or  other  common  carrier,  their  officers,  agents  and  serv- 
ants, and  every  other  person  who  shall  transport,  carry  or  take  out  of 
this  State,  or  who  shall  receive  for  the  purpose  of  transporting  from 
the  State,  any  deer,  buck,  doe  or  fawn  or  any  mountain  sheep  or  ante- 
lope, or  any  quail,  sage  chicken,  prairie  chicken,  grouse,  dove,  wild  duck 
or  goose,  except  for  purposes  of  propagation,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  mis- 
demeanor. Any  person  found  guilty  of  a  violation  of  any  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this  section,  shall  be  fined  in  a  sum  of  not  less  than  twenty 
($20)  dollars  nor  more  than  five  hundred  ($500)  dollars  or  be  impris- 
oned in  the  county  jail  not  less  than  ten  nor  more  than  ninety  days 
or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 


FISH  LAWS 

AN  ACT  TO  PROVIDE  FOR  THE  APPOINTMENT  OF  A  BOARD  OF  FISH  COM- 
MISSIONERS AND  TO  DEFINE  THEIR  DUTIES. 

Approved  March  16,  1905,  p.  264 
4482 — Governor  May  Appoint  Fish  Commissioners — Duties. 

SECTION  1.  The  Governor  of  this  State  is  hereby  authorized  and 
empowered  to  appoint  three  suitable  persons  to  be  styled  "Fish  Com- 
missioners," whose  .duty  shall  be  to  establish  fish  hatcheries,  in  localities 
suitable  to  their  hatching,  upon  such  of  the  waters  of  this  State  as,  in 
their  judgment,  shall  be  most  available  for  the  purpose  of  stocking  and 
supplying  the  streams  and  lakes  of  this  State  with  both  foreign  and 
native  fish ;  and  for  such  purpose,  may  take  the  ova  or  spawn  from  fish 
now  inhabiting  the  waters  of  the  State ;  and  may  purchase  and  import 
from  other  States  and  countries  spawn  or  ova  of  valuable  fish,  suitable 
for  food,  and  may  introduce  the  same,  .when  obtained,  into  such  rivers, 
streams  and  lakes  as  they  may  deem  suited  to  the  habits  and  successful 
culture  of  such  fish.  They  may  also  employ  persons  who  are  skilful 
and  expert  in  the  science  of  fish  breeding,  and  may  superintend  and 
direct  the  construction  of  fish-ways  and  fish-ladders  that  may  be  built 
in  the  streams  and  waters  of  this  State.  The  Commissioners  may,  in 
their  discretion,  distribute  the  ova  or  spawn  to  be  procured  by  them  to 
such  person  or  persons  as  have  proper  lakes,  ponds  or  streams  for  the 
propagation  and  breeding  of  fish,  and  who  will,  without  expense  to  the 
State,  take  charge  of  such  breeding  and  propagation. 

4483 — Term  of  Office — Expenses,  How  Paid — Report. 

SEC.  2.  Such  Commissioners  shall  hold  their  respective  offices  for  the 
term  of  four  years,  unless  some  other  person  shall  be  appointed  to  fill 
the  vacancy  occasioned  by  death,  resignation  or  inability  to  attend  to 
the  duties  required.  The  Commissioners  authorized  to"  be  appointed 
by  this  Act  shall  receive  no  compensation  for  their  services.  The  neces- 


*20  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

sary  expenses  incidental  to  procuring  and  distributing  the  ova  or  spawn 
or  fish,  in  the  employment  of  fish  breeders,  and  in  carrying  out  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act,  shall  be  paid  from  any  moneys  that  may  be  appro- 
priated by  the  Legislature,  upon  accounts  or  vouchers  to  be  approved  by 
the  State  Board  of  Examiners.  The  Commissioners  shall  report  bien- 
nially to  the  Governor  an  account  of  their  transactions  under  this  Act, 
and  make  an  exhibit  of  their  expenditure  of  money  under  its  provisions. 


AN  ACT  TO  PROVIDE  FOR  THE  ACQUISITION,  CONSTRUCTION,  ESTABLISH- 
MENT AND  MAINTENANCE  OF  A  STATE  FISH  HATCHERY,  AND  TO 
APPROPRLVTE  MONEY  THEREFOR. 

Approved  February  5,  1909 

4484 — State  Fish  Hatchery — Commissioners  to  Provide. 

SECTION  1.  The  State  Board  of  Fish  Commissioners  is  hereby  auth- 
orized and  directed  to  acquire,  construct  and  establish  a  state  fish 
hatchery  at  such  point  and  in  such  locality  within  this  State  as  to  them 
shall  be  best  adapted  for  that  purpose,  said  hatchery,  when  acquired 
and  established,  to  be  maintained  and  conducted  by  the  State,  under 
the  direction  and  control  of  the  State  Board  of  Fish  Commissioners. 

4485 — Idem — Appropriation — Claims,  How  Paid. 

SEC.  2.  For  the  purpose  of  complying  with  and  carrying  out  the 
provisions  of  this  Act,  the  sum  of  five  thousand  dollars  is  hereby  appro- 
priated out  of  any  moneys  in  the  general  fund  of  the  State  Treasury 
not  otherwise  specifically  appropriated,  to  be  expended  under  the 
direction  of  the  State  Board  of  Fish  Commissioners;  and  the  State 
Controller  is  hereby  directed  to  draw  his  warrant  for  said  amount  in 
favor  of  the  State  Board  of  Fish  Commissioners,  at  such  times,  and  in 
such  amounts  as  may  be  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Examiners, 
and  the  State  Treasurer  is  hereby  directed  to  pay  the  same. 


AN  ACT  TO  PROVIDE  FOR  THE  PROTECTION  AND  PRESERVATION  OF  TROUT 
AND  OTHER  FISH  IN  THE  WATERS  OF  THE  STATE  OF  NEVADA  AND 
OTHER  MATTERS  PERTAINING  THERETO,  AND  TO  STATE  IN  PART 
WHAT  SHALL  BE  EVIDENCE  OF  ITS  VIOLATION,  AND  TO  PRESCRIBE 
PENALTIES  FOR  ITS  VIOLATION,  AND  TO  PROVIDE  FOR  ITS  ENFORCE- 
MENT, AND  TO  REPEAL  ALL  ACTS  AND  PARTS  OF  ACTS  IN  CONFLICT 
HEREWITH. 

Approved  March  26,  1913 

Truckee  River  Divided  Into  Two  Districts. 

SECTION  1.  For  the  purposes  to  be  specified  within  this  Act,  all  the 
waters  of  the  Truckee  River,  including  its  tributaries  and  the  waters 
to  which  it  is  tributary,  lying  within  the  boundaries  of  the  State  of 
Nevada,  shall  be  divided  into  two  distinct  and  separate  districts  or  sub- 
divisions, said  districts  or  subdivisions  to  be  known  and  specified  in  the 
provisions  of  this  Act  as  Truckee  River  District  No.  1  and  Truckee 
River  District  No.  2. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  121 

District  No.  1. 

SEC.  2.  Truckee  River  District  No.  1  shall  consist  of  all  the  waters 
of  the  Truckee  River,  together  with  its  tributaries  lying  west  of  the 
point  commonly  known  and  designated  as  the  government  dam  in  the 
vicinity  of  Derby  and  extending  to  the  boundary  line  of  the  State  of 
Nevada,  and  the  State  of  California. 

District  No.  2. 

SEC.  3.  Truckee  River  District  No.  2  shall  consist  of  all  the  waters 
of  the  Truckee  River  and  the  waters  to  which  it  is  tributary,  lying  east 
of  the  point  commonly  known  and  designated  as  the  government  dam 
in  the  vicinity  of  Derby. 

Fish  Laws  for  First  District. 

SEC.  4.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, or  corporation,  to  take,  catch  or  kill,  or  attempt  to  take,  catch 
or  kill,  any  river  trout,  lake  trout,  or  brook  trout,  whitefish,  or  land- 
locked salmon,  royal  chinook  salmon,  or  large-mouthed  or  small- 
mouthed  black  bass,  in  or  from  any,  excepting  the  waters  of  Truckee 
River  District  No.  2,  of  the  streams,  lakes,  rivers  or  other  waters  of  the 
State  of  Nevada,  between  the  sixteenth  (16th)  day  of  October  of  each 
year  and  the  thirtieth  (30th)  day  of  April  of  the  succeeding  year,  both 
dates  being  included. 

Fish  Laws  for  Second  District. 

SEC.  5.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  persons,  firm,  company, 
or  corporation,  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  or  to  attempt  to  take,  catch  or  kill, 
any  river  trout,  lake  trout,  or  brook  trout,  whitefish,  land-locked  sal- 
mon, royal  chinook  salmon,  or  large-mouthed  or  small-mouthed  black 
bass,  in  or  from  any  of  the  waters  of  the  Truckee  River  District  No.  2, 
between  the  sixteenth  (16th)  day  of  February  of  each  year,  and  the 
thirtieth  (30th)  day  of  the  following  April,  both  dates  included. 

Fish  To  Be  Taken  Only  With  Hook  and  Line. 

SEC.  6.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany or  corporation  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  or  to  attempt  to  take,  catch, 
or  kill,  in  or  from  any  stream,  lake  or  river,  or  any  other  waters  of  the 
State  of  Nevada,  any  trout,  salmon  or  whitefish,  bass,  perch,  or  any 
other  fish  of  any  species  whatever  with  any  seine,  net,  spear,  set-line, 
set-hooks,  grab-hook,  trot-line  or  snag-line,  or  in  any  manner  known  as 
snagging,  or  with  any  weir-fence,  trap,  giant  powder  or  any  other 
explosive,  or  explosive  compound,  or  with  or  by  means  of  any  bait  con- 
stituted or  prepared  in  whole  or  in  part  of  or  from  the  spawn,  eggs,  or 
ova  of  trout,  salmon  or  of  any  other  species  of  fish  whatever,  or  with  or 
by  any  means  whatever  except  with  hook  and  line  attached  to  a  rod  held 
in  the  hands  and  in  the  manner  known  as  angling ;  that  is,  with  baited 
hook,  fly  hook,  spoon  hook,  or  other  angler's  lure. 

Unlawful  to  Catch  Fish  Under  Certain  Lengths. 

SEC.  7.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany or  corporation,  to  kill  or  to  retain  in  his,  their,  or  its  possession 
any  lake  trout,  river  trout,  land-locked  salmon  or  royal  chinook  salmon 
taken  from  the  waters  of  this  State  less  than  seven  inches  in  length; 
or  any  large-mouthed  or  small-mouthed  black  bass,  less  than  eight 


122  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

inches  in  length,  or  any  red-spotted  eastern  brook  trout  (Salvelinus 
fontinalis)  less  than  six  inches  in  length. 

Regulation  of  Transportation  Companies. 

SEC.  8.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  railroad,  rail- 
way company  or  corporation,  express  company,  stage  line,  transporta- 
tion company,  or  any  common  carrier  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  to  accept 
or  to  receive  for  shipment  or  for  transportation  from  any  one  person 
or  in  the  name  of  any  one  firm,  company,  or  association,  in  any  one 
calendar  day,  more  than  ten  pounds  of  trout,  land-locked  salmon,  or 
royal  chinook  salmon,  or  of  large-mouthed  or  small-mouthed  black  bass, 
taken  or  caught  in  or  from  any  of  the  waters  of  the  State  of  Nevada ; 
provided,  that  nothing  in  this  section  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  prevent 
the  shipment,  or  receipt  or  acceptance  of  ten  trout  on  one  calendar  day 
from  any  single  consignor,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  per- 
sons, firm,  company,  association,  or  corporation,  transportation  com- 
pany, or  common  carrier,  to  offer  or  present  or  to  receive  or  accept  for 
shipment,  carriage,  or  transportation,  any  box,  bundle,  package,  basket, 
or  other  container,  whatsoever,  in  which  are  enclosed  any  of  the 
fishes  herein  specified  unless  the  box,  bundle,  basket,  package  or 
other  container  aforesaid  shall  be  so  wrapped,  tied  or  constructed 
that  it  shall  be  easily  opened  for  inspection  or  examination  and 
unless  it  shall  bear  a  conspicuous  label,  easily  read,  which  shall  state  the 
contents  thereof,  together  with  the  name  and  address  of  the  consignor 
thereof,  and  the  name  and  address  of  the  consignee;  and  false  state- 
ment on  the  aforesaid  label,  either  as  to  contents  enclosed,  or  as  to  the 
true  name  or  address  of  the  consignor  thereof  or  of  the  consignee,  shall 
be  construed  as  a  violation  of  this  Act. 

Ten  Pounds  of  Certain  Fish  the  Limit. 

SEC.  9.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, or  corporation,  to  take,  catch,  or  kill  from  any  of  the  waters  of 
the  State  of  Nevada  or  to  have  in  his,  their  or  its  possession,  on  any  one 
calendar  day,  more  than  ten  pounds  of  trout,  or  of  land-locked  salmon, 
or  royal  chinook  salmon,  or  large-mouthed  or  small  mouthed  black  bass, 
or  whitefish  caught  in  the  waters  of  this  State ;  provided,  that  nothing 
in  this  Act  shall  be  so  interpreted  as  to  prevent  or  to  prohibit  the  tak- 
ing of  ten  trout,  or  salmon,  or  other  fish  specified  in  this  Act. 

Certain  Fishing  Prohibited  Within  100  Feet  of  Fish-way. 

SEC.  10.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons  in  the  State 
of  Nevada,  at  any  time,  or  season,  to  take,  catch,  or  kill  or  to  attempt  so 
to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  any  lake  trout,  river  trout,  brook  trout,  land- 
locked salmon,  royal  chinook  salmon,  large-mouthed,  or  small-mouthed 
black  bass,  or  any  other  species  of  fish,  whatever,  within  the  distance 
of  one  hundred  feet  above  or  below  any  dam,  in  this  State  containing 
a  fish-way  or  fish-ladder. 

Certain  Fishing  Prohibited  Within  One  Mile  of  United  States  Dam. 

SEC.  11.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pan}-,  or  corporation  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  or  to 
attempt  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  any  lake  trout,  river  trout,  brook  trout, 
land-locked  salmon,  royal  chinook  salmon,  whitefish,  large-mouthed  or 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  123 

small-mouthed  black  bass,  or  any  other  fish  of  any  species  whatever,  at 
any  time  or  season,  whatever,  within  a  distance  of  one  mile  below  any 
dam  of  the  United  States  Reclamation  Service  containing  a  fish-way 
or  fish-ladder  and  lying  within  the  State  of  Nevada. 

Night  Fishing  Prohibited. 

SEC.  12.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany or  corporation  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  to  take,  catch,  or  kill,  or 
attempt  to  take  catch  or  kill,  any  lake  trout,  river  trout,  or  brook  trout, 
land-locked  salmon,  royal  chinook  salmon,  large-mouthed  or  small- 
mouthed  black  bass,  or  any  other  fish,  or  any  species  whatever  from 
any  of  the  waters  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  on  any  calendar  day  after  two 
hours  after  sunset,  and  on  any  calendar  day  before  one  hour  before 
sunrise. 

Peace  Officers  to  Enforce  Act — May  Enter  and  Inspect  Premises,  Etc. 
SEC.  13.  The  members  of  the  Nevada  State  Police,  and  every  Fish 
or  Game  Warden,  throughout  the  State,  and  every  Sheriff  and  Con- 
stable, in  his  respective  county,  is  and  are  hereby  authorized  and 
required  to  enforce  this  Act  and  to  seize  any  game  or  fish,  taken  or  held 
in  possession  in  violation  of  this  Act,  and  he  or  they  shall  have  full  power 
and  authority,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  such  officer  with  or 
without  a  warrant,  to  open,  enter,  or  examine  all  camps,  wagons,  cars, 
automobiles,  stages,  tents,  packs,  warehouses,  stores,  outhouses,  stables, 
barns,  and  other  places,  boxes,  barrels,  baskets,  and  packages,  where  he 
has  reason  to  believe  any  fish  taken  or  held  in  violation  of  any  of  the 
provisions  of  this  Act  is  or  are  to  be  found,  and  to  seize  the  same ;  pro- 
vided, that  a  dwelling-house  actually  occupied  can  be  entered  for  exam- 
ination only  in  pursuance  of  a  warrant. 

Aid  of  Citizens  May  Be  Invoked,  When. 

SEC.  14.  In  case  Indians  or  any  other  persons  in  the  State  of  Nevada 
shall  engage  in  the  killing  of  trout  or  other  fishes  in  violation  of  any  of 
the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  shall  be  in  such  numbers  as  to  be  beyond 
the  reasonable  power  of  any  Fish  or  Game  Warden  to  control,  or  in  case 
of  forcible  resistance  to  the  enforcement  thereof,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  Sheriffs  of  the  county  or  counties  where  such  violation  exists,  upon 
the  demand  of  any  Warden,  to  aid  him  in  the  enforcement  of  this  Act, 
and  call  to  his  assistance  at  once  a  sufficient  number  of  persons  to 
enforce  the  same  promptly  and  effectually ;  or  if  by  him  deemed  neces- 
sary, said  Warden  may  call  such  assistance  without  the  intervention  of 
the  Sheriff.  The  failure  without  good  cause  of  any  person  or  persons 
to  respond  and  to  render  such  assistance  shall  be  deemed  a  violation  of 
this  Act. 

Penalties  for  Violation — What  Constitutes  Violation. 

SEC.  15.  Any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  or  corporation,  asso- 
ciation, or  common  carrier  in  this  State  who  shall  violate  any  of  the 
provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and 
upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  fined  in  any  sum  not  less  than  twenty- 
five  dollars,  nor  more  than  five  hundred  dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in 
the  county  jail  in  the  county  where  the  conviction  is  had  for  any  term 
not  exceeding  six  months  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment.  It 
shall  be  no  defense  in  a  prosecution  for  violation  of  any  of  the  pro- 


124  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

visions  of  this  Act,  that  the  trout  or  other  fish  in  question  were  taken  or 
killed  outside  the  State  of  Nevada ;  nor  shall  it  be  any  defense,  in  any 
prosecution  for  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  that  the 
trout  or  fish  were  taken  or  killed  by  one  other  than  he  in  whose  posses- 
sion said  trout  or  other  fish  were  found.  The  act  of  passing  a  line  into 
or  on  any  of  the  waters  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  as  though  in  the  act  of 
fishing,  shall  be  in  itself  sufficient  evidence  of  an  attempt  to  take  or  to 
catch  fish  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act.  The  presence  in  or  on  the 
body,  in  flank,  back  or  belly,  of  any  of  the  fishes  herein  specified,  of 
deep  incised  wounds,  or  cuts,  such  as  are  made  by  spears,  grab-hooks, 
trout-hooks,  or  snag-hooks,  shall  be  construed  as  in  itself  sufficient  evi- 
dence that  the  said  fish  were  taken  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this 
Act. 

Certain  Exemptions. 

SEC.  16.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  prohibit  the 
taking  of  trout,  or  other  fish,  by  the  rightful  owners  thereof  or  by  their 
agents  in  any  number,  at  any  season  whatever,  from  the  waters  of 
private  ponds  by  them  constructed  or  maintained  for  the  purpose  of 
raising  trout  or  other  fishes  or  of  their  fry  or  ova,  from  private  hatcher- 
ies lying  wholly  or  in  part  within  the  State  of  Nevada. 

May  Be  Taken  for  Breeding  or  Scientific  Purposes. 

SEC.  17.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  hinder  or  to 
prevent  or  prohibit  the  taking  of  trout  or  of  other  fishes,  or  their  fry, 
eggs  or  ova,  at  any  time,  in  any  manner  or  by  any  means,  or  in  any 
suitable  place  or  location  by  the  Nevada  Fish  Commission  or  by  their 
agents  or  by  any  one  whom  they  may  authorize  for  the  purpose  of  breed- 
ing or  propagation,  or  of  'scientific  study  or  investigation. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  18.  All  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  with  any  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  are  hereby  repealed. 

All  Sections  of  This  Act  Declared  Independent. 

SEC.  19.  If  in  connection  with  any  prosecution  for  violation  of  any 
of  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  or  in  any  other  way  any  section  of  this 
Act  shall  be  hereafter  adjudged  unconstitutional,  or  inoperative,  or 
invalid,  and  of  no  force  and  effect,  then  the  unconstitutionality,  invali- 
dity, or  inefficiency  of  said  section  shall  not  extend  to  any  other  section 
or  sections  of  this  Act,  which  are  not  so  adjudged  unconstitutional, 
inoperative,  invalid,  or  inefficient,  nor  to  the  constitutional  validity,  or 
the  force  and  effect  of  the  entire  Act. 


AN  ACT  TO  PROHIBIT  THE  PURCHASE  OR  SALE  OF  GAME  BIRDS 
AND  ANIMALS. 

Approved  March  25,  1913 

Sale  of  Game  Birds  Prohibited. 

SECTION  1.     Every  person  who  buys,  sells,  or  offers  to  sell,  or  exposes 
for  sale,  barter  or  trade,  any  wild  duck,  wild  goose,  partridge,  quail, 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA  125 

grouse,  pheasant,  sagehen,  rail,  ibis,  plover,  or  any  variety  of  snipe,  or 
shore  bird,  meadow  lark,  or  robin,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

Same  for  Deer  and  Antelope. 

SEC.  2.  Every  person  who  buys  or  sells,  or  offers  for  sale,  or  trade  or 
barter,  any  deer  meat  or  antelope  meat,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

Penalties. 

SEC.  3.  Every  person  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
shall,  upon  conviction  thereof,  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
ten  ($10)  dollars  nor  more  than  one  hundred  ($100)  dollars,  or  by 
imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  for  a  term  of  not  less  than  five  nor 
more  than  fifty  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 


POLLUTION  OF  STREAMS 

AN  ACT  CONCERNING  CRIMES  AND  PUNISHMENTS,  AND  REPEALING  CER- 
TAIN ACTS  IN  RELATION  THERETO 

Approved  March  17,  1911 

6547 — Prohibiting  Pollution  of  Waters — Penalty. 

SECTION  1.  Any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation  or 
association  in  this  State,  or  the  managing  agent  of  any  person  or  per- 
sons, firm,  company,  corporation  or  association  in  this  State,  or  any 
duly  elected,  appointed  or  lawfully  created  state  officer  of  this  State, 
or  any  duly  elected,  appointed  or  lawfully  created  officer  of  any  county, 
city,  town,  municipality,  or  municipal  government  in  this  State,  who 
shall  deposit,  or  who  shall  permit  or  allow  any  person  or  persons  in 
their  employ  or  under  their  control,  management  or  direction  to  deposit 
in  any  of  the  waters  of  the  lakes,  rivers,  streams  and  ditches  in  this 
state,  any  sawdust,  rubbish,  filth,  or  poisonous  or  deleterious  substance 
or  substances,  liable  to  affect  the  health  of  persons,  fish,  or  live  stock, 
or  place  or  deposit  any  such  deleterious  substance  or  substances  in  any 
place  where  the  same  may  be  washed  or  infiltered  into  any  of  the 
waters  herein  named,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and 
upon  conviction  thereof  in  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  shall 
be  fined  in  any  sum  not  less  than  fifty  dollars,  nor  more  than  five  hun- 
dred dollars,  exclusive  of  court  costs;  provided,  that  in  cases  of  state 
institutions,  municipalities,  towns,  incorporated  towns  or  cities,  when, 
owing  to  the  magnitude  of  the  work,  immediate  correction  of  the  evil 
is  impracticable,  then  in  such  cases  the  authorities  shall  adopt  all  new 
work,  and  as  rapidly  as  possible  reconstruct  the  old  system  of  drain- 
age sewerage  so  as  to  conform  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act ;  and  pro- 
vided further,  that  all  such  new  reconstructed  systems  shall  be  com- 
pleted before  January  1,  1916 ;  provided,  that  nothing  in  this  Act  shall 
be  so  construed  as  to  permit  mining  or  milling  companies  to  dump 
tailings  directly  into  any  stream  in  this  State  so  as  to  prevent  or 
impede  the  natural  flow  of  such  streams.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be 
so  construed  as  to  apply  to  any  quartz  mill  or  ore  reduction  works  in 
this  State.  As  amended,  Stats.  1913,  p.  405. 

6811 — American  Eagle — Unlawful  to  Kill. 

SECTION  1.     It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm, 


126  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

company,  corporation  or  association  to  kill,  destroy,  wound,  trap, 
injure,  keep  in  captivity,  or  in  any  other  manner  to  catch  or  capture, 
or  to  pursue  with  such  intent  the  bird  known  as  the  American  eagle, 
or  to  take,  injure,  or  destroy  the  nest  or  eggs  of  said  before-mentioned 
bird.  Any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation  or  associa- 
tion violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  be  deemed 
guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  shall  be  punished  by 
fine  in  any  sum  not  less  than  twenty-five  dollars,  nor  more  than  two 
hundred  dollars,  or  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  for  any  term  not 
exceeding  six  months,  or  both. 

6812 — Song,  Plume  and  Insectivorous  Birds  Not  To  Be  Killed. 

SECTION  1.  Every  person  who  shall  kill,  or  destroy  the  eggs  of  any 
wild  canary,  wren,  linnet,  thrush,  robin,  bluebird,  oriole,  humming- 
bird, meadow  lark,  snowbird,  or  other  song,  plume  or  insectivorous 
bird,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

This  section  shall  not  apply  to  English  sparrows,  the  killing  of  which 
is  authorized,  or  to  any  bird  for  the  killing  of  which  an  open  season  is 
provided  by  the  game  laws  of  this  State. 

6813 — Idem — Prosecution — Duty  of  Officers. 

SEC.  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Sheriff  and  his  deputies,  Con- 
stable and  his  deputies,  District  Attorney  and  all  other  peace  officers 
in  this  State,  upon  receiving  information  from  any  person,  that  any 
provisions  of  the  next  preceding  section  have  been  violated,  to  imme- 
diately institute  proceedings  in  the  proper  court  against  the  person 
or  persons  thus  complained  of,  and  prosecute  the  same  with  reasonable 
diligence  to  final  judgment,  and  any  peace  officer  refusing  to  make 
complaint  or  institute  proceedings  as  herein  provided,  shall  be  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor  in  office,  and  fined  in  any  sum  not  exceeding  twenty 
five  dollars. 


APPENDIX 


TRANSFER  OF  CHILDREN 

An  act  to  provide  for  the  transfer  of  children  from  one  school  district  to  an 
adjoining  school  district  in  the  same  county,  and  other  matters  properly 
related  thereto. 

Approved  March  24,  1913,  305 

Transfer  of  Pupils  and  School  Funds— Proviso. 

SECTION  1.  Any  board  of  school  trustees  is  authorized  and  empow- 
ered to  make  arrangements  with  the  board  of  school  trustees  of  an 
adjoining  district  in  the  same  county  for  the  attendance  of  children  in 
either  district  that  may  be  most  convenient  for  such  children,  whenever 
the  parent  or  parents,  guardian  or  guardians  of  said  children  shall  pre- 
sent a  written  request  therefor  to  the  school  board  of  the  district  in 
which  such  children  reside,  accompanied  by  a  written  permit  from  the 
school  board  of  the  district  in  which  said  children  desire  to  attend. 
And  whenever  the  two  boards  of  trustees  in  interest  shall  agree  upon 
the  transfer  of  said  children,  and  notice  thereof  shall  be  given  to  the 
superintendent  of  public  instruction  by  either  of  said  school  boards,  said 
superintendent  shall  direct  the  county  auditor  and  the  county  treasurer 
of  the  county  in  which  such  districts  are  situated  to  transfer  from  the 
funds  of  the  district  in  which  such  children  live  to  the  credit  of  the 
funds  of  the  district  in  which  they  are  attending,  the  pro  rata  of  state 
and  county  moneys  apportioned  to  each  child  in  the  county  for  each  of 
such  children  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  semiannual  apportion- 
ment; provided,  that  such  moneys  shall  be  transferred  but  twice  each 
year,  first  at  about  the  middle  of  any  year  of  attendance,  and  again  at 
the  close;  and  such  transfer  shall  cover  only  those  in  attendance  during 
the  period  for  which  the  transfer  of  moneys  is  made. 

Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  to  Settle  Disputes. 

SEC.  2.  In  case  of  disagreement  as  to  the  transfer  of  children  as  pro- 
vided for  in  section  1  of  this  act,  the  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion shall,  on  request  of  the  parties  named  in  section  1  of  this  act,  make 
due  inquiry  in  the  premises;  and  if  said  officer  is  satisfied  that  the 
school  board  of  the  adjoining  district  is  willing  to  receive  such  children 
and  that  such  children  ought  to  have  the  privilege  of  attending  in  said 
district,  he  may  decide  that  they  may  so  attend,  and  he  shall  direct  the 
county  auditor  and  the  county  treasurer  to  make  the  transfer  of  school 
moneys  in  the  manner  provided  in  section  1  of  this  act. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  3.  All  acts  or  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  herewith  are  hereby 
repealed . 


128  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA 

BOUNDARIES  OF  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS 

An  act  authorizing  the  county  commissioners  of  the  various  counties  to  reestab- 
lish the  boundaries  of  school  districts,  and  road  districts  in  their  respective 
counties. 

Approved  March  24,  1913,  306 

County  Commissioners  to  Reestablish  Boundaries   of  Indefinite  Road  or 
School  Distrists. 

SECTION  1.  The  county  commissioners  of  any  county  in  the  state  are 
hereby  authorized  to  reestablish  the  boundaries  of  any  school  district  or 
road  district  within  the  county  whenever  they  shall  deem  the  boundary 
of  such  school  district  or  road  district  indistinct  or  indefinite  as  such 
boundary  appears  upon  the  records  of  the  county  commissioners. 

To  Conform  to  United  States  Surveys, 

SEC.  2.  Whenever  the  county  commissioners  shall  reestablish  the 
boundaries  of  school  districts  or  road  districts  in  accordance  with  this 
act,  they  shall  make  the  new  boundaries  that  they  shall  set  forth  for 
such  school  districts  or  road  districts  conform  to  the  legal  land  surveys 
of  the  United  States  government  so  far  as  is  possible. 

New  Boundaries  to  Include  Same  Property  as  Old  Districts— Proviso. 

SEC.  3.  Whenever  the  county  commissioners  shall  reestablish  the 
boundaries  of  school  districts  or  road  districts  in  accordance  with  this 
act  they  shall  arrange  the  new  boundaries  so  that  all  properties  and  resi- 
dences that  were  in  the  school  districts  or  road  districts  previous  to  the 
reestablishment  of  boundaries  for  such  school  districts  or  road  districts 
under  this  act  shall  be  within  the  new  boundaries  that  the  commissioners 
may  establish  under  this  act ;  provided,  that  whenever  the  heads  of  fami- 
lies and  taxpayers  of  any  school  district  shall  present  a  petition  signed 
by  at  least  three-fifths  of  such  heads  of  families  and  taxpayers  to  the 
county  commissioners  praying  that  the  boundaries  of  such  school  district 
shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  their  petition,  the  county  com- 
missioners shall,  when  reestablishing  such  boundaries,  make  the  new 
boundaries  conform  as  nearly  as  possible  to  the  boundary  described  in 
the  aforesaid  petition. 

Commissioners  to  Use  Discretion, 

SEC.  4.  Whenever  the  county  commissioners  shall  decide  that  the 
boundaries  of  any  school  district  or  road  district  is  so  indefinite  upon 
the  records  of  the  county  as  to  make  it  impossible  to  decide  in  which 
school  district  or  road  district  certain  properties  or  residences  may  be 
located,  they  shall  proceed  to  establish  the  new  boundaries  for  such 
school  district  or  road  district  as  they  shall  deem  best  and  for  the  welfare 
of  the  county. 

No  Property  to  Escape  Taxation. 

SEC.  5.  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  so  as  to  release  an; 
property  from  taxation  for  any  bond  issue  that  the  property  shall  hav( 
been  subject  to  previous  to  any  new  establishment  of  boundaries  of  an] 
school  district  in  accordance  with  this  act. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  6.  All  acts  or  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  with  this  act  are  hereby 
repealed. 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


In  the  following  index  p.  stands  for  page,  s.  for  section,  and  small-cap 
p.  for  paragraph. 


Act  construed,  p.  68,  s.  220. 
Acts  repealed,  p.  68-70,  s.  221. 
Amendment  ta  Constitution  Proposed — 

To  invest  school  funds  in  farm  mort- 
gages, p.  93. 
Appeal.     See    Superintendent    of    Public 

Instruction. 

Apportionment.  See  Funds,  School. 
Arbor  day.  See  General  Provisions. 
Attorney-General — 

Legal  adviser  of  deputy  superintend- 
ents, p.  39,  s.  116. 

Legal  adviser  of  state  board  of  invest- 
ment, Stats.  1913,  p.  252,  s.  1. 

Legal  adviser  of  superintendent  of  pub- 
lic instruction,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  4130. 

Member  of  state  board  of  investment, 
Stats.  1913,  p.  252,  s.  1. 

Shall   bring   action   for   text-book   com- 
mission, when,  p.  54,  s.  166. 
Board    of    Regents    of    State    University. 

See  Constitutional  Provisions  and  Uni- 
versity of  Nevada. 
Bonds,   county  high  school.     See   County 

High  School 
Bonds,  School  District — 

Amount  to  be  determined  by  board  of 
school  trustees,  p.  61,  s.  192. 

Election  to  be  held  for  issuance,  p.  61- 
64.  s.  192-201. 

Election  notice  for  must  contain,  p.  61, 
s.  193. 

Election  for,  how  conducted,  p.  61,  s. 
193. 

Issued  for  what  purposes,  p.  61,  64,  s. 
191,  200. 

Issuance  of  to  be  determined  by  voters 
of  district,  p.  61,  s.  192. 

Maturity  of  limited  to  twenty  years,  p. 
61,  s.  193. 

Registration  of,  p.  62,  s.  196. 

Sale  of,  p.  62,  s.  194. 

Signing  of,  p.  64,  s.  195. 

Sinking  fund  for  payment  of  to  be 
created,  p.  62,  s.  197. 

Security  of  not  affected  by  changes  in 
boundaries  of  district,  p.  63,  64,  s. 
198,  202. 

Tax  for  to  be  levied  by  county  com- 
missioners, p.  62,  s.  197. 

Tax  levy  for,  lien  on  property,  p.  64,  s. 
199. 

To  be  called  in  by  county  treasurer  and 

paid  at  maturity,  p.  62,  s.  197. 
Census  Marshals,  p.  41-44,  s.  122-133. 

Appointed  how  and  when,  eligibility, 
p.  41,  s.  122. 

Appointment  of  special,  for  regular  cen- 
sus, p.  43,  s.  131. 

Appointment  of  special,  in  new  dis- 
tricts, p.  33,  35,  s.  80.  92. 

Blanks  for,  p.  41,  s.  123. 

Classification  of  districts  for,  p.  41,  s. 
122. 


Census  Marshals  (Continued). 
Compensation  of — 

Amount    (maximum)    of,    determined 

by  statute,  p.  44,  s.  133. 
Bill  not  to  be  paid  until  deputy  sup- 
erintendent   has    approved    report, 


p.  44,  s.  133. 

ill 


Bill  to  be  made  out  against  county, 

p.  44,  s.  133. 
Bill  to  be  paid  by  county,  p.  44,  s. 

133. 

No  compensation,  when,  p.  41,  s.  122. 
Duties  of — • 

Shall    distinguish    resident    children 

from  nonresident,  p.  42,  s.  124. 
Shall    enumerate    all    resident    chil- 
dren, p.  42,  s.  124. 
Shall  report  to  clerk  of  school  board 
and   deputy  superintendent,  p.  43, 
s.  128,  129. 
Shall  take  school  census  in  month  of 

April,  p.  42,  s.  124. 
Shall  visit  each   home  and   may   ad- 
minister oath,  p.  42,  s.  125. 
Report  of — 

Penalty  for  negligence  of  or  fraud  in, 

p.  44,  s.  132. 

To  be  certified  to  and  transmitted  to 

deputy  superintendent,  p.  43,  s.  128. 

To  be  completed,  p.  43,  s.  129. 

To    be    examined    and    corrected    by 

deputy  superintendent,  p.  43,  s.  130. 

To  be   examined   by   clerk   of   school 

board,  p.  43,  s.  128. 
To  be  separately  made  for  joint  dis- 
tricts, p.  43,  s.  127. 
To  contain  what,  p.  42,  s.  126. 
Shall  report  to  county  clerk  in  gen- 
eral   election    years    certain    facts, 
Rev.  Laws,  s.  3981. 
Special    census    marshal    for   regular 

census,  p.  43,  s.  131. 
Special  census  to  be  taken  in  new  dis- 
tricts, p.  33,  35,  s.  80,  92. 
Teacher    ex    officio    census    marshal, 

when,  p.  41,  s.  122. 
To  serve  without  pay  in  districts  of 

second  class,  p.  41,  s.  122. 
Child  Labor  Law — 

Boys   under   16  years,   hours   per   day, 

p.  87,  s.  8. 

Children  under  14  years,  p.  86,  s.  4. 
Children  under  16  years,  p.  86,  s.  3. 
Forbidden  callings  for  certain  children, 

p.  86,  s.  2.  3,  5,  6. 
Girls  under  18  years,  hours  per  day,  p. 

87,  s.  8. 

No  child  under  14  years  to  labor  dur- 
ing school  hours,  p.  85,  s.  1. 
Penalties  for  violation  of,  p.  87,  s.  9. 
Persons  under  18  years  in  incorporated 

cities  and  towns,  p.  86,  s.  3. 
State  board  of  health  to  decide  on  inju- 
rious callings,  p.  86.  s.  6. 


130 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


Child  Labor  Law  (Continued). 

Supt.    of    public    instruction    to    makej 

demand,  when,  p.  86,  s.  4. 
City  Superintendent — 

Office  created  for  districts  of  first  class, 

p.  31,  s.  76. 
Powers  and  duties  of,  p.  28,  P.  15,  s.  67 ; 

p.  31,  s.  74,  76. 
Qualifications  of,  p.  31,  s.  76. 
Term  of  office  of,  p.  31,  s.  76. 
To  administer  certain  oaths,  p.   28,  P. 

15,  s.  67. 
Classification    of    funds.          See    General 

Provisions. 
Compulsory  Attendance — 

Attendance    in    government   schools,    p. 

94,  s.  1. 

Fine  or  imprisonment,  p.  95,  s.  4. 
Fines  to  go  to  county  school  fund,  p.  95, 

s.  5. 
Government     school     officers     to     give 

notice,  p.  94,  s.  2. 
Jurisdiction,  p.  95,  s.  8. 
Peace  officers  to  assist,  p.  95,  s.  6. 
Punishment  for  intimidation,  p.  95,  s.  7. 
Suit  for  collection  of  fine,  p.  94,  s.  3. 
Compulsory  Education — 

Arrest  of  truant,  p.  65,  s.  207. 
Attendance  officer  may  be  appointed  by 

school  board,  p.  65,  s.  207. 
Attendance  officer  or  school  officer  may 

investigate,  p.  66,  s.  209. 
Children  between  ages  of  8  and  16  years 
must  attend  school,  p.  64,  s.  203. 

Excused   from   attendance,    p.    64,   s. 
203. 

Child  declared  habitual  truant,  p.  65, 
s.  204. 

Child  deemed  truant,  p.  65,  s.  204. 

Fines   collected,   how  disposed  of,  p. 
67,  s.  211. 

Habitual  truants  may  be  put  in  spe- 
cial schools,  p.  66,  s,  208. 

Punishment  for  encouraging  truancy,1 
p.  66,  s.  209. 

Punishment  for  false  statements  con-, 

cerning  age,  p.  66,  s.  210. 
Punishment  of  parent  of  truant,  p.  65,1 

s.  205. 
School   officer,   peace   officer  or  attend-  \ 

ance  officer  may  arrest,  p.  65,  s.  207.; 
School    officer    or    taxpayer    may    file 

criminal  complaint,  p.  65,  s.  206. 
School    trustees    authorized   to   provide! 

specially  for  habitual  truants,  p.  66,! 

s   208. 
School    trustees,    clerk    shall    file    com-! 

plaint,  p.  65,  s.  206. 
School  trustees  may  appoint  and  remove 

attendance  officer,  p.  65,  s.  207. 
School  trustees  shall  direct  attendance 

officer   to   make   complaint,   p.   65,   s. 

206. 
School    trustee    to    make    investigation, 

p.  65,  s.  206. 

See  Contributory  Dependency  and  De- 
linquency, and  Dependent,  Neglected 

or  Delinquent  Children. 
Truancy  defined,  p.  65,  s.  204. 
^  Truancy,  habitual,  p.  65,  s.  204. 
Constitutional  Provisions — 

Education  to  be  encouraged,  p.  5,  s.  1.    I 
Irreducible  school  fund — 

Apportionment  of  interest  on,  p.  5,  s.' 
2,3. 


Constitutional  Provisions  (Continued). 
Escheated    estates,    appropriated    to, 

p.  5,  s.  3. 

Fines  appropriated  to,  p.  5,  s.  3. 
How  created,  p.  5,  s.  3. 
Interest     on     only     apportioned     to 

schools,  p.  6,  s.  3. 
Interest  on  certain  portions  of  may 

be  used  for  university,  p.  6,  s.  8. 
Interest   on   forfeited   by   school   dis- 
tricts, p.  5,  s.  2. 
Investment  of,  p.  5,  s.  3. 
Lands  (public)  and  funds  dedicated  to 

support  of  education,  p.  5,  s.  3. 
Land  warrants  considered  as  belong- 
ing to,  p.  5,  s.  3. 
Moneys  and  property  of  shall  not  be 

transferred,  p.  5,  s.  3. 
Legislature  and  education — 

Shall    establish    different    grades    of 

schools,  p.  6,  s.  5. 
Shall   establish   normal   school,   p.   6, 

s.  5. 
Shall  establish  state  university,  p.  6, 

s.  4. 

Shall  provide  special  state  school  tax 
for  university  and  common  schools, 
p.  6,  s.  6. 
Shall  provide  uniform  school  system, 

p.  5,  s.  2. 
No  funds  for  sectarian  purposes,  p.  7, 

s.  10. 

Normal  school,  p.  6,  s.  5. 
Oath  of  office — 

College  professors  must  take,  p.  6,  s.  5. 
Public  school  teachers  must  take,  p. 

6,  s.  5. 
Penalty    for    district    not    maintaining 

school  six  months,  when,  p.  5,  s.  2. 
Sectarian   instruction   prohibited,   p.   7, 

s.  9. 
Six  months  of  school  to  be  maintained, 

p.  5,  s.  2. 

State  university  established,  p.  6,  s.  4. 
University   regents  provided   for,   p.   6, 

s.  7. 
Women   may   serve   as   school   trustees, 

Rev.  Laws,  s.  371. 
Contributory  delinquency  and  contributory 
delinquency,  Rev.  Laws.  s.  757-764. 
See    Compulsory    Education,    and    De- 
pendent,    Neglected     or     Delinquent 
Children. 
County  Auditor — 

Shall  add  county  school  tax  to  assess- 
ment roll,  p.  45,  s.  139. 
Shall   add   special   taxes   to   assessment 
roll,  p.  27,  P.  13,  s.  67 ;  p.  46,  s.  141. 
Shall  draw  warrants  on  county  treas- 
urer for  official  organ  of  state  boai  " 
of  education,  p.  9,  s.  4. 
Shall  draw  warrant  on  order  of  depul 
superintendent,  p.  26,  P.  6,  s.  67;  p. 
27,  P.  8,  s.  67 ;  p.  28,  P.  14,  s.  67. 
Shall  forfeit  $100  from  official  compen- 
sation, p.  40,  s.  119. 
Shall  keep  separate  accounts  with  dif- 
ferent funds,  p.  39,  s.  118. 
Shall  not  draw  warrant,  p.  13,  P.  1,  2, 
s.  12:  p.  26,  P.  2,  s.  67;  p.  30,  32, 
s.  69/78. 
Shall  receive  no  fees  for  handling  school 

moneys,  p.  48,  s.  150. 
Shall  report  to  superintendent  of  public 
instruction,  p.  50,  s. 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


131 


County  Auditor  (Continued). 

Shall  transfer  moneys  when  notified  by 

deputy  superintendent,  p.  34,  s.  88. 
County  Boards  of  Education — 

Are  vested  with  same  powers  as  school 

trustees,  p.  31,  s,  75. 
County  commissioners  temporary  board 

p.  58,  s.  177. 

Election  of,  p.  58,  s.  178. 
Powers  and  duties  of — • 

To  certify  as  to  buildings  needed,  p 

87,  s.  1. 
To    employ    and    discharge    janitors 

etc.,  p.  58,  s.  179. 

To   employ  teachers  holding  Nevada 

high-school  certificates,  p.  58,  s.  179. 

To  enforce  state  courses  of  study,  p. 

58,  s.  179. 

To   estimate   money   needed   for  new 

buildings,  p.  87,  s.  1. 
To  furnish  annual  estimate,  p.  58,  s. 

179. 
To  pay  salary  and  other  expenses,  p 

59,  s.  180. 

To  provide  for  dormitories  and  din- 
ing hall,  p.  59,  s.  184. 
To  take  office,  when,  p.  58,  s.  178. 

Term  of  office  of,  p.  58,  s.  178. 

Vacancies  in  filled  by  appointment,   p. 

58,  s.  178. 
County  Commissioners — 

Shall  abolish  school  districts,  p.  36,  s. 
97. 

Shall  act  as  temporary  county  board 
of  education,  p.  57,  s.  177. 

Shall  act  on  applications  of  deaf,  dumb, 
and  blind,  p.  80,  s.  2;  Rev.  Laws, 
s.  1703. 

Shall  act  on  application  for  feeble- 
minded, p.  81,  s.  2. 

Shall  appropriate  money  for  county  in- 
stitute, p.  11,  P.  7,  s.  6. 

Shall  change  boundaries  of  school  dis- 
tricts, p.  32,  s.  77. 

Shall  control,  rent,  etc.,  property  of 
abolished  school  districts,  p.  36,  s.  99. 

Shall  create  joint  school  districts,  p.  33, 
s.  81. 

Shall  create  new  school  districts,  p.  32, 
s.  77. 

Shall  enlarge  or  consolidate  school  dis- 
tricts, p.  34,  s.  87. 

Shall  establish  two  county  high  schools, 
p.  57,  s.  175. 

Shall  join  in  action  to  establish  county 
normal  training  school,  p.  59,  s.  185. 

Shall  levy  county  school  tax,  p.  45,  s. 

Shall  levy  special  tax  for  payment  of 

interest-bearing  warrants,  p.  78,  s.  5. 
Shall  levy  state  school  tax,  p.  44,  s.  135. 
Shall  locate  county  high  school,  p.  57, 

s.  175. 
Shall  make  annual  levy  for  county  high 

school,  p.  59,  s.  180. 
Shall  make  certain  provisions  for  deaf, 

dumb  and   blind,   p.   81,   s.  4 ;     Rev. 

Laws,  s.  1704. 
Shall  make  levy  for  high-school  bonds 

and  interest,  p.  89,  s.  6. 
Shall  make  levy  for  school  district  tax, 

when,  p.  28,  P.  13,  s.  67;    p.  45,  s. 

140,  141. 
Shall  make  levy  for  special  bond  tax,  p. 

62,  s.  197. 


County  Commissioners  (Continued). 
Shall  make  special  tax  levy  for  county 

high  school,  p.  58,  s.  176. 
Shall   not   allow   census  marshal's  bill, 

p.  44,  s.  133. 
Shall   not   transfer   school   funds,   Rev. 

Laws,  s.  1540. 
Shall  order  election  on  request  of  county 

board  of  education,  p.  88,  s.  2. 
Shall  provide  certain  funds  for  county 

normal  training  school,  p.  61,  P.  3,  s. 

189. 
Shall   transfer  money  to  school  funds, 

when,  p.  73,  s.  1,  2. 
Shall    submit    question    of    establishing 

county  high  school  to  voters,  p.  56, 

s.  174. 
Shall    support    children    sent    to    state 

orphans'    home,    p.    80,    s.    13 ;    Rev. 

Laws,  s.  4099. 
County  High  Schools — 

Bonding  for,  p.  87-90,  s.  1-10. 

Interest  limit,  p.  88,  s.  6. 

Limitations  on,  p.  89,  s.  7. 

Time  limit  for  redemption,  p.  88,  89, 

s.  3,  6. 
Control   and   management   in   hands   of 

county  boards  of  education,  p.  56-59. 
County  boards  of  education  for — 

At  first  temporary,  p.  58,  s.  177. 
County  commissioners — • 

To   estimate   cost   of  grounds,   build- 
ings, etc.,  p.  57,  s   175. 

To  levy  county  tax  for  grounds,  build- 
ings, etc.,  p.  58,  s.  176. 
Dormitories  and  dining  halls,  p.  59,  s. 
184. 

Bonding  for,  p.  87-90,  s.  1-10. 
Election  for  building,  p.  88,  s.  2. 
Election  to  establish,  p.  56,  s.  173. 

Ballots  for,   to  contain  what,  p.  56, 
s.  174. 

Officers  of  to  serve  gratis,  p.  56,  s. 
174. 

Petition  for,  p.  56,  s.  174. 
Eligibility    of    pupils    for,    how    deter- 
mined, p.  59,  s.  181. 
In  case  levy   by  county  commissioners 

is  deferred,  p.  58,  s.  176. 
Location  of — 

Ballot  for  location  to  contain  what, 
p.  57,  s.  175. 

By  election,  when,  p.  57,  s.  175. 

By  commissioners,  p.  57,  s.  175. 

By  election,  when,  p.  57,  s.  175. 
Money  for  support  of — 

To  be  drawn  from  the  county  high- 
school  fund,  p.  59,  s.  180. 
Principals    of    may    supervise    district 

schools,  p.  59,  s.  182. 
Pupils  for,  p.  59,  s.  181. 
State  board  of  education  has  charge  of 

entrance   requirements   for,  p.   59,   s. 

181. 
Tax  levy  for — 

Special,  how  made  and  when,  p.  58,  s. 
176. 

To  be  made  annually  by  county  com- 
missioners, p.  59,  s.  180. 

To   be   made   on   estimate   of  county 

board  of  education,  p.  59,  s.  180. 
Temporary  board  for,  p.  58,  s.  177. 
Under  state  supervision,  p.  59,  s.  183. 


132 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


County  Normal  Training  Schools — 
Establishment  of — 

Action  by  county  board  of  education 
and  county  commissioners  required 
for,  p.  60,  s.  185. 
Action   by   state   board   of   education 

necessary  for,  p.  59,  s.  185. 
At  least  five  bona  fide  applicants  for 
instruction   required   for,   p.   59,   s. 
185. 

County   commissioners   to   provide   cer- 
tain funds  for,  p.  60,  s.  189. 
Graduates  to  receive  second-grade  ele- 
mentary certificate,  p.  60,  s.  188. 
Normal   training  school  board   is   state 

board  of  education,  p.  60,  s.  186. 
Powers  and  duties  of  normal  training 

school  board — 

To  admit  resident  students  on  exami- 
nation, p.  60,  s.  187. 
To   admit   without    examination   cer- 
tain resident  students,  p.  66,  s.  187. 
To    certify    cost    of    maintenance    to 
county  commissioners,  p.  61,  s.  189. 
To  certify  to  state  controller  estab- 
lishment of  normal  training  school, 
etc.,  p.  60,  s.  189. 

To  designate  in  notice  to  state  con- 
troller amount  needed  for  salary  of 
teacher,  p.  60,  s.  189. 
To    determine    qualifications    of    stu- 
dents for  admission,  p.  60,  s.  187. 
To  employ  competent  teacher,  p.  60, 

s.  189. 
To   estimate  cost  of  maintenance  of 

school,  p.  61,  s.  189. 
To  formulate  a  course  of  study,  p.  60, 

s.  187. 
To  grant  certificates  of  graduation,  p. 

60,  s.  187. 

To  make  and  put  into  effect   neces- 
sary rules  and  regulations  for  man- 
agement of  school,  p.  60,  s.  190, 
Purpose  of,  p.  60,  s.  185. 
Restrictions  as  to  counties,  p.  60,  s.  185. 
Salary  of  teacher  to  be  paid  from  gen 
eral  fund  of  state,  in  usual  manner, 
p.  60,  P.  2,  s.  189. 

County  money  may  be  transferred  to  dis- 
trict school  funds,  when,  p.  73,  s.  1,  2. 
County  Treasurer — 

Duty  as  to  interest  on  school  bonds,  p. 

63,  89,  s.  197,  6. 

Shall  keep  separate  accounts  with  dif- 
ferent funds,  p.  39,  s.  118. 
Shall  receive  and  hold  school  moneys  as 

a  special  deposit,  p.  48,  s.  149. 
Shall  transfer  moneys  when  notified  by 

deputy  superintendent,  p.  34.  s.  88. 
To  call    in   and   pay   district  bonds   at 

maturity,  p.  62,  s.  197. 
To  forfeit  $100  as  penalty,  p.  40,  48,  s 

119,149. 

To  notify  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction as  to  county  school  money 
p.  48,  s.  149. 
To  pay  over  money  only  on  warrants  ol 

county  auditor,  p.  48,  s.  149. 
To  receive  no  fees  for  handling  schoo 

moneys,  p.  48,  s.  150. 
To  refuse  payment  of  claims,  when,  p 

48,  s.  149. 

To   report  to  superintendent   of  public 
instruction,  when,  p.  48,  s.  149. 


IDeaf,  Dumb  and  Blind — 

Application  for  support  and  education, 

how  made,  p.  80,  s.  2. 
Appropriation  for,  Stats.  1913,  p.  186, 

s.  64. 
Certificate  of  superintendent  of  public 

instruction  necessary,  p.  80,  s.  2. 
Expenses  of — 

Persons  over  21  years  of  age,  p.  81, 

s.  4. 

Portion   of  paid   by   county   commis- 
sioners, p.  81,  s.  4. 
Qualifications  of  for  state  aid,  p.  81, 

s.  4. 

Support,    education    and    care    of    in 
charge  of  superintendent  of  public 
instruction,  p.  80,  s.  1. 
Support  of  provided  by  state,  p.  81, 

s.  4. 

Delinquent    Children.     See   Juvenile   De- 
linquents. 

Dependent.  Neglected  or  Delinquent  Chil- 
dren, Rev.  Laws,  s.  728-756. 
Probation  officers — • 

Appointed    by    district    judges,    Rev. 

Laws,  s.  733. 

Appointment  of  requires  concurrence 
of  certain  officers.  Rev.  Laws.  s. 
733. 

Appointment  to  be  confirmed  by  gov- 
ernor, superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction and  deputy  superintend- 
ent, when.  Rev.  Laws.  s.  733. 
See  Contributory  Dependency  and 
Delinquency,  and  Compulsory  Edu- 
cation. 

Deputy  Superintendents  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion— 

Appeal  from,  p.  40,  s.  121. 
Appointment  and  term  of  office  of,  p.  1* 

s.  9. 
Attorney-general  legal  adviser  of,  p. 

s.  116. 
Compensation  of — 

Office  expenses  of,  p.  14,  s.  13. 
Salary  of,  p.  14.  s.  13. 
Traveling  expenses  of,  p.  14,  s.  13. 
County  superintendent,  office  abolished, 

p.  12,  s.  7. 
Duties  of — 

To  act  as  deputy  examiner,  p.  13,  s.  11 
To   act   as    educational    examiner, 

13.  s.  11. 

To  advise  with  teachers,  p.  13,  s.  1! 
To  assist  at  state  district  and  count 

institutes,  p.  13,  s.  11. 
To  assist  state  board  of  education 
preparing  courses  of  study,  p. 
s.  11. 
To  attend  meetings  of  state  board 

education,  p.  13,  s.  11. 
To  confer  with   trustees  and  count 

officers,  p.  13,  s.  11. 
To  devote  entire  time  to  supervise 

p.  12.  s.  9. 
To  furnish  state  board  of  educatioi 

information,  p.  13,  s.  11. 
To  hold  teachers'  meetings,  p.lS.s.l' 
To  inspect  school  buildings,  librark 

and  apparatus,  p.  13.  s.  11. 
To  make  written  report  quarterly 
superintendent    of    public    instruc 
tion,  p.  12.  P.  12,  s.  6. 
To   visit   each   school   at   least   twi< 
each  year,  p.  13,  s.  11. 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


133 


Deputy  Superintendents  (Continued). 
1'owers  and  duties  of,  p.  13-16,  s.  12-21. 
May     issue     temporary     certificates, 

when,  p.  15,  19,  s.  17,  34. 
May    suspend    teachers'    certificates, 

when,  p.  13,  14,  40,  s.  12,  120. 
Shall  cause  district  school  levy  to  be 

made,  when,  p.  28,  P.  13,  s.  67. 
Shall  cause  needed  repairs  to  be  made 

to   school    buildings,    when,    p.    27, 

p.  8,  s.  67. 
Shall  cause  privies  to  be  built,  when, 

p.  27,  P.  6,  s.  67. 
Shall  certify  certain  facts  to  school 

board  clerks,  p.  28,  P.  13,  s.  67. 
Shall    designate   place   for   school    in 

certain  consolidated  districts,  p.  32, 

s.  78. 
Shall    designate    places    for    holding 

school  in  consolidated  districts,  p. 

35,  s.  89. 
Shall   see   that   school   is   maintained 

six  months,  p.  28,  P.  13,  s.  67. 
Shall   see   that   school   is   maintained 

eight  months,  when,  p.  28,  P.   14, 

s.  67. 
To  act  on  appointment  of  probation 

officer  by  district  judge,  when,  Rev. 

Laws,  s.  733. 
To    appoint   census   marshals,    when, 

p.  41,  s.  122. 
To    appoint    school    trustees,    when, 

p.  14,  P.  8,  s.  12 ;  p.  25,  34,  s.  64,  89. 
To   appoint   special    census    marshal, 

when,  p.  43,  s.  131. 
To   approve   transfer   of   school   chil- 
dren, p.  29,  P.  20,  s.  67.  See  Trans- 
fer of  Pupils  and  School  Funds,  p. 

127,  s.  1,  2. 
To  determine  suspension  or  expulsion 

of  children,  when,  p.  29,  P.  18,  s. 

67. 
To   enforce   method   of   school   board 

accounts,  p.  14,  P.  5,  s.  12. 
To  examine,  compare  and  revise  cen- 
sus marshal's  report,  p.  43,  s.  130. 
To    file    directory    of    teachers    and 

school  trustees  with  county  auditor, 

p.  13,  P.  1,  s.  12. 
To  grade  the  public  schools,  when,  p. 

14,  P.  7,  s.  12. 
To  inspect  record  books  and  accounts 

of  school  boards,  p.  14,  P.  5,  s.  12. 
To   inspect   school   fund   accounts   of 

county  auditor  and  report  thereon, 

p.  14,  p.  6,  s.  12. 
To     investigate     claim     against    any 

school  fund,  when,  p.  13,  P.  2,  s.  12. 
To    notify    county    commissioners    of 

approval  of  census  reports,  p.  44, 

s.  133. 
To  provide  American  flag,  when,  p.  38, 

s.  113. 

Qualifications  of,  p.  12,  13,  s.  9.  10. 
Removal  from  office,  when,  p.  14,  s.  16. 
Rules  and  regulations  for,  p.  14,  s.  15. 
Salary,  office  and  traveling  expenses  of, 

See  Compensation  of. 
Vacancy,  how  filled,  p.  13,  s.  9. 
District  Attorney — 

Legal   adviser  of  school  boards,  p.  38, 

s.  115. 

To  cause  arrest  and  prosecution  in  con- 
nection with  the  school  census,  when, 
p.  44,  s.  132. 


District  Attorney  (Continued). 

To   enforce   law   against  houses   of  ill- 
fame,  p.  68,  s.  219. 
District  High  School- 
Annual  estimate  for,  p.  75,  s.  5. 
Application  of  act  restricted,  p.  75.  s. 

10. 
County  commissioners  to  make  annual 

levy   for,   p.   75,   s.   6. 
Established,  how,  p.  74,  s.  1,  2. 
Fund  for  from  county  tax,  p.  75,  s.  6. 
Governed  by  school  trustees  and  state 
board  of  education,  p.  74,  75,  s.  3,  5. 
6,  7. 
Principal   of  may   supervise   schools  of 

district,  p.  75,  s.  8. 
Pupils  admitted,  how,  p.  75,  s.  7. 
Subject  to  school  laws,  etc.,  p.  75,  s.  9. 
Subject  to  state  supervision,  p.  75,  s.  9. 
Supported,  how,  p.  75,  s.  4. 
Trustees  to  provide  building,  p.  74,  s.  3. 
Divers  school  funds,  p.  90,  91,  92,  93. 
Educational  districts,  five  supervisions,  p. 

12,  s.  8. 

Elementary  and  high  schools.     See  Gen- 
eral Provisions. 
Emergency     school     fund.       See     Funds, 

School. 
Escheated  Estates — 

For    state    permanent    school    fund,    p. 

90,  91,  s.  5,  12,  259. 
Estray     animals,     proceeds     of    sale    for 
county  school  fund,  Rev.  Laws.  2281. 
Exemptions  from  jury  duty.    See  General 

Provisions. 
Exemptions  of  school  property.    See  Gen- 
eral Provisions. 
Feeble-minded  Children — • 

Appropriation  for,  p.  82,  s.  4. 
How  cared  for,  p.  81,  82,  s.  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Fines,    all    to    go    into    state    permanent 

school  fund,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  3760. 
Fish  and  Game  Laws,  p.  103-126. 

Teachers     must     give     instructions     in 

monthly,  p.  37,  s.  108. 
Teachers  not  to  receive  public  money  as 

penalty,  when.  p.  37,  s.  109. 
Flag,  national,  p.  38,  s.  113. 
Flag  of  Nevada.     See  General  Provisions. 
Free  Text-Books— 

Erroneous  reference  to,  p.  30,  after  P. 
20,  s.  67.  See,  instead,  Transfer  of 
Pupils  and  School  Funds,  p.  127,  s. 
1,  2. 

Free  Text-Book  Act,  p.  76,  77,  s.  1-10. 
Books  loaned  to  children,  p.  76,  s.  2. 
Books  may  be  sold,  p.  76,  s.  6. 
Books  property  of  district,  p.  76,  s.  2. 
Former  act  repealed,  p.  77,  s.  9. 
Parents  and  guardians  responsible  for, 

p.  76,  s.  3. 

Teachers'   desk  books  property   of  dis- 
tricts, p.  76,  s.  5. 
Trustees  to  pay  over  money  to  county 

treasurer,  p.  77,  s.  7. 
Violation  of  act,  penalty  for,  p.  77,  s.  8. 
Funds,  School.  See  Divers  School  Funds. 
Apportionment  of — 

For  county,  p.  49,  s.  152. 
For  emergency,  p.  35,  s.  94. 
For  state,  p.  44,  48,  s.  136,  151. 
In  consolidated  districts,  p.  34,  s.  88. 
•  In  joint  districts,  p.  33,  s.  82. 
Restriction    as   to   county   school,   in 
certain  districts,  p.  32,  s.  79. 


134 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


Funds,  School  (Continued). 

Restriction  as  to  state  school,  in  cer- 
tain districts,  p.  32,  s.  79. 
County — 

County  treasurer  to  receive  and  pay 

out,  p.  48,  s.  149. 
Created,  p.  48,  s.  149. 
Estray   animals,   proceeds   of  sale   to 

go  into,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  2281. 
Road  funds  may  be  applied  to,  when, 

Rev.  Laws,  s.  3012. 
To    have    2   per   cent    of   net   profits 

from     any     county     or     municipal 

franchise,   Rev.   Laws,  s.   2135. 
To   receive   fees   from    grazing,    Rev. 

Laws,  s.  3478. 
Unlawful   stock,   proceeds   of  sale   of 

to  go  into,   Rev.   Laws,  s.  2251. 
Use  of,  p.  46,  s.  142. 
County  high — 

Estimates  for,  p.  57,  s.  175. 
Custodian  of,  p.  58,  59,  s.  176,  180. 
Expenditure  of,  p.  58,  s.  179. 
Tax  levy  for,  p.  58,  59.  s.  176.  189. 
Uses  of,  p.  58,  59,  s.  176,  180. 
District  library — 

How  apportioned,  p.  51,  s.  153. 
How  determined,  p.  51,  s.  154. 
How  expended,  p.  51,  s.  155. 
Emergency — • 

Action  creating,  p.  35,  s.  90. 
Amount  of  semiannually  set  aside,  p. 

35,  s.  90. 

Amount  to  district,  when,  p.  35,  s.93. 
Basis  of  distribution  of,  p.  35,  s.  93. 
But  one  apportionment  of,  p.  35,  s. 

94. 

How  used,  p.  35,  s.  91. 
Transfer  of  to  county   treasurer,   p. 

35,  s.  95. 

Unused  balance  to  revert,  p.  36,  s.  96. 
Normal  training  school — 
Set  aside,  p.  60,  s.  189. 
Use  of,  p.  60,  s.  189. 
Reversion  not  to  apply  to  moneys  de- 
rived   from    local    sources,    p.    50,    s. 
152  %. 
Reversion  of  district  school  surplus,  p. 

50,  s.  152i/2. 
Shall    not   be   transferred,    Rev.    Laws, 

s.  1540. 
State  distributive — 

County  treasurer  to  receive  and  pay 

out,  p.  48,  s.  149. 
Created,  p.  44,  s.   136. 
How  transferred  to  counties,   p.   47, 

s.  146. 
Method   of  apportionment   of,   p.   48, 

s.  151. 

Salary  of  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction paid  out  of,  Rev.  Laws, 

s.  3758. 

To  be  used  only  for  payment  of  teach- 
er's salaries,  p.  45,  s.  137. 
To     receive     one-half    surplus    from 

state   library  fund.   Rev.   Laws,   s. 

3952. 
Toll  roads,  penalties  on  go  into,  Rev. 

Laws,  s.  3758. 
State   permanent — 

Created,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  355. 
Custodian  of  securities  for,  p.  47,  s. 

145. 
Fines    under    compulsory    education 

for,  p.  67,  s.  211. 


Funds,  School  (Continued). 

Investment  of,  Stats.  1913,  p.  252-3. 
Investment  of,  p.  47,  s.  148. 
Printing  expenses  of  state  land  office 
to    be    paid    out    of    state    school 
fund,   when,    Rev.   Laws,   s.   4356- 
4359. 
Report  on  securities  of  state  by  state 

controller,  p.  47,  s.  144. 
Salaries  authorized  paid  from — 
Deputy      surveyor  -  general,      Rev. 

Laws,  s.  4398. 
Stenographer  in   state   land   office, 

Rev.  Laws,  s.  4401. 
Surveyor-general,    Rev.     Laws,    s. 

4394. 
State     controller    to    keep    separate 

account  of,  p.  47,  s.  143. 
Transfer   of  funds   restricted   to   ap- 
portionments for  children,  p.  127, 
s.  1. 
General  Provisions — • 

Appeal  to  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction, when,  p.  40,   s.  121. 
Decision  of  superintendent  of  public 
instruction  on,  final,  p.  40,  s.  121. 
Arbor  day  to  be  designated  each  year 

by  the  governor,  p.  37,  s,  110. 
To  be  observed  by  appropriate  exer- 
cises, p.  37,  s.  110,  111. 
Birds,  fish  and  game,  instruction  as  to, 

p.  37,  s.  108,  109. 
Classification  of  funds — • 

County  auditors  and  county  treasur- 
ers   must    keep    separate    accounts 
with,  p.  39,  40,  s.  118. 
How  such  accounts  are  to  be  started 

and  kept,  p.  39,  40,  s.  118. 
Penalty    for    failure    of    auditor    or 

treasurer  to  comply,  p.  40,  s.  119. 
Flag  of  Nevada,  p.  38,  s.  114. 
Holidays — 

Schools  shall  be  kept  open  on,  when, 

p.  38,  s.  112. 
Shall  not  be  kept  open  on,  when,  p. 

38,  s.  112. 

Hygiene  to  be  taught,  p.  37,  s.  107. 
Jury  duty — 

Teachers      and      college      professors 
exempt  from,  when,  p.  39,  s.  117. 
Legal  advisers— 

Attorney-general,  p.  39,  s.  116. 
District  attorney,  p.  38,  s.  115. 
Penalty   on   teachers   for   nonfulfilment 

of  contract,  p.  40,  s.  120. 
Public  school  defined,  p.  36,  s.  101. 
Elementary  schools,  p.  36.  s.  102. 
High  schools,  p.  36,  s.  102. 
Physiology  and  hygiene  to  be  taught,  p. 

37.  s.  107. 

Salary  proviso,  p.  37,  s.  104. 
Sectarian  literature  prohibited,  p.  37,  s. 

105. 
Schools    not    to    be    closed    on    election 

days,  when,  p.  38,  s.  112. 
School  property  exempt  from  taxation 

or  execution,  p.  37,  s.  106. 
School  month,  p.  37,  s.  104. 
School  year.  p.  37.  s.  103. 
Governor  of  State — 

Member    of   state   board    of   education, 

p.  9,  s.  1. 

Member  of  state  board  of  investment. 
Stats.  1913,  p.  252,  s.  1. 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


135 


Governor  of  State  (Continued). 

Member  of  state  text-book  commission, 

p.  52,  s.  158. 
President   of  state  board   of  education, 

p.  9,  s.  2. 
President    of   text-book    commission,    p. 

52,  s.  159. 

To  act  on  appointment  of  probation 
officer  by  district  judge,  when,  Rev. 
Laws,  s.  733. 

To  act  with  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction   in    making    contracts    for 
care  of  delinquents,  when,  Rev.  Laws, 
s.  756. 
To    appoint    text-book    commission,    p. 

52,  s.  158. 

To  appoint  board  of  visitors  for  Univer- 
sity of  Nevada,  p.  100,  s.  2. 
To  designate  Arbor  day  by  proclama- 
tion, p.  37,  s.  110. 

To  fill  vacancies  in  state  text-book  com- 
mission, p.  52,  s.  158. 
Grazing  fees,  10  per  cent  of  apportioned 
to   county   school   fund,   Rev.   Laws.   s. 

3478. 

Holidays.     See   General  Provisions. 
Hospital  near  schoolhouse  unlawful,  Rev. 

Laws.  s.  6534. 
Houses  of  Ill-Fame — 

Must   not   be   located   where,   p.   67,   s. 

217:    Rev.  Laws,  s,  6510. 
Penalty  on,  p.  68,  s.  218. 
Sheriff  and  district  attorney  to  enforce 

penalty,  p.  68,  s.  219. 
Interest-Bearing  School  Warrants — 
Amount  of  limited,  p.  78,  s.  4. 
How  endorsed,  p.  77,  s.  2. 
Issued,  how.  when,  p.  77,  s.  1,  2. 
Must  be  paid  writhin  three  years,  p.  78, 

s.  5. 

Order  of  payment  of,  p.  77,  s.  3. 
Preliminaries  as  to  issue,  p.  78,  s.  5. 
Tax  levy  for  payment  of,  p.  78,  s.  5. 
Irreducible   school   fund.       See   Constitu- 
tional Provisions. 
State   board   of   investment   for,    Stats. 

1913.  p.  252,  s.  1. 

Jury  duty.     See  General  Provisions. 
Juvenile  court  law.     See  Dependent,  Neg- 
lected or  Delinquent  Children. 
Juvenile  Delinquents — • 

Nevada  school  of  industry  for,  p.  82-85, 

s.  1-15. 

Special  state  tax  for,  p.  85,  s.  15. 
Legal  advisers  of  school  officers.  See  Con- 
stitutional Provisions. 
Legislature  and  education.     See  Constitu 

tional  Provisions. 
Libraries.  District  School — 

Amount  of  money  for,  how  determined, 

p.  51,  s.  153,  154. 

Apportionment  of  money  to,  p.  5,  s.  153. 
Books  to  be  approved  by  superintendent 

of  public  instruction,  p.  51,  s.  155. 
Books  for,  to  be  purchased  by,  p.  51,  s. 

156. 

Money  for,  how  expended,  p.  51,  s.  155. 
Rules  and  regulations  for  purchase  of 

books,  etc.,  p.  51,  s.  157. 
Libraries,  Free  Public — 

Act  to  establish,  Rev.  Laws,  3227-3231, 

794. 

Cities  may  establish,  p.  61,  s.  794. 
Claims  against,  how  paid,  s.  3230. 


Libraries,  Free  Public  (Continued). 

Commissioners    to    levy    tax    for,    s. 

3230. 

Free,  rooms  to  be.  s.  3231. 
Petition  to  establish,  s.  3227. 
State  board  of  education  to  appoint 

trustees,  s.  3228. 
Tax  levy  for,  limited,  s.  3227. 
Trustees  of,   term,  no  compensation, 

s.  3228. 

Trustees,  powers  of.  s.  3229. 
Life  diplomas.  See  Teachers'  Certificates. 
Misdemeanor   to   disturb   school   or   inter- 
fere with  school  children.     See  Protec- 
tion of  School  Children. 
Normal   school.     See   Constitutional  Pro- 
visions, and  University  of  Nevada. 
Oath  of  office  for  college  professors  and 
teachers.   See  Constitutional  Provisions. 
Oath  of  office,  when  term  of  office  begins, 

bond,  Rev.  Laws.  s.  2786. 
Orphans'     home.       See     State     Orphans' 

Home. 
Penalty  for  teachers  for  nonfulfilment  of 

contract.     See  General  Provisions. 
Physiology  and  hygiene.  See  General  Pro- 
visions. 
President  of  University — 

Member  of  state  board  of  education,  p. 

9,  s.  1. 
Member  of  state  board  of  investment. 

Stats.  1913,  p.  252,  s.  1. 
Member  of  state  text-book  commission. 

p.  52,  s.  158. 
See  University  of  Nevada. 
Principal  of  Schools — 

Has  concurrent  power  with  peace  offi- 
cers, when,  p.  30,  s.  72. 
May    be    vested    with    certain    powers, 

when,  p.  31,  s.  74. 
Must  hold   certificate  of  highest  grade 

taught,  p.  27,  P.  11,  s.  67. 
See    School    Trustees,     Teachers,    and 

Teachers'  Certificates. 
Protection  of  School  Children — 

Misdemeanor  to  disturb  school,   p.   67, 

s.  213. 
Misdemeanor    to    intefere    with    pupils, 

when,  p.  67,  s.  212. 
Penalty  for  interference  or  disturbance, 

p.  67.  s.  214. 
Protection  of  School  Property — 

Misdemeanor  to  injure  or  deface,  p.  67, 

s.  215. 

Penalty,  p.  67,  s.  216. 
Property,  school,  in  charge  of  school  trus- 
tees.    See  School  Trustees. 
Public  schools  defined.     See  General  Pro- 
visions. 

Records  or  documents,  penalty  for  alter- 
ing, defacing,  forging  or  stealing,  Rev. 
Laws,  s.  2817. 
Regents.     See    Constitutional   Provisions, 

and  University  of  Nevada. 
Resignation  and  vacancies,  Rev.  Laws,  s. 

2797-2799,  2801-2806,  2812. 
Schools  and  election  days.     See   General 

Provisions. 

School  books,  determined  for  elementary 
grades  by  text-book  commission,  p.  53, 
s.  163. 

See  Text-Book  Commission. 
School  Districts — 

Bonds  of.     See  Bonds,  School  Districts. 


136 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


School  Districts  (Continued). 
Boundaries  of — 

Commissioners   to   reestablish,   when, 

p.  128,  s.  1. 
Commissioners    to    use   judgment,    p. 

128,  s.  4. 
New,  to  include  same  property  as  old 

district,  p.  128,  s.  3. 
propert 

128,  s.  5. 

Petition  of  heads  of  families  and  tax- 
payers, p.  128,  s.  3. 
To  conform  to  U.  S.  surveys,  p.  128, 

s.  2. 

Classes  of,  p.  31,  s.  76. 
Consolidation  of — 

Allowable  to  enlarge  or  consolidate  in 

certain  cases,  p.  34,  s.  87. 
Compulsory   in  certain  cases,   p.  32, 

s.  78. 
Disposition  of  funds  and  property  of, 

p.  32,  34,  s.  78,  88. 
Deputy  superintendent  to  appoint  first 
trustees  for,  p.  32,  35,  s.  78,  89. 

To    designate    place    for    holding 
school  in,  p.  32,  s.  78. 

To  designate  places  to  hold  school, 

p.  35,  s.  89. 

How  accomplished,  p.  34,  s.  87. 
Property  and  funds  of,  how  disposed 

of,  p.  34,  s.  88. 
Each  town,  village  or  city  to  constitute 

one  district,  p.  31,  s.  75. 
First  class  may  have  city  superintend- 
ent, p.  31,  s.  76. 
Joint  school  districts — • 

Apportionment  of  funds  for,  p.  33,  s. 

82. 

Dissolved,  when,  p.  34,  s.  86. 
Established,  when  and  how,  p.  33,  s. 

81. 

Expenses,  how  paid,  p.  34,  s.  85. 
Formed  of  parts  of  two  counties,  p. 

33,  s.  81. 
Superintendent  of  public  instruction 

to  appoint  first  trustees  for,  p.  33, 

s.  81. 
New  districts — • 

But  one  district,  when,  p.  32,  s.  78. 
By  whom  created,  p.  32,  s.  77. 
How  created,  p.  32,  s.  77. 
How  district  may  get  in  line  for  regu- 
lar apportionment  of  school  funds, 

p.  35,  s.  94. 
Petition  for  must  be  made,  p.  32,  s. 

77. 

Petition  for  should  show,  p.  32,  s.  77. 
Shall  receive  part  of  funds  of  old  dis- 
trict, when,  p.  33,  s.  80. 
Size  of  limited,  p.  32,  s.  77. 
When  school  in  must  be  begun,  p.  32, 

s.  77. 
Union  school — 

How    and   when   union   may   be   dis- 
solved, p.  34,  s.  86. 
How  established,  p.  34,  s.  83. 
How  expenses  are  paid,  p.  34,  s.  85. 
How  governed,  p.  34,  s.  84. 
How  supported,  p.  34,  s.  83. 
In    case    of    disagreement    of    joint 

board,  p.  34,  s.  84. 
What  districts  may  unite,  p.  34,  s.  83. 
When  presumed  to  be  organized,  Rev. 

Laws,  s.  3322. 


School  Districts  (Continued). 

When  may  be  abolished,  p.  36,  s.  97. 
Funds  of  abolished  district  revert,  p. 

36,  s.  98. 
Proceeds  of,  how  disposed  of,  p.  36, 

s.  100. 
Property  of  abolished  district,  p.  36, 

s.  99. 
When   school   shall   not   receive   public 

moneys,  p.  33,  s.  80. 
Penalty     for    presenting    fraudulent 

claim,  p.  30,  s.  70. 
School  funds.     See  Funds,  School. 
School  libraries.     See  Libraries,  District 

School. 

School  month,  twenty  days,  p.  37,  s.  104. 
School   text-books.     See   Text-Book   Com- 
mission. 
School  Trustees — 

Body  corporate,  p.  21,  s.  40. 

District  attorney  adviser  of,   p.   38,  s. 

115. 
Duties  of  clerk  of,  p.  25,  s.  65. 

Shall    accompany    orders    with    item- 
ized bills,  p.  30,  s.  70. 
Shall  draw  all  orders  on  county  audi- 
tor, when,  p.  30,  s.  69. 
Shall  hold  records  subject  to  inspec- 
tion, p.  25,  s.  65. 
Shall  keep  record  of  proceedings,  p. 

25,  s.  65. 
Shall   not  issue  order,   when,   p.   30, 

s.  70. 
Shall  receive  salary,  when,  p.  25,  s. 

65. 

Shall  sign  records,  p.  25,  s.  65. 
Election  board — • 

To  file  papers,  p.  24,  s.  60. 
To  issue  certificate  of  election  show- 
ing, p.  24,  s.  61. 

To  summarize  votes,  p.  24,  s.  60. 
Election  of,  p.  21-25,  s.  43-61. 

Ballots   must   specify   long-term   and 
short-term  candidates,  p.  23,  s.  52. 
Ballots  to  be  printed  in  certain  dis- 
tricts, p.  23,  s.  53. 

Candidates  in  certain  districts  to  file 
name,    etc.,   with   county   clerk,   p. 
24,  s.  59. 
Challenge  of  voter  at,  allowed,  p.  24, 

s.  58. 

Election  officers,  p.  21,  s.  45. 
How  to  vote  at,  p.  23,  24,  s.  54,  58. 
Illegal  voting,  penalty,  p.  24,  s.  56-58. 
Instructions  as  to  voting  to  be  on  bal- 
lots, p.  23,  s.  55. 

Judge  of  election   not  authorized   to 

administer  oath  of  office  to  school 

trustee,  Rev.  Laws,  (note)  s.  3296. 

List  to  be  delivered  to  inspectors,  p. 

23,  s.  51. 

List  of  voters,  p.  23,  s.  49. 

Not  allowed  at  polls,  p.  24,  s.  56. 

Notice  to  be  posted,  p.  22,  s.  46. 

Pay  for  preparing  list  in  certain  dis- 
tricts, p.  23,  s.  5.0 

Penalty  for  showing  ballot,  p.  24,  s. 
56. 

Qualifications  for  voting,  p.  22,  s.  47. 

Registration  regulations,  p.  22,  s.  48. 

Two  or  more  polling  places  in  dis- 
tricts of  first  class,  p.  21,  22,  s.  45, 
46. 

Voter  may  have  assistance,  when,  p. 

24,  s.  57. 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


137 


School  Trustees,  Election  (Continued). 
Voting  to  be  by  ballot,  p.  23,  s.  52. 
What  ballots  shall  be  used,  what  they 

shall  contain,  etc.,  in  certain  dis- 
tricts, p.  23,  s.  53. 

First  meeting  of  new  board,  p.  25,  s.  65. 
How  board  is  organized,  p.  25,  s.  65. 
Majority  vote  of  to  legalize  action,  p. 

25,  s.  66. 
Members  liable  for  illegal  order  drawn 

by  clerk  of  board,  p.  30,  s.  70. 
Monthly  meeting  of,  required  in  certain 

districts,  p.  25,  s.  66. 
No  discrimination  against  female  teach- 
ers, p.  27,  P.  11,  s.  67. 
Notice  of  board  meeting  necessary,  p. 

25,  s.  66. 
Number  of  and  how  determined,  p.  21, 

s.  42. 
Officers,  president  and  clerk,  p.  25,   s. 

65. 
Orders — 

Drawn  on  county  auditor,  p.  30,  s.  69. 
Forbidden  in  certain  cases,  p.  30,  s. 

69. 
Itemized     statement     of     bills     with 

order,  p.  30,  s.  70. 
Penalty      for      presenting      fraudulent 

claims.  Rev.  Laws,  s.  6715. 
Powers  and  duties  of — 

May  define  powers  and  duties  of  city 

superintendent   in   schools   of   first 

class,  p.  32,  s.  77. 
May  direct  principals  and  teachers  to 

exercise  certain  powers,  p.  31,  s.  74. 
Must     maintain     all     schools     equal 

length  of  time,  p.  30,  s.  68. 
Shall  not  be  pecuniarily  interested  in 

contracts  made,  p.  31,  s.  71. 
Shall  not  erect  school  buildings  with- 
out approval  of  plans,  p.  26,  P.  2, 

s.  67. 

Shall  not  make  repairs  without  elec- 
tion, when,  p.  26,  P.  2,  s.  67. 
To   administer  certain   oaths,   p.   28, 

p.  15,  s.  67. 
To   build,   purchase,   rent   or   repair, 

p.  26,  P.  2,  s.  67. 
To  buy  or  sell  property,  when,  p.  26, 

p.  1,  s.  67. 
To  call  meetings  of  heads  of  families, 

p.  26,  P.  4,  s.  67. 

To  cause  official  price  lists  of  text- 
books to  be  kept  posted,  p.  55,  s. 

169. 
To  cause  two  suitable  privies  to  be 

erected,  p.  27,  P.  6,  s.  67. 
To  change  location  of  schools,  p.  26, 

p.  3,  s.  67. 
To  divide  schools   into   departments, 

p.  29,  P.  17,  s.  67. 
To  emnloy  legally  qualified  teachers, 

p.  27,  P.  11,  s.  67. 
To  employ  teachers  qualified  for  all 

grades,  p.  27,  P.  11,  s.  67. 
To   enforce   order   and   discipline,   p. 

31,  s.  72. 
To  enforce  sanitary  regulations,  p.  30, 

p.  24,  s.  67. 
To    enforce    use    of   course   of   study 

and  text-books,  p.  29,  P.  19,  s.  67. 
To  enter  into  written  contracts  with 

teachers,  p.  27,  P.  11,  s.  67. 
To  establish  kindergarten  department, 

p.  29,  P.  17,  s.  67. 


School  Trustees,  Powers  (Continued). 
To   furnish   certain   supplies   for  pu- 
pils and  school,  p.  30,  P.  22,  s.  67. 
To  have  custody  of  property,  p.  27, 

p.  9,  s.  67. 
To  hold  property  for  district,  p.  21, 

s.  41. 
To   insure  schoolhouses,   etc.,   p.   27, 

p.  10,  s.  67. 
To  keep   buildings   in   repair,   p.   27, 

p.  8,  s.  67. 
To    pay     transportation     of    pupils, 

when,  p.  46,  s.  142. 
To  maintain  departments  in  certain 

order,  p.  29,  p.  17,  s.  67. 
To  maintain  at  least  six  months  of 

school,  p.  28,  P.  13,  s.  67. 
To    maintain    school    eight    months, 

when,  p.  28,  P.  14,  s.  67. 
To  maintain  school  in  different  places 

in  district,  p.  30,  34,  s.  68,  90. 

To    make    arrangements    with    other 

districts   for   transfer   of   children, 

p.  127,  s.  1,  2;    p.  29,  P.  20,  s.  67. 

To  make  annual  report,  p.  30,  P.  23, 

s.  67. 

To  manage  and  control  school  prop- 
erty, p.  27,  P.  5,  s.  67. 
To  notify  county  commissioners  and 
deputy    superintendent,    p.    28,    P. 
13,  s.  67. 
To    pay    for    children    attending    in 

other  districts,  p.  127,  s.  1,  2. 
To  pay  in  all  moneys  collected,  p.  27, 

P.  5,  s.  67. 
To  pay   salaries   of  teachers,   p.   27, 

p.  12,  s.  67. 
To  pay  for  transportation  of  pupils, 

when,  p.  46,  s.  142. 
To  prescribe  and  enforce  rules,  p.  27, 

p.  7,  s.  67. 

To  provide  desk  text-books  for  teach- 
ers, p.  29,  P.  16,  s.  67. 
To   provide   free    text-books   for   dis- 
trict p.  76,  s.  1. 
To  provide  record  books  for  district, 

p.  29,  P.  16,  s.  67. 
To   suspend   or   expel   certain   pupils 

from  school,  p.  29,  P.  18,  s.  67. 
To  suspend  or  expel  pupils  under  14 
years  of  age,  when,  p.  29,  P.  18,  s. 
67. 

To  visit  schools,  p.  30,  P.  21,  s.  67. 
Salary  of  clerk  in  certain  districts,  p. 

25,  s.  65. 

Terms  of  office  begin,  p.  25,  s.  62. 
Vacancies,  when  filled  by  appointment, 

p.  25,  s.  63. 

When  filled  by  election,  p.  25,  s.  63. 
Vested  with  necessary  power,  p.  31,  s. 

73. 

Women   may   serve   as.     See   Constitu- 
tional Provisions. 

School  year.     See  General  Provisions. 
Sectarian  instruction  prohibited.  See  Con- 
stitutional Provisions. 
Sectarian  literature  prohibited.     See  Gen- 
eral Provisions. 
Sheriff  shall  enforce  laws  against  houses 

of  ill-fame,  p.  68,  s.  219. 
State  Board  of  Education — 

Constitute      county      normal      training 
school    board,    p.    60,    s.    186.       See 
County  Normal  Training  School. 
How  composed,  p.  9,  s.  1. 


138 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


State  Board  of  Education  (Continued).     IState  Orphans'  Hom( 


Members  of  state  board  of  investment, 

Stats.  1913,  p.  252,  s.  1. 
Members  of  state  text-book  commission, 

p.  52,  s.  158. 
Officers  of,  p.  9,  s.  2. 
Powers  and  duties  of — 

Shall  have  direction  and  control  of 
Virginia  City  School  of  Mines,  p. 
93,  s.  1. 

Shall  issue  first-grade  elementary 
certificates  to  graduates  of  Nevada 
State  Normal  School,  p.  97,  s.  7. 
See  University  of  Nevada. 
Shall  issue  high-school  certificates  to  | 
graduates  of  Nevada  State  Normal  I 


School,   p.   97,    s.    7.     See    Univer- 
sity of  Nevada. 
To  adopt  courses  of  study  and  enforce 

use  in  schools,  p.  9,  P.  1,  s.  4. 
To  adopt  lists  of  books  for  district 

libraries,  p.  9,  P.  2,  s.  4. 
To  adopt  seal,  p.  9,  P.  5,  s.  4. 
To    apoint    deputy    superintendents, 

p.  12,  s.  9. 
To    appoint   public    library    trustees. 

Rev.  Laws,  s.  3228. 
To  designate  official  organ,  p.  9,  10, 

p.  7,  s.  4. 
To  examine  and  certificate  teachers, 

p.  15-19,  s.  17-35 ;    p.  60,  s.  188. 
To  fix  date  of  holding  teachers'  exam- 
inations, p.  15,  s.  18. 
To    have    charge    of    county    normal 

training  schools,  p.  60,  s.  186. 
To     have     printing     done     by     state 

printer,  p.  9,  P.  4,  s.  4. 
To  keep  record  of  proceedings,  p.  9. 

p.  6,  s.  4. 

To  participate  in  control  of  district 

high  schools,  p.  74,  75,  s.  3,  5,  6,  7. 

To    remove    deputy    superintendents, 

p.  14,  s.  16. 

To  revoke  or  suspend  teacher's  certifi- 
cates, p.  9,  P.  3,  s.  4. 
State  Board  of  Investment — 

Attorney-general    legal    adviser,    Stats. 

1913,  1913,  p.  252,  s.  1. 
Controller  to  notify,  s.  1. 
Created,  s.   1. 
Membership,  s.  1. 
Powers  and  duties  of — 

Limited  as  to  county  bonds,  s.  5. 

To    make    judicious     investment    of 

school  funds,  s.  2. 

To   make   permanent   record    of  pro- 
ceedings, s.  3. 
To  make  record  of  yea  and  nay  vote. 

s.  3. 

To  sell  and  reinvest  securities,  s.  4. 
State  Controller— 

To    notify    state    board    of    investment 

quarterly,  Stats.  1913,  p.  252,  s.  2. 
To  render  statement  to  superintendent 

of  public  instruction,  p.  47,  s.  144. 
To  report  on  securities  to  state  board 

of  education,  p.  47,  s.  144. 
To  report  to  University  regents,  p.  101, 

s.  3. 

To  set  aside  money  for  salary  of  nor- 
mal training  school  teacher,  when,  p. 
60,  P.  2,  s.  189. 

To  draw  warrants  on  the  state  treas- 
urer, p.  35,  47,  s.  95,  145. 


Board    of    directors    to    manage,    Rev. 

Laws,  4089. 

Membership  of  board,  s.  4090. 
Powers  and  duties  of — 

Authorized  to  receive  and  manage 

gifts,  etc.,  s.  4104. 
To     appoint     superintendent     and 

matron,  s.  4090. 
To     dispose     of     gifts     as     donors 

direct,  s.  4104. 
To   employ   all    necessary    help,    s. 

4090. 
To   keep   record  of  proceedings,   s. 

4090. 
To   make   by-laws   for   government 

of  home,  s.  4090. 

To  make  biennial  report  to  legisla- 
ture, 4090. 

Children    mentally     or    physically    de- 
formed not  admitted,   Rev.   Laws,   s. 
4095. 
Children  in — • 

Are   wards    of   state,    Rev.    Laws,    s. 

4092. 
May    be    educated    in    Carson    City 

schools,  p.  78,  s.  1. 
To    be    instructed     in    manual    and 

domestic  arts,  p.  78,  s.  1. 
To  be  taught  commercial  branches  in 

high  school,  p.  78,  s.  1. 
To  be  trained  and  educated  for  use- 
ful citizenship,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  4092. 
Dependent    or    neglected    children    ad- 
mitted on  order  of  district  court,  p. 
80,  s.  12. 

Money   paid    to   Carson   school   district 
for  education  of  orphans,  p.  78,  s.  1,3. 
Nonorphan  children,  wards  of  state,  p. 

80,  s.  13. 

Expenses,  transportation  and  mainte- 
nance of,  p.  80,  s.  13. 
Salary    of   superintendent    and    matron 

of,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  4090. 
Teachers   in,    to   be   certified   by   state, 

Rev.  Laws,  s.  4090. 
Text-books,    etc.,    to    be    furnished    by 
board  of  directors  of  home,  p.  79,  s.  2. 
What  the  children  in  shall  be  taught, 

Rev.  Laws,  s.  4094. 
State    Superintendent.     See   Superintend- 
ent of  Public  Instruction. 
State  Treasurer — 

Member  of  state  board  of  investment, 

Stats.  1913,  p.  252,  s.  1, 
To  be  custodian  of  school  securities,  p. 

47,  s.  145. 

To  cut  off  and  pay  coupons  in  presence 

of  state  board  of  education,  p.  47,  s. 

147. 

To  negotiate  for  investment  of  state 
school  moneys,  Stats.  1913,  p.  253, 
s.  2. 

To  pay  over  all  public  school  moneys 
on  warrant  of  state  controller,  p.  47, 
s.  145. 

To  pay  over  state  school  moneys  to 
county  treasurers  semiannually,  p. 
47,  s.  146. 

State  University.  See  Constitutional  Pro- 
visions, and  University  of  Nevada. 
Stimulants  and  narcotics.       See  General 

Provisions. 
Superintendent    of    Public    Instruction — 
Curator  of  state  museum,  p.  71,  s.  2. 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


139 


Superintendent,  State  (Continued). 

Director  of  state  orphans'   home,   Rev. 

Laws.  s.  4089. 

Duties  as  curator  of  state  museum — 
To  collect  specimens  of,  ores,  catalog 
them   and   place   them   in   museum, 
p.  71,  s.  3. 

To  include  report  of  museum  in  bien- 
nial report,  p.  71,  s.  3. 
To    inquire    as    to    mining    resources 

and  to  inspect  mines,  p.  71,  s.  3. 
Elected  quadrennially,  p.  10,  s.  5. 
Member  of  board  of  directors  of  sta 


state 

orphans'   home,   Rev.   Laws,  s.  4090. 
Member  of  state  board   of  investment, 

Stats.  1913,  p.  252,  s.  1. 
Member  of  state  text-book  commission, 

p.  52,  s.  158. 
Office    of    state    mineralogist    abolished, 

p.  71,  s.  1. 
Powers  and  duties  of — • 

To  act  on  appointment  of  probation 

officer  by  district  judge,  when,  Rev. 

Laws,  s.  733. 

To  act  with  governor  in  making  con- 
tracts for  care  of  delinquents,  when, 

Rev.  Laws,  s.  756. 
To  address  public  assemblies,  p.  10, 

p.  10,  s.  6. 
To  appoint  census   marshals  in  new 

districts,  p.  33,  34,  35,  s.  80,  92. 
To   appoint   school   trustees   in   joint 

districts,  p.  33,  s.  81. 
To  apportion  money  from  old  district 

to  new,  p.  33,  s.  80. 
To  apportion  county  school  fund,  p. 

10,  P.  3,  s.  6. 
To  apportion  state  distributive  school 

fund.  p.  10,  P.  2,  s.  6. 
To  call  county  institutes,  p.  11,  P.  7, 

s.  6. 
To   call   meetings   of   state   board   of 

education,  p.  12,  P.  8,  s.  6. 
To   call   meetings   of   state   text-book 

commission,  p.  52,  s.  160. 
To  conduct  institute,  p.  10,  P.  1,  s.  6. 
To    confer    additional    authority    on 

deputy  superintendents,  p.  14.  s.  14. 
To  consult  with  school  officers,  p.  10, 

p.  1,  s.  6. 
To    convene    and    preside    over    state 

and  district  institutes,  p.  11.  P.  6, 

s.  6. 
To  decide  appeals  from  teachers  and 

school  boards,  p.  40,  s.  121. 
To  deliver  to  successor  property  and 

effects  of  office,  p.  12,  P.  14,  s.  6. 
To     determine     county     school     tax, 

when,  p.  45,  s.  139. 
To  determine  amount  of  surplus  dis- 
trict  school   funds   to  be   reverted, 

p.  50,  s.  152V2. 

To  determine  amount  apportioned  li- 
brary fund.  p.  51,  s.  154. 
To    draw    order    on    county    auditor, 

p.  9,  10,  P.  7,  s.  4. 
To  employ  stenographic  clerk,  p.  73, 

s.  1,  2. 
To    engage    institute    lecturers    and 

teachers,  p.  11,  P.  6.  s.  6. 
To   enter  into  contracts  for  care  of 

deaf,  dumb,  and  blind,  p.  80,  s.  1. 
To  enter  into  contracts  for  care   ofj 

feeble-minded,  p.  81,  s.  1. 


Superintendent,  State  (Continued). 

To  fill  vacancies  on  county  boards  of 

education,  p.  58,  s.  178. 
To   have    printing    required    done    at 
state  printing  office,  p.   12,  p.   11, 
s.  6. 

To    make    arrangements   for   care   of 
deaf,  dumb,  and  blind,  p.  80,  s.  1. 
To   make   rules   and   regulations    for 
school  libraries  and  for  purchase  of 
books,  p.  51.  s.  157. 
To  nominate  deputy  superintendents 
of  public  instruction,   p.   12,  p.  9, 
s.  6. 

To  notify  each  county  auditor,  county 
treasurer,    and    each    school-board 
clerk,  when,  p.  49,  p.  4,  s.  152. 
To   notify   each   county    auditor   and 
treasurer   of   deduction   of   surplus 
school  funds,  p.  50,  s.  152%. 
To  notify  state  controller  and  state 
treasurer   as   to   emergency   school 
fund,  p.  35,  s.  90. 

To    prepare    blank    forms,    including 
school  registers  and  teachers'  con- 
tracts, p.  12,  p.  13,  s.  6. 
To  prepare  pamphlet  copies  of  school 

laws,  p.  11,  p.  5,  s.  6. 
To  prescribe  rules  and  regulations  for 

reports,  p.  11,  p.  5,  s.  6. 
To  promulgate   prices   of  text-books, 

p.  55,  s.  169. 
To  report  to  governor  biennially,  p. 

10,  P.  4,  s.  6. 

To   require  teachers  to  attend  insti- 
tutes, p.  11,  p.  6,  7,  s.  6. 
To  require  written  reports  from  dep- 
uty   superintendents    quarterly,    p. 
12,  P.  12,  s.  6. 

To   set   apart   money   for   district   li- 
braries, p.  51,  s.  153. 
To    set    aside    money    for   emergency 

school  fund,  p.  35,  s.  90. 
To  visit  schools,  etc.,  in  each  county 

of  the  state,  p.  10,  P.  1,  s.  6. 
To    visit    state    university    quarterly 
and    report    to    board    of    regents, 
Rev.  Laws,  s.  4649. 
Salary  of,  p.  72.  s.  1. 
Salary  of  typist  in  office  of,  Rev.  Laws, 

4398. 
Secretary  of  state  board  of  education, 

p.  9,  s.  2. 

Secretary    of    state    text-book    commis- 
sion, p.  52,  s.  159. 
Traveling  expenses  to  be  paid,  p.  10,  P. 

1,  s.  6. 

Supervision  districts,  p.  12,  s.  8. 
Surrender  of  records  and  property  on  ex- 
piration of  term  of  office,  Rev.   Laws, 
s.  2819. 
Taxes — 

Annual,  county,  p.  45,  s.  139. 
Annual,  county  high  school,  p.  58,  s.  180. 
Annual,  state  school,  p.  44,  s.  135. 
Special  county  high  school,  p.  58,  s.  176. 
Special,  determined  by  election,  p.  45, 

s.  141. 

Special    determined   by   school    trustees 
or   deputy    superintendent,   p.   28,    P. 
13.  s.  67. 
Special,  determined  by  school  trustees, 

p.  45.  s.  140. 
Special,  district  bond,  p.  61,  62,  s.  197. 


140 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


Taxes  (Continued). 

Special,     district,     for     redemption     of 
interest-bearing    school    warrants,    p. 
78,  s.  4. 
Teachers  — 

Certificates    of    may    be    suspended    or 
revoked.     See   Teachers'   Certificates. 
Contracts  for  — 

Form  of  to  be  prepared  by  superin- 
tendent of  public  instruction,  p.  12, 
p.  13,  s.  6. 

Penalty  for  violation  of,  p.  40,  s.  120. 
To  be  signed  by,  p.  27,  P.  11,  s.  67. 
To  contain  agreement  as   to  salary, 
etc.,  p.  27,  28,  P.  11,  13,  14,  s.  67. 
Oath  of  office  of  —  • 

Before  whom  taken,  p.  28,  P.  15,  s. 

67. 

Form  of,  p.  20,  s.  38. 
Must  be  filed,  p.  20,  s.  39. 
Powers  and  duties  of  — 

Shall  attend  institute,  p.  11,  P.  6,  7, 

s.  6  ;   p.  13,  P.  3,  s.  12. 
Shall  be  legally  employed,  p.  19,  s.  36. 
Shall  enforce  course  of  study,  p.  21, 

p.  4,  s.  39. 
Shall   enforce  rules  and  regulations, 

p.  21,  P.  4,  s.  39. 
Shall  enforce  use  of  authorized  text- 

books, p.  21,  P.  4,  s.  39. 
Shall  file  legal  certificates  with  deputy 

superintendent,  p.  20,  P.  1,  s.  39. 
•    Shall  file  official  oath  and  letter  with 
deputy  superintendent,  p.  19,  s.  38. 
Shall  fulfil  contract  under  penalty,  p. 

40,  s.  120. 

Shall  give  instruction  as  to  effects  of 
stimulants  and  narcotics,  p.  37,  s. 
107. 
Shall   give  instruction  in  physiology 

and  hygiene,  p.  37,  s.  107. 
Shall   give   oral   instruction   monthly 
as  to  birds,  fish  and  game,  under 
penalty,  p.  37,  s.  108,  109. 
Shall  have  Nevada  certificate  in  force, 

p.  19,  s.  36. 
Shall     hold     certificate     for    highest 

grade,  p.  27,  P.  11,  s.  67. 
Shall  keep  complete  record  in  school 

register,  p.  20,  P.  3,  s.  39. 
Shall  make  final  reports,  p.  20,  P.  2, 

s.  39. 
Shall  make  full  and  correct  reports, 

p.  19,  s.  36. 

Shall  not  suspend  or  expel  any  pupil 
under  fourteen  years  of  age,  p.  21, 
p.  5,  s.  39. 
Salary  cannot  be  paid  unless  on  legal 

list,  p.  13,  P.  1,  s.  12. 
Salary  proviso,  p.  37,  s.  104. 
Vested  by  school  trustees  with  certain 

powers,  p.  31,  s.  74. 
Vested  with  power  to  protect  children 
going  to  and  from  school,  p.  31,  s.  72. 
Teachers'  Certificates  — 

Age  requirements,  p.  16,  17,  19,  s.  24, 

25,  35. 
County   normal   elementary,   p.   1<>   60, 

s.  26,  188. 
Elementary  third-grade  —  • 

Entitles  holder  to  teach,  where,  p. 
17,  s.  27. 


|  Teachers'  Certificates  (Continued). 

Time  limit  on,  p.  17,  s.  27. 
Experience  required  for,  p.  17,  s.  25. 
Examination  questions  for,  p.  15,  s.  20. 

How  sent  out,  p.  15,  s.  20. 

Penalty  for  unlawful  use  of,  p.  16,  s. 

21,  22. 
Examinations  for  — 

When  given,  p.  15,  s.  18. 

Who  conducts,  p.  15,  s.  19. 

Who  examines  papers,  p.  18,  s.  32. 
Grades  of,  p.  16-19,  s.  23-34. 
Granted  by  whom,  p.  15,  s.  17. 
How  granted  — 

On  credentials,  p.  16,  17,  s.  24-27. 

On  examinations,  p.  18,  s.  29-31. 
Percentages  required  for  — 

Certain  credits  allowed,  when,  p.  17. 
s.  24,  25. 

First-grade,  p.  16,  17,  s.  25. 

High-school,  p.  16,  s.  24. 

Hold-over  credit,  p.  17,  s.  25. 

Life  diploma,  p.  18,  s.  28,  29. 

Second-grade,  p.  17,  s.  26. 

Third-grade,  p.  17,  s.  27. 
Renewals  of,  p.  15,  16,  17,  s.  17,  24,  25. 
Revocation  and  suspension  of,  p.  9,  P. 

3,  s.  4. 
Special  —  • 

For  what  granted,  p.  19,  s.  33. 

On  what  granted,  p.  19,  s.  33. 
Suspension  of,  p.  13,  14,  P.  3,  4,  s.  12. 
Temporary  —  • 

Applicant  for  must  not  be  a  near 
relative  to  any  member  of  school 
board,  p.  19,  s.  34. 

But  one  can  be  granted  to  same  per- 
son, p.  19,  s.  34. 

Good  in  but  one  district,  p.  19,  s.  34. 

May  be  granted  by  deputy  superin- 
tendent, p.  19,  s.  34. 

Time  limit  of,  p.  19,  s.  34. 
Teachers'  Institutes  —  • 

Allowance  for  county  institutes,  p.  11, 

p.  7,  s.  6. 
Allowance  for  state  and  district  insti- 

tutes, p.  11,  P.  6,  s.  6. 
Called   by  superintendent  of  public  in- 

struction, p.  11,  P.  6,  7,  s.  6. 
County    commissioners    may    appropri- 

ate for,  p.  11,  P.  7,  s.  6. 
Deputy  superintendent  to  assist  at,  p. 

13,  s.  11. 
State    controller    shall    draw    warrants 

for,  p.  11,  P.  6,  s.  6. 
State,  district  and  county  institutes,  p. 

11,  P.  6,  7,  s.  6. 

Teachers  shall  attend,  p.  11,  P.  6,  7,  s.  6. 
Text-Book  Commission  — 

Appointment  of,  p.  52,  s.  158. 
Appointee's  eligibility,  p.  52,  s.  158. 
Contracts  of  to  contain,  p.  54,  s.  165. 
Contracts  of  in  effect,  p.  55,  s.  167. 
Contracts  of,  void,  p.  55,  s.  168. 
Meetings  of,  where  and  when  held,  p. 

52;  53,  54,  s.  160,  161,  163. 
Meetings  of  to  be  public,  p.  52,  s.  159. 
Officers  of,  p.  52,  s.  159. 
Overcharge  for  books  by  dealers,  pen- 

alty for,  p.  56,  s.  172. 
Per    diem    and    traveling    expenses  ^of 

appointed  members  of,  p.  56,  s.  171. 


Issued  at  discretion  of  state  board  ofj      Powers  and  duties  of 


education,  p.  17,  s.  27. 
One  only  granted  to  same  person,  p. 
17,  s.  27. 


To   approve   books   for  supplemental 
use,  p.  53,  s.  161. 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


141 


Text-Book  Commission  (Continued). 
To  adopt  text-books,  p.  53,  s.  161. 
To    exact   penalty    of   publishers   for 
violation  of  contract,  p.  54,  s.  166. 
To  inform  publishers   as   to  changes 
in  prescribed   text-books,  p.   53,   s. 
161. 

To  inform  publishers  as  to  proposals, 
contents  thereof,  etc.,  p.  53,  s.  161. 
To  make  contracts,  p.  54,  s.  165. 
To  make  new  adoptions,  when,  p.  53, 

55,  s.  161,  168. 
To    notify   publishers   of   termination 

of  contract,  p.  53,  55,  s.  161,  168. 
Require   bonds   of  publishers,   p.   54, 

s.  166. 

To  require  publishers  of  geographies 
selected  to  incorporate  special  mat- 
ter for  Nevada,  p.  53,  s.  162. 
To  vote  on  adoption  of  text-books  by 

roll-call,   p.   52,   s.   159. 
Prices    of    text-books    to    be    posted    in 

every  schoolroom,  p.  55,  s.  169. 
Prices  of  text-books  to  be  promulgated, 

p.  55.  s.  169. 

Supplemental  books  approved  by.  pur- 
chas^d  by  district  and  used,  p.  54,  55, 
s.  164.  170. 

Text-books   adopted   to   be   used   exclus- 
ively in  all  schools,  p.  54,  55,  s.  164, 
170. 
Text-books   adopted    to   be   in   use  four 

years.  p.  54.  s.  164. 
Vacancy  in.  how  filled,  p.  52,  s.  158. 
Toll   roads,  penalties  on   to  aro  into  state 
distributive  school  fund,  Rev.  Laws,  s. 
3758. 
Transfers — 

County    f'^uds    may    bp    transferred    to 

school  districts,  p.  73,  s.  1,  2. 
School   funds  shall  not  be  transferred, 

Rev.  Laws,  s.  1540. 
Transfer  of  Pupils  and   School   Funds — 

1.  Made  by  mutual  agreement  of  school 

boards,  p.  127.  s.  1. 

Money  transferred  by  order  of  sup- 
erintendent of  public  instruction, 
p.  127,  s.  1. 

Proviso,  p.  127.  s.  1. 

2.  Disnute  as  to  transfer — • 

To    be   settled    by   superintendent    of 

public  instruction,  p.  127,  s.  2. 
Transportation  of  pupils,  p.  46.  s.  142. 
Truants    and    truancy.     See    Compulsory 

Education. 

Trustees.     See  School  Trustees. 
University  of  Nevada — 

Academic    degree,    diploma,    cause    for 

revocation  of,  p.  97,  s.  7. 
Academic  degree,  diploma  of,  p.  97,  s.  7. 
Acts  of  Congress  in  aid  of  agricultural 

college.  Rev.  Laws,  s.  4655. 
Affairs  of,  president  to  manage,  p.  98, 

s.  8. 
Agricultural    college    established,    Rev. 

Laws.  s.  4656. 

Agricultural    colleges    and    agricultural 
experiment   station,   act   of  Congress 
in  aid  of.  Rev.  Laws,  s.  4655. 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station — 
Acceptance  of  federal  aid,  Rev.  Laws, 

s.  460.  461.  464. 

Board  of  control.  Rev.  Laws.  s.  457- 
463. 


University  of  Nevada  (Continued). 

Federal  act  establishing,  Rev.  Laws, 

s.  4655. 
Funds,  disposition  of,  Rev.  Laws,  s. 

458,  462. 
Reports,   publication   of,   Rev.   Laws, 

s.  459, 463. 
Annual  report,  president  to  make,  p.  78, 

s.  6. 

Annual  report  to  governor,  p.  96,  s.  3. 
Assistant  teachers,  president  to  employ, 

p.  98,  s.  8. 
Board  of  examiners  to  pass  on  expenses, 

p.  80,  s.  12. 
Board  of  Regents — 

Board  of  control  of  agricultural  ex- 
periment station,  Rev.  Laws.  s.  457. 
Chairman  to  be  appointed,  p.  97,  s.  4. 
Clerk,    duties,    qualifications,    salary, 

p.  97,  s.  4. 

Compensation,   none,  p.   97.   s.  4. 
Election  of.  p.  96.  s.  2. 
Expenses  of,  p.  97,  s.  4. 
Meetings  of,  p.  97,  s.  5. 
Number  of,  p.  96,  s.  2. 
Oath  of,  p.  96,  s.  2. 
Powers  and  duties  of,  p.  96,  s.  3. 
Quarterly  and  special  meetings,  p.  97, 

s.  5. 
Record  of  proceedings  open  to  public 

inspection,  p.  97,  s.  4. 
Reports  to  governor,  p.  96,  s.  3. 
Sole  trustees  of  University  funds,  p. 

101,  s.  2. 

Term  of  office,  p.  96,  s.  2. 
Vacancy,  governor  to  fill,  p.  96,  s.  2. 
Board  of  visitors — 

Chief  justice,  chairman,  p.  100,  s.  1. 
Composed  of,  p.  100,  s.  1. 
Duties  of,  P.  100.  s.  3. 
Expenses  allowed,  p.  100,  s.  5. 
Governor  to  appoint,  p.  100,  s.  2. 
Meetings  of,  p.  100,  s.  3. 
No  compensation,  p.  100,  s.  5. 
Noticp  of  annual  meeting  to  be  given, 

p.  100,  s.  4. 

Term  of  office,  p.  100,  s.  1. 
To  report  to  governor,  p.  100,  s.  3. 
Branches    of    learning    required    to    be 

taught  in,  p.  96.  s.  1. 
Clerk     of     regents,     qualification     and 

duties,  salary,  p.  97.  s.  4. 
Color,   no  discrimination   as   to,   p.   98, 

s.  9. 
Constitutional  provisions  — 

Departments  of,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  356. 
Controlled  how,  Rev.  Laws.  s.  359. 
Fund  for  support,  restrictions,  Rev. 

Laws.  s.  355,  357. 
General   provisions   concerning,   Rev. 

Laws,  s.  356-362. 

Interest   on    school    fund,    apportion- 
ment. Rev.  Laws,  s.  355. 
Oath   of  professors  and   teachers  in, 

Rev.  Laws,  s.  357. 
Reegnts,   first  board   of,   Rev.   Laws, 

s.  359. 
Sectarian  instruction  prohibited,  Rev. 

Laws,  s.  361. 

Special  tax  for.  Rev.  Laws,  s.  358. 
Students,  residence  not  to  gain  or 

lose.  Rev.  Laws.  s.  251. 
Corporate  name,  p.  96,  s.  1. 
Course  of  study  to  be  prescribed,  p.  96, 
s.  3. 


142 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  LAWS 


University  of  Nevada  (Continued). 

Degrees  and  diplomas  conferred,  p.  97, 

s.  7. 
Diplomas  of  graduation,  what  may  issue, 

p.  97,  s.  7. 
Diplomas,  revocation  of  for  cause,  p.  96, 

s.  3. 
Discrimination   in   admission   of  pupils 

on  account  of  sex,  race  or  color,  for- 
bidden, p.  98,  s.  9. 

Election  of  board  of  regents,  p.  96,  s.  2. 
Expenses  of  board  of  regents,  p.  97,  s.  4. 
Expenses,  board  of  examiners  to  pass 

upon,  p.  99,  s.  12. 
Experiment  stations  (U.  S.)  established, 

how,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  4655. 
Free,  tuition  shall  be,  p.  98,  s.  10. 
Graduates,  diplomas  to  receive,  p.  97, 

s.  7. 

Graduation,    standard    of    to    be    pre- 
scribed, p.  96,  s.  3. 
Honorary  board  of  visitors.     See  Board 

of  Visitors. 
Irreducible  university  fund,  land  grant, 

sale  of,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  4653. 
Land    grants    accepted,    Rev.    Laws,    s. 

4659. 
Land   grants,  proceeds  of,   Rev.   Laws, 

s.  4657. 
Library,  transfer  of  books  to  and  from 

state  library,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  3961. 
Mechanic  arts,  school  of  established  in, 

p.  96,  s.  1 ;  Rev.  Laws,  s.  356. 
Minerals  fianalysis  of,  p.  99,  s.  1. 
Mining  school  established  in,  p.  96,  s.  1, 

Rev.  Laws,  s.  356. 
Moneys  dedicated  exclusively  to  support 

of,  p.  101,  s.  1. 
Monthly   statements   to   regents,   p.   98, 

s.  8. 

Nevada  state  normal  school,  p.  97,  s.  1. 
Normal  school  graduates,  teachers'  cer- 
tificates, p.  97,  s.  7. 
Normal   school   graduates   to   report  to 

president,  p.  97,  s.  7. 
Permanent  establishment  of,  Rev.  Laws, 

s.  4654. 
President — 

Affairs  of  to  manage,  p.  98,  s.  8. 

Analysis  of  minerals  to  cause  to  be 
made,  p.  99,  s.  1. 

Annual  report  to  make,  p.  98,  s.  6. 

Commission  of  cadets,   to   assent  to, 
Rev.  Laws,  s.  4664. 

Degrees  and  diplomas,  to  recommend, 
p.  97,  s.  7. 

Normal  graduates  to  report  to,  p.  97, 
s.  7. 

Notice  to  be  given  to  honorary  board 
of  visitors,  p.  100,  s.  4. 


University  of  Nevada  (Continued). 

Qualifications    and    indorsements,    p. 
96,  s.  3. 

Regents  to  appoint,  p.  96,  s.  3. 

State  board  of  education,  member  of, 
p.  9,  s.  1. 

State  board  of  investment,  member  of, 
Stats.  1913,  p.  252,  s.  1. 

To     establish     training     and     model 

schools,  p.  96,  s.  3. 
Public  inspection,  records,  accounts  and 

proceedings  open  to,  p.  96,  s.  3,  4. 
Race,  no  discrimination  as  to,  p.  98,  s.  9. 
Records,  public,  p.  96,  97,  s.  3,  4. 
Regents.     See  Board  of  Regents. 
Removal,  effect  of,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  4654. 
Reno,  located  at,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  4652. 
Report,   president   to    make   annual,   p. 

97,  s.  6. 
Report   to   governor,    regents    to   make, 

p.  96,  s.  3. 
Sample  assays  for  gold  and  silver,  how 

returned,  p.  99,  s.  4. 
Sex,  no  discrimination  as  to,  p.  98,  s.  9. 
Specimens  of  ore,  inspector  of  mines  to 

furnish,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  4201. 
State  Controller  to  report  to  regents,  p. 

101,  s.  3. 
State    hygienic    laboratory    established 

at,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  3941-3945. 
Students,  no  discrimination  to  be  made, 
p.  98.  s.  9. 

gualifications  of,  p.  98,  s.  9. 
esidence    not    gained    or    lost,    Rev. 
Laws,  s.  358. 
Superintendent  of  public  instruction  to 

report  to  regents,  p.  98,  s.  11. 
To  visit,  p.  98,  s.  11. 
Tax  levy  for,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  3617. 
Teachers'    certificates   for   Nevada   nor- 
mal and  university  graduates,  p.  97, 
s.  7 ;    Rev.  Laws,  s.  3649. 
Teachers,  school  for  instruction  of,  es- 
tablished in,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  357. 
Tuition,  to  be  free,  p.  98,  s.  10. 
University    established,    Rev.    Laws,    s. 

4656. 
Vacancy  in  regents,  governor  to  fill,  p. 

96,  s.  2. 

Unlawful   stock,   proceeds   of  sale   of  for 

county  school  fund,  Rev.  Laws,  s.  2251. 

Vacancies  in  office,   Rev.   Laws,   s.   2799. 

See  Resignations  and  Vacancies. 
Virginia  School  of  Mines — 
Created,  p.  93,  s.  1. 
Expenses  for  1911-0.1)12,  p.  93,  s.  2. 
Salary  of  principal  of,  p.  93,  s.  1. 
To   be   under   direction   and   control   of 

state  board  of  education,  p.  93,  s.  1. 
Women  may  serve  as  school  trustees,  Rev. 
Laws,  s.  371. 


O 


)LABEL> 


10 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


